WQ0044044_Application_20230112

Initial Review
Reviewer Thornburg, Nathaniel D
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.)*
Yes No
Permit Number (IR) * WQ0044044
ApplicantlPermittee Mecklenburg County
ApplicantlPermittee Address 600 E 4th Street, 11th Floor, Charlotte, NC 28202-2816
Is the owner in BIMS? Yes No Is the facility in BIMS? Yes No
Owner Type
Facility Name
County
Fee Category Minor
Is this a complete application?*
Yes No
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
County
The Tradition Golf Club CUS
Mecklenburg
Does this need review by the hydrogeologist? * Yes No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Fee Amount
Complete App Date
$810
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
... ... ..
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Admin
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Please provide information on the person to be contacted by NDB Staff regarding electronic submittal, confirmation of receipt, and other correspondence.
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Name* Michael Benchich
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Project Information
Application/Document Type*
New (Fee Required)
Modification - Major (Fee Required)
Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
Annual Report
Additional Information
Other
Phone Number*
980-833-8521
Modification - Minor
Renewal
GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
N DAR-2
Residual Annual Report
Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
hftps://edocs.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Perm it Type:*
Wastewater Irrigation High -Rate Infiltration
Other Wastewater Reclaimed Water
Closed -Loop Recycle Residuals
Single -Family Residence Wastewater Other
Irrigation
Applicant/Permittee*
Mecklenburg County
Applicant/Permittee Address*
600 E 4th Street, 11th Floor, Charlotte, NC 28202-2816
Facility Name*
The Tradition Golf Club CUS
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
This reclaimed water conjunctive utilization permit application package for Mecklenburg
County pertains to utilization of reclaimed water from Charlotte Water's Mallard Creek WRF for
irrigation purposes at the Tradition Golf Club in Mecklenburg County. The golf club has utilized
this reclaimed water under Charlotte Water's reclaimed water permit in the past.
Please don't hesitate to contact me with any questions or concerns.
Michael Benchich
Hazen and Sawyer
9101 Southern Pine Blvd
Suite 250
Charlotte, NC 28273
(980) 833 - 8521
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.*
(Application Form, Engineering Plans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
Tradition Golf Club RCW Permit Application (2022-12-
059.17M6
9).pdf
Upload only 1 PDF document (less than 250 MB). Multiple documents must be combined into one PDF file unless file is larger
than upload limit.
* By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be
accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has been received by the Non -
Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order and
made payable to the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ).
I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts of the
application in correct order (as specified by the application).

Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
�IC�,4�LIGFfJGhF
Submission Date 1/12/2023

MECKLENBURG COUNTY PARKS AND
RECREATION
TRADITION GOLF CLUB
RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
PERMIT SUBMITTAL
Hazen
NOVEMBER 2022

Table of Contents
1. Cover Letter
2. RCW Project Information Form RWPI 06-16
3. RCW Conjunctive Utilization Form 06-16
4. Existing Charlotte Water RCW Permit No. WQ0013252
5. Property Ownership Documentation
6. Available Engineering Plans
7. Design Calculations
8. Agronomist & Soil Evaluation
9. Manufacturers Data Sheets
10. Existing NPW/RCW Pump and Valve Shop Drawings

Section One: Cover Letter

Hazen and Sawyer
azen 9101 Southern Pine Boulevard, Suite 250
HCharlotte, NC 28273 • 704.357.3150
November 11, 2022
NC Department of Environmental Quality
Water Resources Division
Water Quality Permitting
Non -Discharge Permitting Unit
Archdale Building
512 North Salisbury Street
Raleigh, NC 27604
Attn: Nathaniel Thornburg
Branch Chief
Re: Mecklenburg County, North Carolina
Tradition Golf Course
Reclaimed Water Irrigation Permit Request
Dear RECIPIENT
Please find enclosed fully executed forms and required supporting information for the proposed
conjunctive reclaimed water (RCW) use in Mecklenburg County at the Tradition Golf Course located at
3800 Prosperity Church Road, Charlotte, NC 28269.
Please note that this site historically used RCW irrigation under Charlotte Waters RCW Irrigation permit
which was recently renewed by NC DENR on July 81, 2022 (Permit No. WQ0013252). However,
Charlotte Water has asked all sites using RCW to do so under their own respective permits.
To facilitate your review, the following documents are included herein along with the application fee of
$810.00 for a new minor user permit:
• Executed Reclaimed Water Project Information Form RWPI 06-16
• Executed Reclaimed Water Utilization Form RWCU 06-16
• Charlotte Water Existing RCW Permit No. WQ0013252
• Property Ownership Documentation
• Available Drawings
• Engineering Calculations
• Applicable Manufacturers Data Sheets
• Existing NPW / RCW Pump Shop Drawing
hazenandsawyer.com

Hazen
Since the Tradition's irrigation system was installed in the late 1990's, records of the engineering
specifications have been lost. This application package, however, does include what drawing equipment
data sheets are currently available. Should you need any additional information or further clarification, I
can be contacted at (704) 9416058 or via email at mbenchichkhazaenandsawyer.com.
Very truly yours,
Michael J. Benchich, PE
Senior Associate
Enclosure
Page 2 of 2
hazenandsawyer.com

Section Two: RCW Project Information
Form RWPI 06-16

State of North Carolina
DWR
Division of Water Resources
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — PROJECT INFORMATION
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWPI 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these
instructions and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of additional
information requested. Failure to submit all of the required items will lead to additional processing and review time for the
permit application.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website.
General —This form is required for all projects involving the generation, utilization, and or distribution of reclaimed water. At least one
of the following forms must also be included in the application package. However, multiple forms may be applicable. Unless
otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original and two copies of the application and supporting
documentation. Please check the boxes below as appropriate to indicate which additional forms are included in the
application package:
❑ Reclaimed Water Generation (FORM: RWG) — for wastewater treatment facilities producing reclaimed water.
❑ Non -Conjunctive Utilization (FORM: RWNC) — for reclaimed water utilization activities, when the reclaimed water
utilization activity is required in order to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility.
® Conjunctive Utilization (FORM: RWCU) — for reclaimed water utilization activities, when the reclaimed water option is
not necessary to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility and other wastewater utilization/disposal methods are
available.
❑ Bulk Distribution (FORM: RWBD) — for distribution of reclaimed water in a bulk manner.
❑ Distribution Lines (FORM: RWDL) — for construction of reclaimed water distribution lines.
❑ Wetland Augmentation (FORM: RWWA) — for projects seeking to utilize reclaimed water for the purpose of wetland
augmentation.
❑ Local Program Approval (FORM: RWLPA) —for projects seeking permitting delegation for reclaimed water users.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ) according to the following fee schedules:
® STANDARD REVIEW —Submit the appropriate fee for all new and major modification applications as listed in the table
below.
Facility Classification
New Permit
Major Modification'
Major Generator/User (ADF > 10,000 gallons per day)
FS1,310
S395
Minor Generator/User (ADF < 10,000 gallons per day)
$810 S245
Reclaimed Water Distribution Lines
7S480 N/A
' A major modification shall be defined as any permit modification that: increases the generating facility's
average daily flow (ADF); increases the utilization area acreage; adds additional utilization areas not
previously approved; or includes the addition of new treatment units/processes not previously permitted.
There is no fee for minor permit modifications.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWPI 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 2

C. Reclaimed Water Project Information Form (FORM: RWPI 06-16) (All application packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Reclaimed Water Project Information (FORM: RWPI 06-16) form. Please
do not make any unauthorized content changes to this form.
® The applicant name in Item I.1. shall be consistent with the applicant name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 3 of this form shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). The
application must be signed by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or his authorized representative
for a corporation; by a general partner for a partnership or limited partnership; by the proprietor for a sole proprietorship;
and by either an executive officer, an elected official in the highest level of elected office, or other authorized employee for a
municipal, state, or other public entity. An alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is
provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
There is no fee for permit renewal without modification.
D. Existing Permit: (All Modification Packages):
❑ Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
ONE ORIGIANL AND TWO COPIES OF THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Deliverv:
512 N. SALISBURY STREET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWPI 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 2

State of North Carolina
DWR
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources 15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — PROJECT INFORMATION
FORM: RWPI06-16
L GENERAL INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Mecklenburg County, North Carolina
Mailing address: 600 E 4th Street 1 lth Floor
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28202-2816
Telephone number: 9( 80) 314-2900 Email Address: William. CarrollkMecklenbur Cg ount go
2. Signature authority's name: Dena Diorio (per 15A NCAC 2U .0106) Title: County Manager
3. Applicant type (check all that apply):
® Government > ❑ Federal ❑ State ❑ Municipal ® County
❑ Individual
❑ Corporation
✓ For new permits, submit documentation that the company is registered for business with the NC Secretary of State.
❑ General Partnership
✓ For new permits, submit a copy of the certificate filed with the Register of Deeds in the county of business.
❑ Privately Owned Public Utility
✓ For new permits, submit a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the NC Utilities Commission, or a
letter from the NC Utilities Commission's Water and Sewer Division Public Staff stating an application for a
franchise has been received and that the service area is contiguous to an existing franchised area or that franchise
approval is expected.
❑ Home Owners Association
✓ For new permits, submit a properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA); and proposed or approved
Articles of Incorporation, Declarations and By-laws.
❑ Developer (where residential lots are to be sold)
✓ For new permits, submit a properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: DEV)
4. Demonstration of historical consideration for permit approval:
Has the Applicant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following?
a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or G.S. 143-215.6131) ❑ Yes or ® No
b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing that facility? ❑ Yes or ® No
c. Has unpaid civil penalty where all appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? ❑ Yes or ® No
d. Is non -compliant with an existing non -discharge permit, settlement agreement or order? ❑ Yes or ® No
e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e)(2)? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: RWPI 06-16 Page 1 of 3

IL PROJECT INFORMATION
1. Application type: New (See Instruction B) Fee Submitted$810.00 (See Instruction B)
2. For modifications, provide the existing permit number: WQ00 and most recent issuance date:
3. Provide a brief description of the activities proposed for permitting: Utilizew RCW for on -site landscape irrigation
4. What is the status of the following associated permits and/or certifications ? (if not applicable, please mark as N/A)
Permit/Certification
Date Submitted
Date Approved
Permit/Certification No.
Agency Reviewer
Collection System Q >
200,000 GPM
N/A
N/A
Dam Safety
N/A
N/A
Erosion & Sedimentation
Control Plan
N/A
N/A
Nationwide 12 / Section 404
N/A
N/A
Pretreatment
N/A
N/A
Sewer System
N/A
N/A
Stormwater Management Plan
N/A
N/A
Other:
✓ For any of the permits and certifications listed above that will directly impact the construction of the proposed reclaimed
water project, please provide documentation of permit approval or final certification. Note: This application may be
considered incomplete, or the resulting permit may be issued conditionally if a pending issuance of any of the related
permits/certifications directly impacts the proposed facility.
5. Documentation of the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species at the project site utilizing information
provided by the Department's Natural HeritagePro am is required for construction of all new WWTP projects and/or non -
conjunctive utilization sites, and for any project involving expansion of a WWTP and/or non -conjunctive utilization site in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10). Provide the location in application package where this documentation is
located: N/A; or explain why this item is N/A. This site is conjuctive
6. Does this project utilize public monies or lands? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, was an Environmental Assessment required under 15A NCAC 01 C?
Yes ® No
Include one of the following final environmental documents with this submittal:
❑ Finding of No Significant Impact, or ❑ Record of Decision
Describe any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that impact the design and/or construction of the
reclaimed water project:
7. Is any portion of the proposed project (reclaimed water treatment units, storage units, distribution lines, or utilization areas)
located within the 100 year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If yes, specify which portion(s) of the project are affected?
✓ If yes, has the Applicant submitted written documentation of compliance with § 143 Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Documentation should consist of a letter from the local authority (i.e., county/municipality) stating that the project
complies with any local floodplain ordinance that may apply.
FORM: RWPI 06-16 Page 2 of 3

Applicant's Certification (signing authority must be in compliance with 15A NCAC 02U .0106):
I, Dena Diorio Coun , Manager
(signing authority name — PLEASE PRINT) (title)
attest that this application for
Tradition Golf Club
(facility name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a
condition of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that
if all required supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete.
I further certify that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater
facility without proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are
compliant with any active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees under Rule 15A NCAC 02U .0105. Note:
In accordance with NC General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature:
Date:
FORM: RWPI 06-16 Page 3 of 3

Section Three: RCW Conjunctive Utilization
Form RWCU 06-16

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
DWR Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — CONJUNCTIVE UTILIZATION
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWCU 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Please use the following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these
instructions and checking the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of requested
additional information. Failure to submit all of the required items will lead to additional processing and review time for the
permit application.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — This application is for projects involving the conjunctive use of reclaimed water. Conjunctive use means that the proposed
utilization option is not required to meet the wastewater disposal needs of the facility, and that other permitted
utilization/disposal alternatives are also available. Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original and
two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
Do not submit this application without an associated Reclaimed Water Project Information (FORM: RWPI) form. Note that
distribution of reclaimed water in a bulk manner requires submittal of FORM: RWBD. Use of reclaimed water for the
purposes of wetlands augmentation requires submittal of FORM: RWWA.
A. Conjunctive Use of Reclaimed Water (FORM: RWCU 06-16) Application (All application packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed Conjunctive Use of Reclaimed Water (FORM: RWCU 06-16) form. Please
do not make any unauthorized content changes to this form. If necessary for clarity or due to space restrictions, attachments to
the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the section and item to which they
refer.
® The user name in Item IL 1. shall be consistent with the user name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 7 of this form shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 7 of this form shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). The
application must be signed by a principal executive officer of at least the level of vice-president or his authorized representative
for a corporation; by a general partner for a partnership or limited partnership; by the proprietor for a sole proprietorship;
and by either an executive officer, an elected official in the highest level of elected office, or other authorized employee for a
municipal, state, or other public entity. An alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is
provided from a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(2).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non-DischargeSystem Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
B. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages involving new or expanding uses of reclaimed water):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(e), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all reclaimed water utilization sites.
Property ownership documentation shall consist of one of the following:
® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., GIS deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ An easement running with the land specifically indicating the intended use of the property and meeting the requirements
of 15A NCAC 02L .0107(f), or
❑ A written notarized lease agreement signed by both parties, indicating the intended use of the property, as well as a plat or
survey map.
C. Agronomist Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites or new crops for existing irrigation sites):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(h), submit an agronomist evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified
professional and includes at a minimum:
® Recommendations concerning the cover crop's ability to accept the proposed application rates of reclaimed water.
❑ Recommendations concerning the cover crop's ability to accept the proposed nutrient loading rates in the reclaimed water.
❑ Seasonal irrigation restrictions, if appropriate.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWCU 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 3

D. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new irrigation sites):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(b), submit a soil evaluation of the utilization area(s) that has been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
® The report shall identify all the sites/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the sites/fields were
recommended for the proposed land application activity.
® Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
® Maximum irrigation precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed irrigation areas.
❑ Seasonal irrigation restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ All projects involving irrigation to food chain crops shall submit a standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than
one year prior to permit application for the following parameters (15A NCAC 02U .1401):
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
E. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer. At a minimum, the engineering plans shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each sheet numbered.
❑ A general location map with at least two geographic references and a vicinity map.
❑ Plan and profile views of all onsite storage units including inlet and outlet (if applicable) structures.
❑ Location and details of all proposed distribution mains.
❑ All irrigation areas and/or other utilization areas, showing the extent of reclaimed water application.
❑ For irrigation of food chain crops, plans shall clearly show the method of irrigation (i.e. direct or indirect).
❑ Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT
FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be
labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
F. Specifications (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional End.
❑ At a minimum, the specifications shall include the following items:
❑ Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
❑ Detailed specifications for the proposed reclaimed water utilization system, including all piping, valves, pumps, flow
meters, high water alarms, cross connection controls, etc. For irrigation systems, include details for spray heads and/or
drip emitters.
❑ Details for any onsite storage units, including dimensions, storage volume, liner requirements, etc.
❑ Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
❑ Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
❑ Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power source, etc.)
❑ Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
❑ Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the specifications
may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
G. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(c), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional End.
® At a minimum, the engineering calculations shall include the following items:
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all pumps, flow meters, spray heads/emitters, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations any storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
® For irrigation systems, demonstrate that the irrigation rate will not exceed the Soil Scientist's recommendations.
® Demonstrate how estimated reclaimed water usage was determined.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWCU 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 3

H. Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02U .0201(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Survey. For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility
with cut sheet annotations may be submitted. The site map shall include the following items at a minimum:
® A scaled map of the site with topography showing all facility -related structures and fences within the reclaimed water utilization
areas.
❑ The location of features in 15A NCAC 02U .0701(a) and (b), to the extent needed to determine compliance with setbacks.
L Food Crop Irrigation Landowner Agreement (Projects involving irrigation of food chain crops where the irrigation site is not
owned by the supplier of the reclaimed water).
❑ Provide a notarized agreement between the reclaimed water user and the reclaimed water generator that includes the
following items at a minimum:
❑ A description of the approved uses and conditions for use of the reclaimed water consistent with 15A NCAC 02U .1401.
❑ A condition requiring the reclaimed water supplier to provide the landowner with the results of sampling performed to
document compliance with reclaimed water effluent standards.
❑ A condition requiring the landowner to report to the reclaimed water supplier any use of the reclaimed water inconsistent
with this agreement.
ONE ORIGINAL AND ONE COPY OF THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Delivery:
512 N. SALISBURY STREET
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: RWCU 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 3

State of North Carolina
DWR
Department of Environmental Quality
Division of Water Resources
Division of Water Resources 15A NCAC 02U — RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — CONJUNCTIVE UTILIZATION
FORM: RWCU 06-16
L CONTACT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Mecklenburg County, North Carolina
Mailing address: 600 E 4th Street
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28202-2816
Telephone number: 9( 80) 314-2900 Email Address: William. CarrollkMecklenbu Cg ount gov
2. Signature authority's name: Dena Diorio (per 15A NCAC 2T .0106) Title: County Manager
3. Consulting Engineer's name: Michael J. Benchich License Number: 032685 Firm: Hazen & Saws
Mailing address: 9101 Southern Pine Boulevard, Suite 250
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28273-5519
Telephone number: 7( 04) 941-6058 Email Address: mbenchichkhazenandsamer.com
4. Consulting Soil Scientist's name: Rob Willcox License Number: 1098 Firm: Willcox & Mabe Soil Solutions
Mailing address: 7231B Summerfield Road
City: Sumerfield State: NC Zip: 27358-9141
Telephone number: [phone] Email Address: robA_willcoxmabesoil.com
5. Consulting Agronomist's name: Martin E. Mabe Firm: Willcox & Mabe Soil Solutions
Mailing address: 7231B Summerfield Road
City: Summerfield State: NC Zip: 27358-9141
Telephone number: 3( 36) 339-9128 Email Address: martinkwillcoxmabesoil.com
II. USER INFORMATION
1. Reclaimed water user name(s): Tradition Golf Club
User facility physical address: 3800 Prosperity Church Road
City: Charlotte State: NC Zip: 28269-8761 County: Mecklenburg
2. Facility status: Existing
3. What is the proposed beneficial use(s) of the reclaimed water in accordance with 15A NCAC 02U .0101(a)?
(Check all that apply)
® Irrigation (non food crop) ❑ Irrigation (food chain crops) ❑ Industrial process water make up
❑ Cooling towers ❑ Chiller/Boiler makeup ❑ Urinal/Toilet flushing (non-residential)
❑ Fire protection (non-residential)
❑ Other (specify):
4. Estimated amount of reclaimed water to be used: <10,000 gallons per day
5. Does the reclaimed water source facility already have a permit for generation of reclaimed water? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If Yes, list permit number: W00013252
✓ If No, then the Reclaimed Water Generation application (FORM: RWG) must also be included in this package.
6. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02U .0501(a)(2) and (b)(2), how will the public and/or employees be notified about the use of
reclaimed water? Signage
7. Specify the location within the application package where examples of notification materials can be found:
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 1 of 8

III. UTILIZATION AREA SETBACKS (15A NCAC 02U .0701)
Provide the actual minimum distance in feet from the storage units and utilization areas to each item listed (distances greater
than 500 feet may be marked N/A):
Utilization Areas
Final Effluent Storage
Setback Parameter
Units
Required Actual
Required
Actual
Any private or public water supply source
100
N/A
Any property line
50
N/A
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
100 N/A
100
N/A
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial,
100 N/A
50
N/A
perennial waterbodies, and wetlands) classified as SA
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial,
25 >50
50
N/A
perennial waterbodies, and wetlands) not classified as SA
2. Do the utilization areas and storage units comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 2B .0200)?
®Yes or❑No
✓ If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
Are any setback waivers required in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02U .0701? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register
of Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, has a Non -Discharge Wastewater System Waiver (FORM: NDWSW) been included with this application package?
El Yes or❑No
IV. DESIGN CRITERIA FOR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS (15A NCAC 02U .04031
1. Fill in the table below to indicate the location in the plans and specifications where the following items can be located:
Distribution System Design Element
Plan Sheet
Specification Page
Number
Number
Labeling of valves, storage facilities, and outlets to warn the public or
employees that reclaimed water is not intended for drinking in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02U .0403 b
Identification of piping, valves, and outlets as reclaimed water
(i.e., color coding purple, labeling, taping, etc.) in accordance with 15A
NCAC 02U .0403 c a
Method of securing valves and outlets the permits operation by
authorized personnel only in accordance with 15A NCAC 02U .0403 d
Hose bibs locked for use by authorized personnel only in accordance
with 15A NCAC 02U .0403 e
a. Identification of existing underground distributions systems shall be incorporated within 10 feet of crossing any water
line or sanitary sewer line.
2. Will potable water be used to supplement the reclaimed water system? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If yes, what cross connection control measures will betaken in accordance with 15A NCAC 02U .0403(f)?
The potable water service, is physically disconnected from the irrigation system when reclaimed water is being
supplied. If potable water is desired for irrigation, the reclaimed water line is physically disconnected, the potable
water line is connected to a reduced pressure backflow preventor assembly upstream of the main irrigation system
supply line. All connections described are located in the traditions water meter vault.
Plan Sheet Number Specification Page Number
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 2 of 8

✓ If yes, is documentation that the proposed cross -connection control measures have been approved by the Division of
Environmental Health's Public Water Supply Section included in this application package? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Has each utilization area been equipped with a flow meter to accurately determine the volume of reclaimed water utilized?
®Yes or❑No
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 3 of 8

V. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR EARTHEN STORAGE IMPOUNDMENTS: 15A NCAC 02U .0401
IF MORE THAN ONE IMPOUNDMENT, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
1. Are there any earthen reclaimed water operational storage impoundments located at the utilization site(s)? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If no, then skip this Section V.
2. Storage Impoundment Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: Longitude: - °
3. Do any impoundments include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If Yes, has the required NPDES permit been obtained to authorize the discharge of reclaimed water? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
➢ Provide the NPDES permit number . or the date when NPDES application was submitted:
4. Are subsurface drains present beneath or around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
5. Is the impoundment designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ft2
6. Is a liner provided with a hydraulic conductivity no greater than 1 X 10 -6 cm/s? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If No, has the Applicant provided data to show that the reclaimed water source is protective of the groundwater standard
for nitrates (10 mg/1)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
7. What is the depth to bedrock from the earthen impoundment bottom elevation? ft
✓ If the depth to bedrock is less than four feet, has the Applicant provided a liner with a hydraulic conductivity no greater
than 1 x 10-' cm/s? EEYes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
Has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that surface water
or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ If the earthen impoundment is excavated into bedrock, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling
demonstrating that surface water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
8. If the earthen impoundment is lined and the mean seasonal high water table is higher than the impoundment bottom elevation,
how will the liner be protected (e.g., bubbling, groundwater infiltration, etc.)?
9. If applicable, provide the specification page references for the liner installation and testing requirements:
10. If the earthen impoundment is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
11. Provide the requested earthen impoundment design elements and dimensions:
Earthen Impoundment Design Elements11
Earthen Impoundment Dimensions
Liner type:
❑ Cla
❑ Synthetic
Top of embankment elevation:
ft
❑ Other
I ❑ Unlined
Liner hydraulic conductivity:
cm/s
Freeboard elevation:
ft
Hazard class:
Select
Toe of slope elevation:
ft
Designed freeboard:
ft
Impoundment bottom elevation:
ft
Total volume:
ft3
gallons
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Effective volume:
ft3
gallons
Embankment slope:
Effective storage time:
days
Top of dam water surface area:
ft2
Plan Sheet Reference:
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
ft2
Specification Section:
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
ft2
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 4 of 8

VI. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CONJUNCTIVE USE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS
1. Will reclaimed water be used for irrigation? ® Yes or ❑ No
✓ If no, then skip this Section.
2. The irrigation system is: ® existing ❑ proposed
3. The irrigation system is: Spray
4. Does the irrigation area contain any subsurface drainage structures? ❑ Yes or ® No
✓ If yes, where does the drainage system discharge?
5. Provide the equipment information below for spray and/or drip systems:
Spray Utilization Design Element
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Wetted area of nozzles
2513-1257 ft2
N/A
N/A
Nozzle capacity
36.9 gpm
N/A
N/A
Nozzle manufacturer / model
TORO / 785-06-87-8
N/A
N/A
Spray Utilization Design Element
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Wetted area of nozzles
5809 ft2
N/A
N/A
Nozzle capacity
47.4 gpm
N/A
N/A
Nozzle manufacturer / model
TORO / 754-06-58-8
N/A
N/A
6. If applicable, provide the location of each design element in the specifications and engineering plans for irrigation dosing
systems:
Utilization Pump Tank
Plan Sheet
Number
Specification
Page Number
Internal dimensions (L x W x H or (p x H)
ft
ft
ft
N/A
N/A
Total volume
ft3 gallons
N/A
N/A
Dosing volume
ft3 gallons
N/A
N/A
Audible & visual alarmsin
N/A
N/A
Equipment to prevent utilization during rain events
N/A
N/A
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 5 of 8

VI. DESIGN INFORMATION FOR CONJUNCTIVE USE IRRIGATION SYSTEMS (Continued)
7. Provide the following information for each irrigation site:
Site
ID
Latitude a
Longitude a
z
Area (ft)
Recommended
Precipiation
Rate b
in/hr
Design
Precipitation
Rate b(in/hr)
Crop
Type
Waterbody
Stream
Index No. °
Classification °
35021'3"
-80046'27"
4,098,996
Sod
13-17-5-5
C
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
O 1 II
a. Level of accuracy? Select Method of measurement? Select Datum? Select
b. For seasonal loading rates, list appropriate months.
C. Instructions for determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification can be found at the following web address:
https://ncdenr. s3. amazonaws. com/s3fs-public/Water%2OQuality/Aquifer%2OProtection/LAU/A�zreements/W SCA%2008-13.pdf
VIL INFORMATION FOR OTHER CONJUNCTIVE UTILIZATION AREAS (other than irrigation)
1. Will reclaimed water be utilized for purposes other than irrigation? ❑ Yes or ® No If No, skip this Section.
2. Provide the following information for all other reclaimed water utilization sites (non -irrigation):
_F Site ID Latitude a Longitude' Allowable Use Waterbody/Stream Index No. n Classification n
o , 11 o ,
11
o , 11 o ,
11
o , 11 o ,
11
o o ,
11
o , 11 o ,
11
o , 11 o ,
11
o , 11 o ,
11
o , 11 o ,
11
a. Level of accuracy? Select Method of measurement? Select Datum? Select
b. Instructions for determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification can be found at the following web address:
https://ncdenr. s3.amazonaws.com/s3fs-public/W ater%2OQuality/Aquifer%2OProtection/LAU/Agreements/W SCA%2008-13.pdf
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 6 of 8

1A I I = I N N [ff.10 to] ►`to] 0ICIZI] IZy I El I►re: 0 9.y
1. Will the system be used to irrigate food chain crops? ❑ Yes or ® No
2. If Yes, please complete the flowchart below by checking the appropriate yes/no responses. If No, slip this Section.
Will the portion of the crop intended for
human consumption be peeled, skinned,
cooked, or thermally processed prior to
human consumption?
Yes
Type 1 reclaimed water is
allowed pursuant to (15A
NCAC 02U .0301(b)), for
direct or indirect contact
irrigation.
No
Will the irrigation activity result in the
direct contact of reclaimed water on
the portion of the crop intended for
human consumption (direct contact
irrigation)?
Yes
This activity is not allowed
without further study pursuant
to 15A NCAC 02U .1401(a)(5).
Type 2 reclaimed water is
allowed pursuant to
15A NCAC 02U .0301(a), for
indirect contact irrigation.
3. For food crop irrigation sites not owned by the reclaimed water supplier, has a Landowner Agreement been included in the
application package as outlined in Instruction I? ❑ Yes or ❑ No or ❑ N/A
4. What type of notification will be provided at the irrigation site(s) to inform the public about the use of reclaimed water in
accordance with 15A NCAC 02U .1401?
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 7 of 8

Professional Engineer's Certification:
I, Michael J. Benchich , attest that this application for
Tradition Golf Club
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete
and consistent with the information supplied in the engineering plans, calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of
my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this
application package and its instructions as well as all applicable regulations and statutes. Although other professionals may have
developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials under my signature and seal signifies that I have
reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design. Note: In accordance with NC General Statutes
143-215.6A and 143-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in any application
package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil penalties up to
$25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
Z Wo _Ss/o/4����
e SEAL
032685
NGINE��
Digitally signed
by Michael J.
Michael J. Benchich Benchich
Date:
2022.12.09
15:59:46-05'00'
Applicant's Certification (signing authority must be in compliance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106):
I, Dena Diorio County Manager
(signing authority name — PLEASE PRINT) (title)
attest that this application for Tradition Golf Club
(facility name)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater from
this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil penalties,
injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition of this
permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees under Rule 15A NCAC 02T .0105. Note: In accordance with NC
General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.613, any person who knowingly makes any false statement, representation, or certification in
any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to exceed $10,000 as well as civil
penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
Signature: Date:
FORM: RWCU 06-16 Page 8 of 8

Section Four: Existing Charlotte Water RCW
Permit No. WQOO13252

ROY COOPER
t
Governor
ELIZABETH S. BISER` , n�
Secretary �f$ �+"jO`�#
RICHARD E. ROGERS, JR. NORTH CAROLINA
Urrector Environmental Quality
July 8, 2022
JACQUELINE A. JARRELL, PE — DEPUTY DIRECTOR
CHARLOTTE WATER
5100 BROOKSHIRE BOULEVARD
CHARLOTTE, NORTH CAROLINA 28216
Subject: Permit No. WQ0013252
Mallard Creek WRF
Reclaimed Water Generation and
Distribution System
Mecklenburg County
Dear Ms. Jarrell:
In accordance with your permit renewal and minor modification request received December 2,
2021, and subsequent additional information received March 15, 2022 and June 16, 2022, we are forwarding
herewith Permit No. WQ0013252 dated July 8, 2022, to Charlotte Water for the continued operation of the
subject reclaimed water generation and distribution facilities.
The following modifications to the subject permit are as follows: the conjunctive utilization
irrigation fields for The Traditions Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park have been removed.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance through December 31, 2028, shall replace
Permit No. WQ0013252 issued June 22, 2017, and shall be subject to the conditions and limitations therein.
The Permittee shall submit a renewal application no later than July 4, 2028.
Please pay attention to the monitoring requirements listed Attachments A and B for they may differ
from the previous permit issuance. Failure to establish an adequate system for collecting and maintaining
the required operational information shall result in future compliance problems.
The Division has removed the following permit conditions since the last permit issuance
dated June 22, 2017:
➢ Old Condition II.I I — This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
➢ Old Condition II.12 — This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
➢ Old Condition II.13 — This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
➢ Old Condition II.14 — This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality Division of Water Resources
512 North Salisbury Street 11617 Mail Service Center Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
NORTH CnRourrA
o.w ert.r im�mw�io..mr 919,707.9000

Ms. Jacqueline A. Jarrell, PE
July 8, 2022
Page 2 of 3
➢ Old Condition III.3 — This condition has been removed as it has been combined with Condition
III.2.
➢ Old Condition III.5 — This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
➢ Old Condition III.6 - This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
➢ Old Condition III.7 - This condition has been removed as the irrigation fields at The Traditions
Golf Club and the Mallard Creek Community Park are to be permitted separately.
➢ Old Condition III.8 — This condition has been removed as it has been combined with Condition
IV.9.
➢ Old Condition VI.2 — The permit is not voidable.
The following permit conditions are new since the last permit issuance dated June 22, 2017:
➢ Condition III I — This condition has been updated in accordance with the current revision of
15A NCAC 18C.
➢ Condition II.12 - This condition has been updated in accordance with the current revision of
15A NCAC 18C.
➢ Condition IL 14 — This condition has been added to include the setbacks for the pump station.
➢ Condition III.2.b — This condition requires a sampling and monitoring plan be implemented to
evaluate quality of reclaimed water within the distribution system to provide quality assurance
at the time of reuse and to specify actions to be taken in response to unsatisfactory monitoring
results.
➢ Condition IIIA — This condition requires a certified operator be on call 24 hours a day.
➢ Condition III.9 — This condition requires a protective vegetative cover be established and
maintained at the facility.
➢ Condition III.10 — This condition requires metering equipment be tested and calibrated
annually.
➢ Condition III.12 — This condition requires continuous online monitoring and recording for
turbidity and flow be provided.
➢ Condition IV.3 — This condition requires flow through the treatment facility be monitored and
reported.
➢ Condition IV.7 — This condition requires the Permittee to submit an annual report summarizing
performance of the reclaimed water generation facility.
➢ Condition IV.8 — This condition requires the Permittee to maintain a record all residuals
removed from the facility.

Ms. Jacqueline A. Jarrell, PE
July 8, 2022
Page 3 of 3
➢ Condition VI.3 — This condition states that the permit does not include variances to
administrative codes or general statutes governing the construction or operation of the facilities
unless specifically requested and approved herein.
If any parts, requirements, or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North
Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 6714 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Otherwise, this permit shall be final and binding.
If you need additional information concerning this permit, please contact Lauren Raup-Plummer at
[phone] or Lauren.Plummer(i4ncdenr.gov.
Sincerely,
-- ; �� '� :)- ' -'�T
Richard E. Rogers, Jr., Director
Division of Water Resources
cc: Mecklenburg County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Mooresville Regional Office, Water Quality Regional Operations Section (Electronic Copy)
Mike Benchich, PE — Hazen and Sawyer, P.C. (Electronic Copy)
Patrick Beggs — Protection and Enforcement Branch (Electronic Copy)
Laserfiche File (Electronic Copy)
Digital Permit Archive (Electronic Copy)

THIS PAGE BLANK

NORTH CAROLINA
►`IVIIX1 `lu_I DI Y 1I1 ad M EIVi Did II D1 M4111u lu I �Y.y IX11
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
RALEIGH
RECLAIMED WATER GENERATION AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM PERMIT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules, and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
Charlotte Water
Mecklenburg County
FOR THE
continued operation of a 4.0 million gallon per day (GPD) reclaimed water generation and distribution
system consisting of:
a pump station with two 100 gallon per minute (GPM) constant speed pumps, four 560 GPM adjustable
frequency pumps, and high-water alarms; approximately 9,700 linear feet (LF) of 24-inch force main;
approximately 19,500 LF of 16-inch force main; approximately 3,770 LF of 10-inch force main; and all
associated piping, valves, controls, and appurtenances
to serve the Mallard Creek WRF, with no discharge of wastes to surface waters, pursuant to the application
received December 2, 2021, subsequent additional information received March 15, 2022 and June 16, 2022,
and in conformity with the Division -approved plans and specifications considered a part of this permit.
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance through December 31, 2028, shall replace Permit
No. WQ0013252 issued June 22, 2017, and shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
I. SCHEDULES
The Permittee shall request renewal of this permit on Division -approved forms no later than July 4,
2028. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(b), 02T .0109]
2. Operation of the reclaimed water distribution facilities shall be contingent upon construction and
operation of permitted reclaimed water distribution lines immediately upstream and downstream of the
reclaimed water distribution facilities permitted herein. Specifications for future upstream and
downstream reclaimed water distribution lines shall include quality assurance testing procedures, which
shall be adhered to prior to operation of the reclaimed water distribution facilities permitted herein.
[G.S. 143-215.1]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 1 of 8

1. The Permittee shall maintain and operate the subject reclaimed water generation and distribution
facilities so there is no discharge to surface waters, nor any contravention of groundwater or surface
water standards. In the event the facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of
nuisance conditions due to improper operation and maintenance, the Permittee shall take immediate
corrective actions, including Division required actions, such as the construction of additional or
replacement reclaimed water generation facilities, additional or replacement reclaimed water
distribution facilities, or cessation of reclaimed water distribution. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
2. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of their responsibility for damages to groundwater or surface
water resulting from the operation of this facility. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
3. Effluent limitations for generated reclaimed water shall not exceed those specified in Attachment A.
[15A NCAC 02U .0301]
4. Reclaimed water shall only be utilized at the sites and for the activities specified in Attachment B. [15A
NCAC 02U .0401(g)]
5. The generation of reclaimed water permitted herein in no way negates, precludes, or invalidates the
most recent reissuance of the Permittee's NPDES permit (Permit No. NC0030210), and the Permittee
shall continue to comply with all conditions provided for therein. [G.S. 143-215.1]
6. All reclaimed water valves, storage facilities, and outlets shall be tagged or labeled to warn the public
or employees that the water is not intended for drinking. [ 15A NCAC 02U .0403(b)]
7. All reclaimed water piping, valves, outlets, and other appurtenances shall be color -coded, taped, or
otherwise marked to identify the source of the water as being reclaimed water as follows:
a. All reclaimed water piping and appurtenances shall be either colored purple (Pantone 522 or
equivalent) and embossed or integrally stamped or marked "CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER -
DO NOT DRINK" or be installed with a purple (Pantone 522 or equivalent) identification tape or
polyethylene vinyl wrap. The warning shall be stamped on opposite sides of the pipe and repeated
every three feet or less;
b. Identification tape shall be at least three inches wide and have white or black lettering on purple
(Pantone 522 or equivalent) field stating "CAUTION: RECLAIMED WATER - DO NOT
DRINK". Identification tape shall be installed on top of reclaimed water pipelines, fastened at least
every 10 feet to each pipe length and run continuously the entire length of the pipe; and
c. Existing underground distribution systems retrofitted for the purpose of conveying reclaimed water
shall be taped or otherwise identified as noted in II.7.a. and II.7.b. This identification need not
extend the entire length of the distribution system but shall be incorporated within 10 feet of
crossing any potable water supply line or sanitary sewer line.
[15A NCAC 02U .0403(c)]
8. All reclaimed water valves and outlets shall be of a type, or secured in a manner, that permits operation
by personnel authorized by the entity that operates the reclaimed water system. [15A NCAC 02U
.0403(d)]
9. Hose bibs shall be located in locked, below grade vaults that shall be labeled as being of non -potable
quality. As an alternative to the use of locked vaults with standard hose bib services, other locking
mechanisms such as hose bibs that can only be operated by a tool may be placed above ground and
labeled as non -potable water. [15A NCAC 02U .0403(e)]
10. There shall be no direct cross -connections between the reclaimed water and potable water systems,
unless such connection has been approved by the Department pursuant to 15A NCAC 18C .0406. [15A
NCAC 02U .0403(f)]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 2 of 8

11. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall be located at least 5 feet horizontally from and 18 inches below
any water line if practicable. If these separation distances cannot be met, the piping and integrity testing
procedures shall meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C. [15A NCAC 02U
.0403(g), 02U .0403(h)]
12. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall not be less than 50 feet from a well unless the piping and
integrity testing procedures meet water main standards in accordance with 15A NCAC 18C, but in no
case shall they be less than 25 feet from a private well. [15A NCAC 02U .0403(g), 02U .0403(i)]
13. Reclaimed water distribution lines shall meet the separation distances to sewer lines in accordance with
15A NCAC 02T .0305. [15A NCAC 02U .0403(g), 02U .04030)]
14. The facilities herein were permitted per the following setbacks:
a. The pump station was originally permitted May 29, 1997. The setbacks for storage and treatment
units originally permitted or modified from June 1, 1996 to August 31, 2006 are as follows (all
distances in feet):
i. Each private or public water supply source: 100
ii. Surface waters: 50
iii. Each well with exception of monitoring wells: 100
iv. Each property line: 501
v. Nitrification field: 20
1 Setbacks to property lines are not applicable when the Permittee, or the entity from which the
Permittee is leasing, owns both parcels separated by the property line.
[15A NCAC 02H .02190)(5)]
III. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. The Permittee shall operate and maintain the subject facilities as anon -discharge system. [ 15A NCAC
02U .0101]
2. The Permittee shall maintain an Operation and Maintenance Plan, which shall include:
a. A description of the operation of the system in detail to show what operations are necessary for the
system to function and by whom the operations are to be conducted;
b. A sampling and monitoring plan to evaluate quality of reclaimed water within the distribution
system to provide quality assurance at the time of reuse, and specify actions to be taken in response
to unsatisfactory monitoring results;
c. A map of all reclaimed water distribution lines;
d. A description of anticipated maintenance of the system;
e. Provisions for safety measures, including restriction of access to the site and equipment; and
f. Spill control provisions that include response to upsets and bypasses, including control,
containment, and remediation, and contact information for personnel, emergency responders, and
regulatory agencies;
[15A NCAC 02U .0801(a)]
3. Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification of the subject non -discharge facilities, the Permittee shall designate and employ a certified
operator in responsible charge (ORC), and one or more certified operators as back-up ORCs. The ORC
or their back-up shall operate and visit the facilities as required by the WPCSOCC. [ 15A NCAC 02T
.0117]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 3 of 8

4. An operator certified by the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission
(WPCSOCC) of a grade equivalent or greater than the facility classification shall be on call 24 hours
per day. [15A NCAC 02U .0401(e)]
5. Only reclaimed water generated from the Mallard Creek WRF (Permit No. WQ0013252 and
NC0030210) shall be utilized at the sites and for the activities specified in Attachment B. [ 15A NCAC
02U .0101]
6. The Permittee shall prohibit public access to the wastewater treatment and storage facilities. [15A
NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
7. The Permittee shall dispose or utilize generated residuals in a Division -approved manner. [ 15A NCAC
02T .1100, 02U .0802].
8. The Permittee shall not divert or bypass untreated or partially treated reclaimed water from the subject
facilities unless diverted to an alternate treatment or collection system. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(b)(1)(A)]
9. A protective vegetative cover shall be established and maintained on all berms, pipe runs, erosion
control areas, surface water diversions, and earthen embankments (i.e., outside toe of embankment to
maximum allowable temporary storage elevation on the inside of the embankment). Trees, shrubs, and
other woody vegetation shall not be allowed to grow on the earthen dikes or embankments. Earthen
embankments shall be kept mowed or otherwise controlled and accessible. [ 15A NCAC 02U .0801(g)]
10. Metering equipment shall be tested and calibrated annually. [ 15A NCAC 02U .0801(d)]
11. An automatically activated standby power source or other means to prevent improperly treated
wastewater from entering the storage, distribution, or utilization system shall be provided. [ 15A NCAC
02U .0401(d)]
12. Continuous online monitoring and recording for turbidity or particle count and flow shall be provided
prior to storage, distribution, or utilization of reclaimed water. [ 15A NCAC 02U .0401(b)]
13. If turbidity exceeds 10 NTUs or if the permitted pathogen levels cannot be met, all effluent shall be
prohibited from entering the storage, distribution, or utilization system, and shall be disposed of in
accordance with Permit No. NC0030210 until the reclaimed water standards are met at the generating
facility. [ 15A NCAC 02U .0401(c)]
14. The Permittee shall provide notification to the public and its employees about the use of reclaimed
water, and that reclaimed water is not intended for drinking. Such notification shall be provided to
employees in a language they can understand. [15A NCAC 02U .0501(a)(2)]
15. The Permittee shall develop and implement an education program to inform users and its employees
about the proper use of reclaimed water. Educational material shall be provided to all residents and/or
other facilities provided with reclaimed water, and these materials shall be maintained consistent with
the reclaimed water uses. All educational materials shall be made available to the Division upon
request. This condition does not apply to users operating under a separate reclaimed water utilization
permit. [15A NCAC 02U .0501(a)(4)]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 4 of 8

IV. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
The Permittee shall conduct and report any Division required monitoring necessary to evaluate this
facility's impact on groundwater and surface water. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
2. A Division -certified laboratory shall conduct all analyses for the required effluent, groundwater, and
surface water parameters. [15A NCAC 02H .0800]
3. The Permittee shall monitor the generated reclaimed water at the frequencies and locations for the
parameters specified in Attachment A. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
4. The Permittee shall maintain adequate records tracking the amount of reclaimed water distributed and
shall include the following information:
a. Date reclaimed water distributed; and
b. Volume of reclaimed water distributed to each site specified in Attachment B (monthly total).
Monthly tracking records shall be summed and reported on Form NDMR (see Attachment A) under
parameter WQO1 (Flow, Reclaimed Water Distributed). This value shall represent the total volume of
reclaimed water distributed for that month. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
5. Three copies of all monitoring data (as specified in Conditions IV.3. and IVA.) on Form NDMR for
each PPI listed in Attachment A shall be submitted on or before the last day of the following month. If
no activities occurred during the monitoring month, monitoring reports are still required documenting
the absence of the activity. All information shall be submitted to the following address:
Division of Water Resources
Information Processing Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
[15A NCAC 02T .0105(1)]
6. The Permittee shall maintain a record of all residuals removed from this facility. This record shall be
maintained for five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. This record shall
include:
a. Name of the residuals hauler;
b. Non -Discharge permit number authorizing the residuals disposal, or a letter from a municipality
agreeing to accept the residuals;
c. Date the residuals were hauled; and
d. Volume of residuals removed.
[15A NCAC 02U .0802(b)]
7. A maintenance log shall be kept at this facility. This log shall be maintained for five years, and shall
be made available to the Division upon request. This log shall include:
a. Date of flow measurement device calibration;
b. Date of turbidimeter calibration;
c. Date and results of testing on alternate power supply;
d. Visual observations of the plant and plant site; and
e. Record of preventative maintenance (e.g., changing of equipment, adjustments, testing, inspections
and cleanings, etc.); and
f. Record of all discharges of reclaimed water to surface waters or the land surface, including the date
of occurrence, estimated volume, and corrective action taken.
[15A NCAC 02U .080I(h)]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 5 of 8

8. Noncompliance Notification:
The Permittee shall report to the Mooresville Regional Office, telephone number [phone],
within 24 hours of first knowledge of the following:
a. Treatment of wastes abnormal in quantity or characteristic, including the known passage of a
hazardous substance.
b. Any process unit failure (e.g., mechanical, electrical, etc.) rendering the facility incapable of
adequate wastewater treatment.
c. Any failure rendering the reclaimed water distribution facilities incapable of adequately conveying
the reclaimed water (e.g., mechanical or electrical failures, line blockages or breaks, etc.).
d. Any failure resulting in a discharge untreated or partially treated wastewater to surface waters.
e. Any failure resulting in a discharge of reclaimed water directly to surface waters or any unpermitted
release of reclaimed water to land surface greater than or equal to 5,000 gallons. Unpermitted
releases less than 5,000 gallons to land surface shall be documented by the Permittee in accordance
with Condition IV.7.f. but do not require Regional Office notification.
£ Any time self -monitoring indicates the facility has gone out of compliance with its permit
limitations.
Emergencies requiring reporting outside normal business hours shall call the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone]. All
noncompliance notifications shall file a written report to the Mooresville Regional Office within five
days of first knowledge of the occurrence, and this report shall outline the actions proposed or taken to
ensure the problem does not recur. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
V. INSPECTIONS
1. The Permittee shall perform inspections and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the reclaimed
water generation and distribution facilities. [15A NCAC 02U .0801(i)]
2. The Permittee or designee shall inspect the reclaimed water generation and distribution facilities to
prevent malfunctions, facility deterioration, and operator errors that may result in discharges of wastes
to the environment, threats to human health, or public nuisances. The Permittee shall maintain an
inspection log that includes the date and time of inspection, observations made, and maintenance,
repairs, or corrective actions taken. The Permittee shall maintain this inspection log for a period of five
years from the date of the inspection, and this log shall be made available to the Division upon request.
[ 15A NCAC 02U .0801(h), 02U .0801(i)]
Division authorized representatives may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect any
property, premises, or place related to the reclaimed water generation and distribution facilities
permitted herein at any reasonable time for determining compliance with this permit. Division
authorized representatives may inspect or copy records maintained under the terms and conditions of
this permit, and may collect groundwater, surface water, or leachate samples. [G.S. 143-215.3(a)(2)]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 6 of 8

VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permittee to a
Division enforcement action. [G.S. 143-215.6A, 143-215.6B, 143-215.6C]
2. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the permit
application, and Division -approved plans and specifications. [G.S. 143-215.1(d)]
3. Unless specifically requested and approved in this permit, there are no variances to administrative codes
or general statutes governing the construction or operation of the facilities permitted herein. [15A
NCAC 02T .0105(n)]
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with all statutes, rules,
regulations, or ordinances that other jurisdictional government agencies (e.g., local, state, and federal)
may require. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6)]
5. If the permitted facilities change ownership, or the Permittee changes their name, the Permittee shall
submit a permit modification request on Division -approved forms. The Permittee shall comply with
all terms and conditions of this permit until the permit is transferred to the successor -owner. [G.S. 143-
215.1(d3)]
6. The Permittee shall retain a set of Division -approved plans and specifications for the life of the facilities
permitted herein. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(o)]
7. The Permittee shall maintain this permit until the proper closure of all facilities permitted herein, or
until the facilities permitted herein are permitted by another authority. [15A NCAC 02T .01050)]
8. This permit is subject to revocation or modification upon 60-day notice from the Division Director, in
whole or part for:
a. violation of any terms or conditions of this permit or Administrative Code Title 15A Subchapter
02U;
b. obtaining a permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose all relevant facts;
c. the Permittee's refusal to allow authorized Department employees upon presentation of credentials:
i. to enter the Permittee's premises where a system is located or where any records are required
to be kept;
ii. to have access to any permit required documents and records;
iii. to inspect any monitoring equipment or method as required in this permit; or
iv. to sample any pollutants;
d. the Permittee's failure to pay the annual fee for administering and compliance monitoring; or
e. a Division determination that the conditions of this permit are in conflict with North Carolina
Administrative Code or General Statutes.
[15A NCAC 02T .0110]
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 7 of 8

9. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the facilities permitted herein shall not
occur if any of the following apply:
a. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has been convicted of
environmental crimes under G.S. 143-215.6B, or under Federal law that would otherwise be
prosecuted under G.S. 143-215.6B, and all appeals of this conviction have been abandoned or
exhausted.
b. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has previously abandoned
a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing the facility.
c. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has not paid a civil
penalty, and all appeals of this penalty have been abandoned or exhausted.
d. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee is currently not compliant
with any compliance schedule in a permit, settlement agreement, or order.
e. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has not paid an annual
fee.
[15A NCAC 02T .0120(b), 02T .0120(d)]
10. This permit shall not be renewed if the Permittee or any affiliation has not paid the required annual fee.
[15A NCAC 02T .0120(c)]
Permit issued this the 8"' day of July 2022
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
r F- Richard E. Rogers, Jr., Director
Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0013252
WQ0013252 Version 5.0 Shell Version 200201 Page 8 of 8

O
.y
I
IA
C4
p
p
p
o
W
O
O
O
O
u
u
u
I�
a
z
k
°
ty
Wo
N
Wn
N
N
N
u
.-r
W)
N
O
O
A
a
W
� o
W
U"
� en
ao
ao
�
ao
ao
H
�
0
v�
U
a
v
�
0
u
Cd
o
F
M
8
0
A
o
°
7
w
M
U
U
z
H
t-,
°
p
o
o
o
0
0
O
Wn
M
O
O
O
O
O
N
bA
U
¢o
O
O Q
M o
U:8
zCd
o
z:
°o
aCq
o
o
z
O
z
N
0
0
O
�a
ww
3 80
aoi ^
� M
�F
po
�o
U Q
Q
M
O
N u
�w
o
� o
�w
0°
P.
i4 yy
I�
a
z
k
F
� O
" W
A
A
z
0
o
Faz,
W
G7
0
F
o �
�
on
0
�
o
�
W
on
°
3
x
pro
°
W
w
�o
a
i4 yy
I�
a
z
k
F
� O
A
A
z
0
o
Faz,
W
G7
0
F
o �
q o
�
0
�
o
�
a
W
on
°
3
x
pro
°
W
w
�o
a
0
tn
0
tn
N
M
O

0
i
U
I
O
�.
U
O
z
0
...
y
.�
b
r�7
O
�.
^C
.�
u
a
y
A
O
0
a
a
.r �
C4 yy
F
.�
W
a
z
�
k
��
o
''
H
�
��
° °"
�
o
�
�w
.�
A
:�
��
H
A
�
a
H
.� �
a�
W
0
� o
W
G7
0
F
.?'
0
O �
y
�
�
C �
O
,�
p �
on
�
k
°
�F
W
�
�
3
�
�
�
`
�
�"
.�
z
�
�
W
O
W
w
� o
a
��
3
N
O
N
bA
c�
a
d
d
0
0
.�
N
V')
N
M
O
0
.�

I
LE
O
N
N
PO
O
O
A
QI
^dCq
CCq
e
0
ra
000
000
•O
�'
a
a
W)en
A
en
a
M
M
0
z
k
§
tq
o
U�
0
O
w
O
.�E
w
0
o
U
O
ProH
U
w
O
0
O
r
N
m
0
tn
0
N
V')
N
M
O
r�

v

Section Five: Property Ownership
Documentation

I
1
-.13K : Q715O PG- 0325/0328 ff a 0548 12.00
**AA NC EXCI r- TAX-. 1080.00
JUDITH A GIBSON REG OF DEEDS HECK N
FILED FOR REGISTRATION 12/31/92 15:12
$1,080.00
Excise Tax
MECKLENBURG COUNT'
T FGl, 147
STATE OF
�1OPTH
�gi.[R1R UReal Estate
� Excise Tax
Recording Time. Book and Page
Tax Lot No. 02-9-351709... ...... .... .. _......... Parcel Identifler No.. _ ..... ..... .....
Verified by _. County on the day of 119
by. . - - ------
Mail after recording to llamlin- L. 1ade.,_ _RUFF, . ,I30A?D.�. COBB,_ WADE & lcNAIR
- - -
2100 Two First Union Center, Charlotte, N.C. 28282-8283
. - - - - - - - -------- - ----
Thisinstrumentwaspreparedby- Pender R.- McElroy Qf ,It�`IG.S, McELROY & DIEH.L., P.A.
Brief description fur the Index
NORTH CAROLINA GENERAL WARRANTY DEED
THIS DEED made this 28th day of December 1,J 92 , by and between
GRANTOR GRA\TEE
FIRST COLONY GROUP, LTD., MECKLENBURG COUNTY, a political
a North Carolina corporation subdivision of the State of
North Carolina
Enter in appropriate biock For each party: name, address, and, if appropriate, character of entity, e.q. corporation or partnership.
The designation Grantor and Grantee as tised herein shall include said parties, their heirs, successors, and assigi:s, and
shall include singular, plural, masculine, feminine or neuter as required by context.
WITNESSETII, that the Grantor, for a ruluahle consideration paid by the Grantee. the receipt of which is hereby
acknowledged, has and by these presents does grant, bargain, sell and convey unto the Grantee in fee simple, all that
certain lot or parcel of land situated in atlel}i^vi\2f Mallard Creek Township,
Mecklenburg Count}, North Carolina and more particularly described as follows:
The land conveyed by this deed is more particularly described on
Exhibit A, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by refErence.
?1.l'. Fir Assoc. Form No- 1 1) 1016. ntviftd 1911.
P,.rW +r nl�re:�ee •w, a, h C !,r w„«. �91�

The property hereinabove described was acquired by Grantor by instrument recorded in . Deed Book
at.page . .. :rI the `lecklenburg..Count,,.---Re.g.is.tr.;-_...-....
A:mad;sitestii[gnitoyalca:Bxifzl'tdIced}^iKttX7z1)C4[rf(tLd:lft��StBX4l4fXXXXXXXXXXXX{R6 XX:{X7CCtit
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the aforesaid lot or parcel of land and all priviieges and appurtenances thereto belonging to
the Grantee in fee simple.
And the Grantor cotenants With the Grantee, that C;rantor is seized of the premises in tee simple, has the right to convey
the same in fee simple, that title is marketable and free and clear of all enetimbrances, and that Grantor will Warrant and
defend the title against the lawful claims of all persons whomsoever except for the exceptions hereinafter stated_
Title to the property hereinabove described is si;bject to the following exceptions:
Easements and rights of clot' of record and the right of t•;ay of Prosperity
Church Road.
IN WITNESS wilERFor, the Grantor has lte re moo let his hand altd scat. or if urponste. has can ed this rnatrumen[ to he s'gard m Its
corporate name by Its duly authorized officers sad its seal to he hereunto am—d by authorsty of Its noard of nireetors. [he day and year first
above asri t ten.
rIRSTCOLONY GROUP,_•LTD.- -_-- - -- -
(Corpto tans •- (jEALI
o
-------------- -....----------------------
---------------
_________________L!! ___President "
i
S
TTgSx
..................................... .......................(SE.AL)
Secretary (Cor)mrale seal y
__________________________________________(S
:: ` yFyd ts>•SFs� ��. NORTH CAROLINA. __. ...............................County.
he• IJx �C, a[ 1, a Notary Public of the county- and Slate Aforesaid. certify LI-L ____________ __________________•__._._.__._
______________________________________._..___._._.___._...___.._____.___.._.. __.-__-____ Granter,
Personally appeared before rate this day and aeknoWlydged the execution of the foregoing rnmmy
witness m
�'•�'., ^� r = `, hand and ortk IM stamp ur seal, this -------- day or
"MI ,.•-yq commdseioh rsp[res:....__.__•.-.------ ------- -_.._........................................ NeLary Public
r�frJ11 NOUT11 CAROLINA- _----- lecklenbur -
- •Sa1<L' Tr fP _________- -g _______Count}'.
i ,s�-7 •y '4 :�,•. [, a Notary Public of the County and Sate aturesaid, certify that-3j.1��.e-.A.....Tojrmare]-Lo......
•- : �•. Z-1 i s Personally came before me this day and acknowledged that---_SIr is .__.. SS.... l�----_-_- get reta ry of
PIRST_ COLD\Y .GItOGP- -LTa r-___-__-_ a Ninth Caronna cureorauon, and that by autttorits duly
s
p : =_ given and as the act or the corporation, the foregoing Instrument Iras signed In its naint by its ----
: e
`[ t_•i [ President. sealyd with its corporate seal and incited by}�s__ }1eX _ as its _-. As_$,.5Ma Lt_--_. . Secre Lsry.
7, ,- • .
lrnness )ray- hand and official stain or seal, this28t :tladLk-(
DeCf?pIUCY 92
al caslssinh July 25, 7.99G�} expires_..----•__________________'_____-_-- '---/-�T�_4 -✓_____. - .-otary' Public
The (artgnlnF Cefti(icate(s) of
._____...•--------------------------------------------------------- _..................................... ......... --- --------------------
----------------- ______________________________________________________________________________________________________._________________._.__
is arc ce rtinrtl to be totfeet This Instrument and this Cc rtlflea tt ate duly reglste red at the dot, and fine and ill the (took and Page shown on the
Irrst Da gc )left-L
____________------------------ _--------------------- REGISTER OF ❑FEOS FOR ....................... ------------ COUNTY
Ity-.------------------ _.......... ------------------------------------- n"Uty Assistaht- Ittgilter of Reeds
M.G. 4v Ay5n Form h'o.7'19:6. neared l9Tr Panted by Agreement sv[ih the H.C. E)ar Assn Poole Prmmg Cc- ft P.O. Bali 58:8i_ 11.10.911. N.0 27658

EXHIBIT A ATTACHED TO DEED
FROM FIRST COLONY GROUP, LTD.
TO MECKLENBURG COUNTY
LYING AND BEING in Mallard Creek Township, Mecklenburg County,
North Carolina, and beginning at a point in the easterly margin of
tLe 60 foot right of way of Prosperity Church Road, said point
marking a common corner of the property being conveyed by Grantor
and the property, now or formerly, of Ronald Sa. Williams and Sandra
S. Williams as described in the deed recorded in Deed Book 3932 at
page 432 in the Mecklenburg County Registry, said beginning point
also Leing located the following two calls and distances from
U.S.G.S. Bench Mark 143 JAS, Elevation 784.311: (1) South 67
degrees 41 minutes 57 seconds East 57.04 feet to a point and (2)
North 81 degrees 38 minutes 25 seconds East 33.65 feet to the
beginning point; and running thence from said beginning point South
81 degrees 38 minutes 25 seconds West 33.65 feet to a point in the
centerline of the 60 foot right of way of Prosperity Church Road;
thence with the centerline of the right of way of Prosperity Church
Road two calls and distances as follows: (1) in a northwesterly
direction with the arc of a circular curve to the left having a
radius of 450 feet (a chord bearing North 42 degrees 55 minutes 11
seconds West) an arc distance of 104.91 feet (a chord distance of
104.68 feet) to a point and (2) North 49 degrees 35 minutes 56
seconds West 447.3 feet to a point; thence North 61 degrees 32
minutes 8 seconds East 53.6 feet to an iron pin marking the
southwesterly rear corner of Lot 29 in Block 1 in KATELYN MOORS
subdivision as shown on the map recorded in Map Book 22 at page 915
in the Mecklenburg County Registry; thence with the rear of said
Lot 29 and the adjoining Lots 28, 27, 26, 25, 24, 23 and 19, and
crossing the 50 foot right of way of Katelyn Drive, and continuing
with the rear line of Lot 18 in Block 1 in KATELYN MOORS
subdivision as shown on the map recorded in tiap Hook 22 at page 915
in the Mecklenburg County Registry, North 61 degrees 32 minutes 8
seconds East 1,349.89 feet to an iron pin at the southeasterly rear
corner of the aforesaid Lot 18 in Block 1 in KATELYN MOORS
subdivision, said iron pin also marking a line of the property, not•,
or formerly, of Larry C. Ferguson as described in the deed recorded
in Deed Book 5316 at page 174 in the Mecklenburg County Registry,
said property being known as Tract 5 as shown an the map recorded
in Map Book 12 at page 269 in the Mecklenburg County Registry;
thence with the line of said property, now or formerly, of Larry C.
Ferguson South 47 degrees 33 minutes 48 seconds East 380.3 feet to
an iron pin; thence continuing with the portion of the said
property, now or formerly, of Larry C. Ferguson North 7 degrees 3
minutes 39 seconds East 134.37 feet to a point; thence with the
line of property retained by Williams Consortium, Inc. two calls
and distances: (1) South 49 degrees 7 minutes 2 seconds East
297.36 feet to a point and (2) South 58 degrees 8 minutes 10
seconds East 325.4 feet to a point in the line of the property, now
or formerly, of Edith C. Lumpkin as described in the deed recorded
in Deed nook 3528 at page 577 in the Mecklenburg County Registry;
thence with the line of said property, nor or formerly, of Edith C.
Lumpkin two calls and distances as follows: (1) South 17 degrees
32 minutes 28 seconds West 1,172.6 feet to a bolt and (2) South 78
degrees 31 minutes 52 seconds West 329.73 feet to an iron pipe
marking a corner of the property, now or formerly, of Edith C.
Lumpkin, et al. as described in the deed recorded in Deed Book 5403
at page 670 in the Mecklenburg county Registry and the property,
now or formerly, of Martin E. Oehler and Christine C. Oehler as
described in the deed recorded in Deed Book 4331 at page 433 in the
Mecklenburg County Registry; thence with the line of said property,
now or formerly, of Martin E. Oehler and Christine C. Oehler North
35 degrees 29 minutes 2 seconds West 297.37 feet to an iron pipe,
said iron pipe marking a corner of the property, now or formerly,
of Martin E. Oehler and Christine C. Oehler as described in the
deed recorded in Deed Book 4861 at page 710 in the Mecklenburg
County Registry; thence with the line of said property, now or
formerly, of Martin E. Oehler and Christine C. Oehler North 35
degrees 20 minutes 48 seconds I -lest 333.33 feet to an iron pipe,
said iron pipe marking a corner of the property, now or. formerly,

of Ronald W. Williams and Sandra S. Williams as described in the
deed recorded in Deed Book 3932 at page 432 in the Mecklenburg
County Registry; thence with the line of said property, now or
formerly, of Ronald W. Williams and Sandra S. Williams two calls
and distances as follows: (1) North 35 degrees 38 minutes 31
seconds West 232.4 feet to an iron pipe and (2) South 81 degrees 38
minutes 25 seconds West 413.95 feet to the point and place of
beginning. Said parcel of land contains 39.99 acres and is more
particularly shown on the plat of survey prepared for First Colony
Group, Ltd. by Edward L. Killough, North Carolina Registered Land
Surveyor, dated December 21, 1992.
Stalc of North CamliM. County of ii"Menburg
The forogaingcenifialc(s) of Anne 1. Yarbrough
Not,ty(ies) Public islim cenifmd le be comcl.
This 31 day of December , 19 92
�.
JUDMI A S N GIST OT
By: / Deputy Rcglstcf of D;eds

High
do
A It
� � M.^ Regional Perk ,a` ,•
wo
r A• 4
Owner: Mecklenburg County
Legal acres: 195.34
Deed: 07158-325
r v
liv
a �Traditpn _ •
•}♦' ' r t . Golf Corse 1. ,
lk
1.
roaring
ro
Churcfi Road
t ,
• '�i ,* �:. ♦ Commons
,rr�`"'•` TheA'rbors.
Melkird_ '1'_►� ,
C�rK Cmak . ,
00.050.1 0.2 0.3 0.4
t Fad, IqE UTw61h, Q,61 OW ��x� �o o ry�go(�@(P nn �
mrmmmmmmm=�� Miles`�,f /a�`I�uuu (�WWll 11 p • W o LSPal llp IAAII'.v�'wp EgV WIIILl s, L'W Ldgw' eICi LJ&@1

Section Six: Engineering Plans

o�oa�aaa�
/ . oavaaw�
»`
�
y © ©� :�
? \
. \ \�\
�� � »�& �
�� &
/ � © ^)
) \. ...
\~» / ^
}° � » \\
}
� :.� .� j
. z
. . \
0
�! �� � .
.�
; {.
\
>. �
\ �
\ \ �
( /
:
\�
\
°�. .
e
«ƒƒ
� , _
:
`
I:
e
r �
>�� \ .
� � � ;
�
\

s�
�8
_ ooval —
:arvtlnalia ON 'I.1Nll03 DOGNM>M7 l
NO �fiddV 1 3R1133 R 'U3tJtl 3JtJei1 N O II I C ♦ r .,L?Jd i 3 H 3
�Y � S1(f0 3104 'S3Ntll Q3'aN3N Z :aXnO>dS, 3Vt i3] 1i.
1 NO:LWIl Ql oy' Nso l oVP
-_ rromraa ory .•..�,,, : tl. 0 1 S `J N! M 7 N 0
V
�
j
t
jj
s i
t�
c X,
fi
Wli
�
p
CAI- � r� •k � is�Ati
� � ��� �
t
-
t
A
`
=i

oQ ii
ON 'AAN003 06391131k33W
t } 9 auva gad xvanv�s �'�a �au:a j$ A9 gg a'y ai
A 9 0 5 fi0 l 3'10 a3Ybl 0'S A3:t Z Qy,Oaddv 0 °"M1• f QV 8i 1—li , „
0I H 3 1llii 01 `"VNSO L
� . e 0 -d = 4 "2 N 1 Ai v a
i
d ,
y k
2ryGan � �!
s � �
a x
p s } p e ,O
LL
�xa
LLJ. -
mK
AV-
LLJ
x
Usn
(���), Sa 4WE
FL
15
Ld
gr �g d p
ss �
3
3 i k 'E or j
L �'{W40� 42-fin

-q Aga 3iTMy,.j
5i z :Y 5.. �i'S..} 1
ON AiNno3 0,N3e 131xD3v4
3£§� '-1
'a . €a�aa a� oanda'aaa _..— ----
Ea 9 -NOWL
ovr 803 SJN; Mesa
,a
ry a€sg?�s§�== �.Yo se No s�aa nn - ' 'wuvNd
H
Agg
3x a a_3
s��� g5 µ
Y Y Fg
}Y 4
I WO
Y7,"
l k
( 5
-NNmy
u m
§a g�r y 43a a U.
a t
Am
Al
1 a
aj z o ;s r x€ F � �F�
a C � a a
e a
3t a$
ez �• 8� a �Qa .3 ;� ..-a^- .;� R � x�
r , a
t + t
a.... �. ., x. �Q: ., .. ..xro.. ,.�•ai'....ecu...�....a-:..v..�w��,.!e�m�}...`�:t.tl.s`.v.xria:um}a.�3`.k ...ate Mse, r�...m......_.... _.... .. .._ .n ...-. �n..e.c 3v, ._ .. r_z......vE s..,vern a-.� ..�5 ..... xe .., i„ _

Section Seven: Engineering Calculations

MECKLENBURG COUNTY PARKS AND
RECREATION
TRADITION GOLF CLUB
RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
DESIGN CALCULATIONS
Hazen
November 2022

MECKLENBURG COUNTY PARKS AND
RECREATION
TRADITION GOLF CLUB
RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
DESIGN CALCULATIONS
Hazen
November 2022

TRADITION GOLF COURSE
RECLAIMED WATER IRRIGATION SYSTEM
DESIGN CALCULATIONS INDEX
[index from "Engineering Calculations" checklist in Form RWCU 06-16 instructionsl
Total and Effective Storage Calculations
N/A
Friction/Total Dynamic Head and System Curve Analysis
Existing Effluent / Non -Potable Water (NPW) Pump Summary
Existing NPW Demand Summary
Irrigation System Hydraulic Summary
Manufacturer's Information
Existing NPW Pump Curve
Irrigation System Main Flow Meter
Irrigation System Pressure Switches
Irrigation System In -Line Strainer
Irrigation System In -Line Filter
Irrigation Water Emitters
Floatation Calculations for Storage Units
N/A
Irrigation Rate Comparison with Soil Scientist Report
Summary
Reclaimed Water Usage Determination
Summary
1

FRICTION/TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD AND SYSTEM CURVE ANALYSIS
Existing Effluent / Non -Potable Water (NPW) Pump Summary
The Tradition Golf Course has two existing pumps used to irrigate their golf course with
potable water and reclaimed water. The pumps provide call to duty service with the
following characteristics, providing a firm pumping capacity of 225 gpm at 108 psi to the
system.
Existing Irrigation Service Pump One
Manufacture / Model Number
IDP / D-824
Maximum Pump Speed, rpm
3,600 rpm
Design Capacity
225 gpm
Total Dynamic Head
249 feet (108 psi)
Maximum Brake Horsepower
20 HP
Discharge Diameter
4-inch
Existing Irrigation Service Pump Two
Manufacture / Model Number
IDP / D-824
Maximum Pump Speed, rpm
3,600 rpm
Design Capacity
720 gpm
Total Dynamic Head
249 feet (108 psi)
Maximum Brake Horsepower
60 HP
Discharge Diameter
6-inch
Irrigation System Hydraulic Summary
This system has been in operation for 25 years. A site visit was done to determine the
parameters and operation of the Irrigation system. This Irrigation system uses two call
to service pumps that increases head from 100 psi at the inlet to 150 psi to the system
under normal conditions. According to the pump curves this correlate to a total flow of
637 gpm when irrigation is taking place. The smaller 20 HP pump is called into service
first as pressure demands from the system increase and pressure falls below 150 psi. If
the 20 HP pump cannot satisfy pressure demands, the larger 60 HP pump is called to
service. These pumps will operate until pressure demands decrease and the pressure
stabilizes at 150 psi. The pumps discharge into an 8-inch receiving pipe that empties
into a 300-gallon pressurized tank. The 300-gallon tank serves as a surge protector to
the system and dampens volatility in pump operation. The tank discharges into a 6-inch
pipe which has a pressure reducing valve decreasing pressure to 150 psi which is
2

upstream form the control valve. Flow then continues in the 6-inch line before the pipe
increases to a 10-inch pipe. Flow is then split in a 6"x 8"x 10" Tee. The size of
distribution pipes varies as it progresses to its extremities with the smallest size being 2
inches.
MANUFACTURER'S INFORMATION
DATA SHEETS PROVIDED ON FOLLOWING PAGES:
• Existing Pumps (Worthington Division pump curve)
• Main System Flow Meter (Impeller Flow Sensors)
• System Pressure Switches (WIKA Pressure transmitter S-20)
• System Control Module (Oasis G2)
• Irrigation Water Emitters (TORO Rotary Sprinklers)
IRRIGATION RATE COMPARISON WITH SOIL SCIENTIST REPORT
Section 2.2 in the Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report submitted with this application
defines the proposed instantaneous hydraulic loading rate of 0.5 in/hr.
TORO 780-87 sprinklers are confined to greens and TORO 750-58 are used for
fairways. Irrigation through these sprinklers can be done with a high level of
manipulation. The club operator can dictate which any one sprinkler can run at any
given time. The operating system is also connected to weather sensors, so the
sprinklers do not run during instances of high rain and humidity. This means that if the
operator decides to irrigate any one sprinkler they may do without a restriction in
runtime because the maximum irrigation rate of any sprinkler used on this site is
incapable of irrigating above the instantaneous hydraulic loading rate.
Rotary Sprinkler Type Max Irrigation Rate Allowable Runtime
Possible
TORO 780-87 0.18"/hr 60 minutes/hr
TORO 750-58 1 0.20"/hr 1 60 minutes/hr
3

However, there is overlap in sprinkler irrigation areas in almost all instances. The
overlap shapes have been categorized into three distinct patterns Inline/single row,
triangular -spaced, square -spaced.
Inline/Single Row Triangular Spacing Rectangular Spacing
Shape Shape Shape
The worst -case scenario for the irrigation of greens is 41 minutes per hour and the
worst -case scenario for irrigation of the fairways is 52 minutes per hour.
TORO 780-87 Irrigation
Pattern
Max Irrigation Rate
Possible
Allowable Runtime
Inline/Single row
0.37"/hr
60 min/hr
Triangular
0.73"/hr
41 min/hr
Rectangular
0.63"/hr
47 min/hr
TORO 750-58 Irrigation
Pattern
Max Irrigation Rate
Possible
Allowable Runtime
Inline/Single row
0.30"/hr
60 min/hr
Triangular
0.57"/hr
52 min/hr
Rectangular
0.49"/hr
60min/hr
The club operator is responsible to make sure when irrigation is done in these spacing
shapes the appropriate sprinkler runtime may not be exceeded.
Precipitation Rate Formulas
i Square -spaced sprinklers in pattern
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing),
i Triangular -spaced sprinklers in pattern:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing)' (0.866)
i Area and flow.
Total GPM of zone x 96.3
Total irrigated
square feet of zone
i Single row:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing) (Scallop)
For additional information, refer to Toro
Form No. 490-1737.
0

Section Eight: Agronomist and Soil
Evaluation

SOIL SCIENTIST/AGRONONHST REPORT
RECLAIMED WATER SYSTEMS — CONJUNCTIVE UTILIZATION
THE TRADITIONS GOLF CLUB
MECKLENBURG COUNTY, NORTH CAROLINA
WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS PROJECT NO. 16-14, PHASE: 03
Prepared For:
Hazen and Sawyer
9101 Southern Pine Boulevard, Suite 250
Charlotte, North Carolina 28273
Prepared By:
willcox&mabe
SO 1 L SOL U T I ON S
Willcox & Mabe Soil Solutions, PLLC
7231B Summerfield Road
Summerfield, North Carolina 27358
November 2022

November 7, 2022
Hazen and Sawyer
9101 Southern Pine Boulevard, Suite 250
Charlotte, North Carolina 28273
Attention: Mr. Michael J. Benchich, P.E.
Reference: Soil Scientist / Agronomist Evaluation associated with Reclaimed Water Systems
(Conjunctive Utilization), Non -Discharge Permit Application
Mallard Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant
The Traditions Golf Club
Mecklenburg County, North Carolina
Willcox & Mabe Soil Solutions, PLLC Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
Dear Mr. Benchich:
Willcox & Mabe Soil Solutions, PLLC (WMSS) has conducted a Soil Scientist / Agronomist
Evaluation per Hazen and Sawyer Subcontract Agreement for Professional Services dated October
8, 2022 and WMSS Proposal No. 2022-P24 dated September 9, 2022 to provide a Soil Scientist
Evaluation and Agronomist Evaluation associated with a Reclaimed Water Systems — Conjunctive
Utilization (RWCU) Non -Discharge Permit Application. The evaluation has been conducted in
accordance with the regulations pertaining to RWCU (15A NCAC 02U) regulated by the North
Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ) - Division of Water Resources (DWR).
A Soil Scientist investigation was conducted to evaluate the soil properties of the proposed acreage
to determine suitability for inclusion in the referenced permit application, more specifically,
recommended maximum irrigation precipitation rates. An Agronomist investigation was also
conducted to evaluate the potential/proposed cover crops for their ability to accept proposed
application rates.
The attached report summarizes our understanding of the project, evaluation, findings and
recommendations. Should you have any questions or comments about this report please feel free to
contact WMSS at 336-339-9128.
Sincerely,
Willcox & Mabe Soil Solutions, PLLC
Martin E. Mabe
Partner / Agronomist
Rob Willcox, L.S.S.
Partner / Soil Scientist
Shared\WMSS Projects\2016\16-14 Hazen and Sawyer\Phase 03 -The Traditions Goff Club\1614 The Traditions Golf Club -Reclaimed Water Soil Scientst-Agronomist Evaluation.doc

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page No.
1.0
BACKGROUND INFORMATION..............................................................1
2.0
SOIL SCIENTIST EVALUATION.............................................................. 2
2.1 Proposed Irrigation Areas............................................................ 2
2.2 Instantaneous Rates..................................................................... 3
3.0
PROPOSED IRRIGATION AREAS...........................................................4
4.0
AGRONOMIST EVALUATION.................................................................. 5
4.1 Soils Analysis................................................................................ 5
4.2 Irrigation Scheduling.................................................................... 5
5.0
CONCLUSIONS........................................................................................ 6
5.1 Soil Scientist Evaluation.............................................................. 6
5.2 Proposed Irrigation Areas............................................................ 6
5.3 Instantaneous Rates..................................................................... 6
5.4 Agronomist Evaluation................................................................. 6
5.5 Summary........................................................................................6
TABLES
Table 1: Instantaneous Rates
Table 2: Proposed Irrigation Areas
FIGURES
Figure 1: Vicinity Map
Figure 2: Proposed Irrigation Areas — Hand Auger Boring Location Map
APPENDICES
Appendix I: Soil Profile Descriptions

Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report WMSS Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
The Traditions Golf Club November 7, 2022
1.0 BACKGROUND INFORMATION
WMSS has been contracted by Hazen and Sawyer to evaluate The Traditions Golf Club
to determine suitability for inclusion in a Reclaimed Water Systems - Conjunctive
Utilization (RWCU) non -discharge permit application. The subject property evaluated is
associated with the Traditions Golf Club located at 3800 Prosperity Church Road 0.6
miles west of the intersection of NC State Road 1305 (Cuthbertson Road) in
Mecklenburg County, N.C. (Figure 1).
The Soil Scientist / Agronomist evaluation was conducted on October 11, 2022. The
information provided is for inclusion in a Reclaimed Water Systems - Conjunctive
Utilization (RWCU) (15A NCAC 2U) non -discharge permit application to the North
Carolina Department of Environmental Quality (NCDEQ), Division of Water Resources
(DWR) Non -Discharge Branch (NDB). It is our understanding that reclaimed quality
wastewater is being generated at the Mallard Creek Wastewater Treatment Plant (WWTP)
and will be the source considered for irrigation purposes for conjunctive use.

Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report WMSS Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
The Traditions Golf Club November 7, 2022
2.0 SOIL SCIENTIST EVALUATION
WMSS Soil Scientist, Mr. Rob Willcox and Agronomist, Mr. Martin Mabe conducted an
evaluation of the soils throughout proposed areas identified by Hazen and Sawyer for
RWCU consisting of current irrigated areas within The Traditions Golf Club (greens,
fairways, tee boxes, and driving range). The Soil Scientist Evaluation has been conducted
in accordance with the regulations pertaining to Reclaimed Water Systems — Conjunctive
Utilization (15A NCAC 02U), more specifically 15A NCAC 02U .0201 (Application
Submittal — Conjunctive Systems), and current soil science practices and technology.
Site mapping was performed to locate existing features which affect the potential
suitability for RWCU. Surface features which are required to be identified, if present,
include: surface waters, any well with the exception of monitoring wells and other
features which may require buffer conditions. Surface features were identified based on a
site reconnaissance. Maps were prepared using Arcview 10.8 a Geographic Information
System (GIS). Field data was collected identifying locations evaluated on the site plan
provided by Hazen and Sawyer. Base maps were generated using information from the
following sources: ESRI, Inc., and Hazen and Sawyer (Figures 1 and 2).
WMSS conducted thirty-three (33) hand -auger borings to characterize the soils / soil
material within the proposed areas for RWCU (Soil Profile Descriptions - Appendix I)
at the locations shown on Figure 2. General soil profile descriptions were performed to
identify the following information: thickness of the horizon; texture; color and other
diagnostic features; structure; internal drainage; depth; thickness and any type of restrictive
horizon(s); presence or absence and depth of evidence of any seasonal high water table; and
topography and landscape position. The soil profile descriptions represent the soil
characteristics that were dominant across the areas evaluated. The areas evaluated were
evaluated using the Mecklenburg County Soil Survey, hand auger borings,
topographic/aerial maps, and a reconnaissance of proposed areas for RWCU. Relevant field
features were identified. Hand auger borings were advanced at selected locations across the
areas evaluated to provide the soil scientists with information to develop general soil profile
descriptions, which were used for determining recommended maximum irrigation
precipitation rates (inches per hour) within the proposed irrigation areas as required by the
regulations pertaining to Reclaimed Water Systems — Conjunctive Utilization (15A NCAC
02U), more specifically 15A NCAC 02U .0201 (Application Submittal — Conjunctive
Systems).
The proposed areas evaluated are further identified within the attached (Figure 2). GIS
layers were obtained from ESRI, Inc. and Hazen and Sawyer.
2.1 Proposed Irrigation Areas
Soils within the proposed RWCU irrigation areas were previously mapped by the United
States Department of Agriculture - Natural Resources Conservation Service (USDA-NRCS)
as the Enon, Helena, Iredell, Mecklenburg and Vance soil series. Based upon the 33 hand

Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report WMSS Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
The Traditions Golf Club November 7, 2022
auger borings performed the predominant soils identified more closely resembled
Udorthents (highly disturbed — cut and fill material of the native soil). No evidence of a
seasonal high water table was identified within 12 inches of the existing ground surface
during the soil evaluation. Variants of each of the following soil series were identified and
consisted predominantly of cut and fill variants of the following: Enon series (Fine, mixed,
active, thermic Ultic Hapludalfs), Helena series (Fine, mixed, semiactive, thermic Aquic
Hapludults), Mecklenburg series (Fine, mixed, active, thermic Ultic Hapludalfs) and
Vance series (Fine, mixed, semiactive, thermic Typic Hapludults). Each location evaluated
is well suited for RWCU. (Soil Profile Descriptions- Appendix I).
2.2 Instantaneous Rates
An instantaneous rate, or hydraulic loading rate in inches per hour (in/hr) was calculated
using field measurements of textures for the surface horizons, along with ranges of
percent slopes from each of the proposed areas. The approximate instantaneous rate for
the proposed irrigation areas is listed in the following table (Table 1).
Table l: Instantaneous Rates
Area
Slope
Surface Texture
Instantaneous Rate
Percent %
(in/hr
Proposed Reclaimed
0-8
sandy loam to
0.10 to 1.0
Irrigation Areas
sandy clay loam
Source: Sprinkler Irrigation Association Journal
Potential instantaneous rates range from 0.1 to 1.0 in/hr. Based upon site specific
conditions, proposed instantaneous rates should be 0.5 in/hr range.
Soil characteristics of the surface layer include the surface horizon texture, depth to a
change in horizon, and the water holding capacity of the surface layer (% volume).
These soil properties determine the ability of the soil to drain. Proper drainage for good
agricultural practices is the difference between available water at field capacity and
available water at permanent wilting point. Field capacity is the water content after a soil
is wetted and allowed to drain. Permanent wilting point represents the lower limit to
which a plant can still extract water from the soil. To avoid fields from reaching
permanent wilting point, an irrigation period must be determined. Irrigation periods are a
function of time during application events, drainage of the field back to field capacity,
and re -aeration of the field.

Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report WMSS Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
The Traditions Golf Club November 7, 2022
3.0 PROPOSED IRRIGATION AREAS
The proposed irrigation areas have been evaluated and are located within the areas where
the hand auger borings have been performed (Figure 2). The areas evaluated are
predominantly Udorthents (highly disturbed — cut and fill material of the native soil). The
proposed areas evaluated are suitable based upon 15A NCAC 02U .0201 (Application
Submittal — Conjunctive Systems). Net useable acres (wetted acres) based upon 15A
NCAC 02U .0201 (Application Submittal — Conjunctive Systems) and .0701 (Setbacks)
consists of approximately 94.1 wetted acres.
Table 2: Proposed Irrigation Areas
Proposed Areas Net/Useable Acres
The Traditions Golf Club 94.1 Wetted Acres

Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report WMSS Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
The Traditions Golf Club November 7, 2022
4.0 AGRONOMIST EVALUATION
4.1 Soils Analysis
Soil samples are not required for the initial permitting based upon 15 NCAC 02U .0201(h)
requirements. No irrigation to food chain crops is being proposed so therefore, current soil
samples are not required. However, best management practices recommend that
representative soil samples should be collected from the proposed irrigation areas Soil
samples should be collected and submitted to a lab familiar with analyzing soils for
agronomic purposes such as the North Carolina Department of Agriculture — Soil Testing
Lab or Waypoint Analytical. Typically, soil samples will be analyzed for standard soil
fertility testing to include: % organic matter, estimated nitrogen release, phosphorus,
potassium, magnesium, calcium, pH, acidity, cation exchange capacity, percent base
saturation, copper, exchangeable sodium percentage / soluble salts, manganese, zinc, and
sodium with recommended fertilizer and lime additions necessary.
4.2 Irrigation Scheduling
The primary function for a RWCU system is to provide for beneficial reuse of the water and
available nutrients to the receiver site. The operator of a reclaimed water system must
ensure that all aspects of the system are properly operated and maintained. In order to
ensure the continued use of the receiver site, the soil and crop must be protected. Surface
waters and groundwater must also be protected to ensure the integrity of these resources.
The operator should also protect the site from poor site maintenance during inclement
weather in order to protect the soil structure.
Proper land application of reclaimed water involves the use of water management strategies
to ensure that the reclaimed water is applied at the proper time and in the correct amounts.
This involves achieving a balance between the following:
• optimizing the timing of nutrient application to match specific vegetation type
uptake (during active growth cycles throughout the year),
• applying reclaimed water at a rate and amount such that no direct surface runoff,
ponding, or deep percolation below the roots occurs (no greater than 0.5
inches/hour).
• managing irrigation at a rate that is consistent with routine irrigation of golf courses
will be the responsibility of The Traditions Golf Club staff.
A responsible system operator must understand how reclaimed water should be managed
properly, have knowledge of the capacity of the system to store and apply wastewater when
appropriate, and be able to make prudent management decisions concerning when and how
much reclaimed water to apply.

Soil Scientist / Agronomist Report WMSS Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03
The Traditions Golf Club November 7, 2022
5.0 CONCLUSIONS
5.1 Soil Scientist Evaluation
The Soil Scientist Evaluation determined that based upon the 33 soil profile descriptions,
and the information obtained from the field evaluation, that the following site specific
conditions exist:
• Proposed Irrigation Areas Primary Soil Series — Udorthents
The cut / fill variants of the Enon, Helena, Mecklenburg and Vance series are well suited
for Reclaimed Water Systems — Conjunctive Utilization and should not require
limitations for the proposed hydraulic loading rates.
5.2 Proposed Irrigation Areas
The existing soils consist of Udorthents (cut/fill variants of the Enon, Helena,
Mecklenburg and Vance series). The proposed areas evaluated are suitable based upon
15A NCAC 02U .0201 (Application Submittal —Conjunctive Systems). Net useable acres
based upon 15A NCAC 02U .0201 (Application Submittal — Conjunctive Systems) and
.0701 (Setbacks) consists of approximately 94.1 wetted acres.
5.3 Instantaneous Rates
Based upon existing site conditions, proposed instantaneous rates should be in the 0.5
in/hr range.
5.4 Agronomist Evaluation
Currently, soil samples are not required for the initial permitting based upon 15 NCAC
02U .0201(h) requirements. No irrigation to food chain crops is being proposed so
therefore, current soil samples are not required.
5.5 Summary
WMSS has completed the requirements associated with a Soil Scientist/Agronomist
Evaluation for Reclaimed Water Systems — Conjunctive Utilization. The proposed
irrigation areas should be considered suitable for Reclaimed Water Systems —
Conjunctive Utilization based upon the requirements in 15A NCAC 02U .0201
(Application Submittal — Conjunctive Systems).

FIGURES

Binyhan Road
' Y
P en ¢
��ennlle
o
O
Mallard " q
"l
Creek Community
P
5
-
Park a.
�
O
ne
Fa„bpV'ne Court
nd9�"ne
OiCe
y~in
c..
B,flrn9ham Drn�
`�c rR
1s01 C`d1
E o
�
`
6 E
o
n
Da CI a
Rolk and Whreq 2467
O
eHn D—
� Ej -0
o a rl -V
n .
0 ❑ p 0�,•, 'rip
pppPr
yC6 .h pia �,','
� . �
---------- ,� ,•,'���aft�-,•�
`
•8AWO
o_ Iy
_
t
an an
•��, o 0
stone6ridge
O
Qip
Church
Community %*♦ k
2
V R
i d
ton
91r
t Hou °h-Cg
Cawwe
��, Tlho o'y� 2467
ae Drive
rA
P
'Pscen1v11w
p
oc1VI
load
ek 'dr'Prn3y ParkWSl
a
E
y r.csceq'
C.r>:
�a
o,
Winchester
ca �de0°a
a`
ry(hWrh
�•
Arm'`'
2e Q
- oad
Rpaa dCr eewR - C�`
a
E
aY�
MaPa� o o w
.M
- 4 P �No
``s
lnrhrnn � ay"'o A
4
g ,f
e
commons - v 4 FoumaF�`
U
"e p
Sd0
p
ers- i
.Oate
a
m
°"P4'^wy
d"ads
Property Boundary
a
T
Cward ^
3
REFERENCE:
m
U
GI DATA LAYERS WERE OBTAINED FROM ESRI, INC. PLEASE NOTE THIS MAP IS FOR INFORMATIONAL
05
r°a,,,dP. c
a
3
PURPOSES ONLY. IT IS NOT MEANT FOR DESIGN, LEGAL, ORANY OTHER USES. THERE ARE NO
ay
W
GUARANTEES ABOUT ITS ACCURACY. WMSS, PLLC ASSUMES NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR ANY DECISION
'
/�rfs
MADE OR ANY ACTIONS TAKEN BY THE USER BASED UPON THIS INFORMATION.
_
Creek fie.,.,
0
SCALE:
1 = 1,000
FIGURE NO.
N_
DATE:
11-03-22
VICINITY MAP
b
�j�II�
11
DRAWN BY:
MEM
*
SO IL SOLUTI DNS
TRADITIONS GOLF CLUB
PROJECT NO:
16-14 Ph:03
MECKLENBURG COUNTY. NORTH CAROLINA

APPENDIX I
Soil Profile Descriptions
0

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 1 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No. Date: 10/11/22
Location The Traditions Pin County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Golf Club
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well ❑ Evaluation: Auger Boring
Described By:
Weather:
Community ❑ Pit
Rob Willcox Public ❑ Cut
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture Dry Surface Water: N/A
1 Qth FA irwnv 1 dth 1 rth 17o;r..._ 1 cth L'........,...
FACTORS
PROFILE
#1
PROFILE
92
PROFILE
#3
PROFILE
#4
Landscape Position %
2 376
1 1. '
� g%U
Horizon Depth I
0 _
Color Munsell
Texture
j
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Lt i /- L
PU f A
Horizon Depth II
4 _ /S
_ 4-0
Color - Munsell
/� S ¢
" .
u 1
Texture
S
!
Mottles
Structure
a, bK
M i F �?
/Yt i p a
Consistence
5,2
SS S
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
Color - Munsell
y-
Texture
C
Mottles
/d tlg S ?-
Structure
M4S Si VP
Consistence
/ S VIP o2
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
2 g- 4 Q f
Color - Munsell
-
Texture
t C
Mottles
% C , /b l
Structure
&4S V 2
Consistence
S V V F "
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
ILL
01 Ai 7-
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R
Ridge Interfluve
S
Shoulder
L
Linear Slope
FS
Foot Slope
N
Nose Slope
H
Head Slope
Cc
Concave Slope
Cv
Convex Slope
T
Terrace
P
Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s
sand
Is
loamy sand
sl
sandy loam
I
loam
si
silt
sil
silt loam
sicl
silty clay loam
cl
clay loam
scl
sandy clay loam
sc
sandy clay
sic
silty clay
c
clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns
non -sticky
Ss
slightly sticky
S
sticky
Vs
very sticky
Np
non -plastic
Sp
slightly plastic
P
plastic
Vp
very plastic
MOIST
vfr
Very friable
fr
friable
fi
firm
vfi
Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg
single grain
m
massive
cr
crumb
gr
granular
sbk
subangular blocky
abk
angular blocky
pl
platy
pr
prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 2 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No.
Location The Traditions Pin
Golf Club
Date: 10/11/22
County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Proposed Facility:
Reclaimed Water Water Supply:
On -Site Well
❑ Evaluation:
Community
❑
Described By:
Rob Willcox
Public
❑
Weather:
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture
Dry
Surface Water:
16th Fairwav 1 7th Fnirurnv
1 7th Ro;r..,
17th r ; .., .,
Auger Boring
Pit
❑
Cut
❑
N/A
FACTORS
PROFILE
#5
PROFILE
#6
PROFILE
#7
PROFILE
#8
Landscape Position %
2 . 3 9fo
- 2 7a
2 — %
2 - 39I o
Horizon Depth I
_
_
0 _
Color Munsell
02 513
S a
/0 we S
M t,41eS
Texture
C
Structure
Consistence
S
S S S
S S S
Boundary
r_ILL A PF
LfUT AiZJ"
Gl7 C'Ef
LIU ep-A
Horizon Depth II
3_
_40
9—G%
3-2-2-
Color — Munsell
/p
m
A t4 14-!,
U f 44
Texture
Mottles
Structure
�` q ,
/nQ S
k5 r ✓ e—
Consistence
FIL L
S
S
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
Color — Munsell
S 4
Texture
Mottles
- f"Iw
_
Structure
Consistence
S S
I
t,
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
Color — Munsell
Texture
Mottles
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
-4UT IA LL
UT
L L
ZZt I
EL fivA
✓ I A A -F
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R Ridge Interfluve
S Shoulder
L Linear Slope
FS Foot Slope
N Nose Slope
H Head Slope
Cc Concave Slope
Cv Convex Slope
T Terrace
P Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s sand
Is loamy sand
sl sandy loam
I loam
si silt
sit silt loam
sicl silty clay loam
cl clay loam
set sandy clay loam
sc sandy clay
sic silty clay
c clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns non -sticky
Ss slightly sticky
S sticky
Vs very sticky
Np non -plastic
Sp slightly plastic
P plastic
Vp very plastic
MOIST
vfr Very friable
fr friable
ft firm
vfi Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg single grain
m massive
cr crumb
gr granular
;bk subangular blocky
abk angular blocky
?I platy
)r prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Page 3 of 9
Project No.
Location
16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No. Date: 10/11/22
The Traditions Pin County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Golf Club
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well ❑ Evaluation: Auger Boring
Described By:
Weather:
Community ❑ Pit
Rob Willcox Public ❑ Cut
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture Dry Surface Water: N/A
12th F'A1rwnv 1 1th Fairwav 1 2th Fa;r 1 1th Rom;,-..,.,.,
FACTORS
PROFILE
#9
PROFILE
#10
PROFILE
#11
PROFILE
#12
Landscape Position %
4 _ -�6
3_ ¢ A�!
4 - ".a1 p
6 - D
Horizon Depth I
-
i
D _ 3
_ ,3
Color Munsell
10 5 3
Q s 3
Q /L S
5 3
Texture
SG
S
Structure
_
Consistence
gS , S D
L
I
Boundary
C44T /WFJ�
efl tT )FA
Horizon Depth II
_ 1 ¢-
- 2
- 2
- 2
Color - Munsell
/ u ( a-'
mtf l �- t
Texture
C 1
SG
Mottles
—
Structure
✓fL
A S ✓�
/Yl 4 i ✓ Q
Consistence
rr
$ 5 5
5S S' i
SS 5
Boundary
Horizon Depth 11I
1
36p
Color-Munsell
/Q
17, ,S R E 4-
Texture
G
Mottles
—
C 1 a AS
- SVg s-L
Structure
A S S I V C
mt,S G
mwr 51"le
Consistence
l/S t/ V t
V 1
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
26 _
Color - Munsell
1 (�
Texture
G
Mottles
Structure
Ve
Consistence
(/S
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
LL
C
Gi`r4rlL
11F-nPk1'4
€G rAI A
,e1An'1
2�AN7-
09RIAA1 i
VAelhN
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R
Ridge Interfluve
S
Shoulder
L
Linear Slope
FS
Foot Slope
N
Nose Slope
H
Head Slope
Cc
Concave Slope
Cv
Convex Slope
T
Terrace
P
Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s
sand
Is
loamy sand
A
sandy loam
1
loam
si
silt
A
silt loam
sicl
silty clay loam
cl
clay loam
scl
sandy clay loam
se
sandy clay
sic
silty clay
c
clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns
non -sticky
Ss
slightly sticky
S
sticky
Vs
very sticky
Np
non -plastic
Sp
slightly plastic
P
plastic
Vp
very plastic
MOIST
vfr
Very friable
fr
friable
fi
firm
vfi
Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg
single grain
m
massive
cr
crumb
gr
granular
sbk
subangular blocky
abk
angular blocky
pl
platy
pr
prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 4 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No.
16-14, Phase: 03
Phone No. Date:
10/11/22
Location
The Traditions
Pin County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Golf Club
Proposed Facility:
Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well
❑
Evaluation: Auger Boring
Community
❑
Pit
❑
Described By:
Rob Willcox
Public
❑
Cut
❑
Weather:
Sunny, Warm
Antecedent Moisture Dry
Surface
Water: N/A
41 Fairwav
4ch Fairwav jrd Fairwav
'I'd Fairwav
FACTORS
PROFILE
#13
PROFILE
914
PROFILE
#15
PROFILE
#16
Landscape Position %
2
Horizon Depth I
- 3
_
Color Munsell
10114S13
Texture
SG
i
Structure
r
Consistence
SS S 12
Boundary
AeE t
Horizon Depth II
3 _ 15_
1
Color - Munsell
u 1
ILW12 S%
Texture
G
1
Mottles
Structure
rs
S b
rvsb/C
rl/.
Consistence
SS
S
St
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
/5
Color - Munsell
Texture
Mottles
ed
r C- Q k o j
'eC- /
-/ W 3
Structure
/y(y s S, i�
Sb� of i I!'
Vv3-br ki;;
%'"' MuSSi ✓
Consistence
5S S F
r'�
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
2 —
24 _ 3h
Color - Munsell
S S
c
Texture
Mottles
r'r _ Q
low-, (o
Structure
/Y►�1 SS ✓?
q S $ i s +
Consistence-
J
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
14T I'I L :_
7 1:
G(7 Z C_1 L
CE 1"
N D
/Yl C/L iFKJ U�'
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R Ridge Interfluve
S Shoulder
L Linear Slope
FS Foot Slope
N Nose Slope
H Head Slope
Cc Concave Slope
Cv Convex Slope
T Terrace
P Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s sand
Is loamy sand
sl sandy loam
1 loam
si silt
sil silt loam
sicl silty clay loam
cl clay loam
scl sandy clay loam
sc sandy clay
sic silty clay
c clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns non -sticky
Ss slightly sticky
S sticky
Vs very sticky
Np non -plastic
Sp slightly plastic
P plastic
Vp very plastic
MOIST
vfr Very friable
fr friable
fi firm
vfi Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg single grain
in massive
cr crumb
gr granular
sbk subangular blocky
abk angular blocky
pl platy
pr prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 5 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No. Date: 10/11/22
Location The Traditions Pin County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Golf Club
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well ❑ Evaluation: Auger Boring
Described By:
Weather:
Community ❑ Pit
Rob Willcox Public ❑ Cut
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture Dry Surface Water: N/A
Ind Fnirwnv Sth Fnir.__ Ind i st
FACTORS
PROFILE
#17
PROFILE
#18
_1
PROFILE
#19
PROFILE
#20
Landscape Position
Horizon Depth I
Color Munsell
Texture
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth II
-
Color — Munsell
Texture
Mottles
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
Color — Munsell
Texture
Mottles
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
Color — Munsell
Texture
Mottles
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
//Hoom
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R Ridge Interfluve
S Shoulder
L Linear Slope
FS Foot Slope
N Nose Slope
H Head Slope
Cc Concave Slope
Cv Convex Slope
T Terrace
P Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s sand
Is loamy sand
sl sandy loam
I loam
si silt
sil silt loam
sicl silty clay loam
cl clay loam
scl sandy clay loam
sc sandy clay
sic silty clay
c clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns non -sticky
Ss slightly sticky
S sticky
Vs very sticky
Np non -plastic
Sp slightly plastic
P plastic
Vp very plastic
MOIST
vfr Very friable
fr friable
fi firm
vfi Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg single grain
m massive
cr crumb
gr granular
sbk subangular blocky
abk angular blocky
p1 platy
pr prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 6 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No.
Location The Traditions Pin
Golf Club
Date: 10/11/22
County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well ❑ Evaluation: Auger Boring
Described By:
Weather:
Community ❑ Pit
Rob Willcox Public ❑ Cut
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture Dry Surface Water: N/A
lsr Fairwav Driving Ranee T)rivinv Rnnoa oth Rairwav
FACTORS
PROFILE
#21
PROFILE
#22
PROFILE
#23
PROFILE
#24
Landscape Position %
/ _ 2 /0
3 — 5 To
3— S "I/fi
3 - 412
Horizon Depth I
D _
0-3
—
- 2
Color Munsell
/ S 3
D S I
S?
�'
Texture
S C (
Structure
h/ /
r.
YU
_
Consistence
/tS fi
Boundary
W 7
AICE f
CGcr pece-
Horizon Depth II
= ,
Z
2 — 16
Color — Munsell
U �' '
'I. S S
AY , ! q--'
Texture
c-r
Mottles
Structure
WC' bly
Consistence
-
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
'-
_ Z2
-
Color — Munsell
Sl
Texture
Mottles
Structure
1 rSh�
.Ir ik Zad
Consistence
S;
512 E4
.F1
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
Color — Munsell
Texture
SC
C
Mottles
C- lb E412 62
e _ S
Structure
f
Consistence
/
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
C U
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R
Ridge Interfluve
S
Shoulder
L
Linear Slope
FS
Foot Slope
N
Nose Slope
H
Head Slope
Cc
Concave Slope
Cv
Convex Slope
T
Terrace
P
Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s
sand
Is
loamy sand
sl
sandy loam
1
loam
si
silt
sil
silt loam
sicl
silty clay loam
cl
clay loam
scl
sandy clay loam
sc
sandy clay
sic
silty clay
c
clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns
non -sticky
Ss
slightly sticky
S
sticky
Vs
very sticky
Np
non -plastic
Sp
slightly plastic
P
plastic
Vp
very plastic
MOIST
vfr
Very friable
fr
friable
fi
firm
vfi
Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg
single grain
m
massive
cr
crumb
gr
granular
sbk
subangular blocky
abk
angular blocky
pl
platy
pr
prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 7 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No. Date: 10/11/22
Location The Traditions Pin County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Golf Club
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well ❑ Evaluation: Auger Boring
Described By:
Weather:
Community ❑ Pit
Rob Willcox Public ❑ Cut
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture Dry Surface Water: N/A
9th Fnirwav 7th Fair.xia, nth ;v,,, ,, cth
FACTORS
PROFILE
#25
PROFILE
#26
PROFILE
#27
PROFILE
#28
Landscape Position %
. _ �. To
-1
S -_ 4-1
3 _ 4 �jD
2 — 3 � o
Horizon Depth 1
0Color
Munsell
Texture
S
Structure
_
W
Consistence
i1S42 4-,
S -''.
,w
n
Boundary
FALL A-i i.
T /q c-4
ILL ALli -
Horizon Depth II
_
2 _
b
_ b
Color - Munsell
tlk"5)
D 5IKU14,
Texture
Mottles
Structure
-
r M
Consistence12
S
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
i Z
Color - Munsell
lovk S
Texture
tL,
Mottles
-
�13
Structure
hl�h
WR
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth 1V
Color - Munsell
yl k
Texture
C
G
Mottles
Structure
MCA SS 1 V0
R s Ve
Consistence
Boundary
Soil Wetness
2¢ +
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
cl
21� i
I
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R
Ridge Interfluve
S
Shoulder
L
Linear Slope
FS
Foot Slope
N
Nose Slope
H
Head Slope
Cc
Concave Slope
Cv
Convex Slope
T
Terrace
P
Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s
sand
Is
loamy sand
sl
sandy loam
I
loam
si
silt
A
silt loam
sicl
silty clay loam
cl
clay loam
scl
sandy clay loam
sc
sandy clay
sic
silty clay
c
clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns
non -sticky
Ss
slightly sticky
S
sticky
Vs
very sticky
Np
non -plastic
Sp
slightly plastic
P
plastic
Vp
very plastic
MOIST
vfr
Very friable
fr
friable
fi
firm
vfi
Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg
single grain
m
massive
or
crumb
gr
granular
ibk
subangular blocky
abk
angular blocky
pl
platy
it
prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 8 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No.
Location The Traditions Pin _
Golf Club
Date: 10/11/22
County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply:
On -Site Well
❑ Evaluation:
Auger Boring
Community
❑
Pit
❑
Described By: Rob Willcox
Public
❑
Cut
❑
Weather: Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture
Dry
Surface Water:
N/A
1 Rt' Fairwav 1 Rt' Fnirwnv
Area
1 nth r.;r..,
FACTORS
PROFILE
#29
PROFILE
#30
PROFILE
#31
PROFILE
#32
Landscape Position
Horizon Depth I
_
_ ?
3
_
Color Munsell
/Q S
u�
Texture
s
5
Structure
_
Consistence
5J2r
S 19
Boundary
i' I
/9 0 A
Horizon Depth II
_. / /
_
36
Color — Munsell
1 4-
/R u l f-/
Texture
Mottles
—
Structure
Consistence
c �-
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
Color — Munsell
Id VIZ S (4
119 S .
Texture
Mottles
�, - �j -�
_
Structure
q
(
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
/ —3
Color — Munsell
Texture
C
Mottles
Structure
Consistence
VS'
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
-
UT
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R
Ridge Interfluve
S
Shoulder
L
Linear Slope
FS
Foot Slope
N
Nose Slope
H
Head Slope
Cc
Concave Slope
Cv
Convex Slope
T
Terrace
P
Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s
sand
Is
loamy sand
sl
sandy loam
I
loam
si
silt
sil
silt loam
sicl
silty clay loam
cl
clay loam
scl
sandy clay loam
sc
sandy clay
sic
silty clay
c
clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns
non -sticky
Ss
slightly sticky
S
sticky
Vs
very sticky
Np
non -plastic
Sp
slightly plastic
P
plastic
Vp
very plastic
MOIST
vfr
Very friable
fr
friable
fi
firm
vfi
Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg
single grain
in
massive
cr
crumb
gr
granular
sbk
subangular blocky
abk
angular blocky
pl
plat'
pr
prismatic

WILLCOX & MABE SOIL SOLUTIONS, PLLC Page 9 of 9
SITE/SOIL EVALUATION
Project No. 16-14, Phase: 03 Phone No. Date: 10/11/22
Location The Traditions Pin County: Mecklenburg Property Size
Golf Club
Proposed Facility: Reclaimed Water Water Supply: On -Site Well ❑ Evaluation: Auger Boring
Described By:
Weather:
Community ❑ Pit
Rob Willcox Public ❑ Cut
Sunny, Warm Antecedent Moisture Dry Surface Water: N/A
1(lth Fairwav
FACTORS
PROFILE
#33
PROFILE
PROFILE
PROFILE
Landscape Position %
Horizon Depth I
Color Munsell
Texture
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth II
Color — Munsell
'
Texture
Mottles
r
Structure
Consistence
_ 1
Boundary
Horizon Depth III
_
Color — Munsell
Texture
_
Mottles
_
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Horizon Depth IV
Color — Munsell
Texture
Mottles
Structure
Consistence
Boundary
Soil Wetness
Restrictive Horizon
Saprolite
LTAR
Classification
LEGEND
LANDSCAPE POSITION
R Ridge Interfluve
S Shoulder
L Linear Slope
FS Foot Slope
N Nose Slope
H Head Slope
Cc Concave Slope
Cv Convex Slope
T Terrace
P Flood Plain
TEXTURE
s sand
Is loamy sand
sl sandy loam
I loam
si silt
sil silt loam
sicl silty clay loam
cl clay loam
scl sandy clay loam
sc sandy clay
sic silty clay
c clay
CONSISTENCE WET
Ns non -sticky
Ss slightly sticky
S sticky
Vs very sticky
Np non -plastic
Sp slightly plastic
P plastic
Vp very plastic
MOIST
vfr Very friable
fr friable
fi firm
vfi Very firm
STRUCTURE
sg single grain
in massive
cr crumb
gr granular
sbk subangular blocky
abk angular blocky
pl platy
pr prismatic

Section Nine: Manufacturers Data Sheets

7601780 Series Rotary Sprinklers
Installation & Service Instructions
Introduction
The 760/780 Series Full -Circle and Adjustable Part -Circle Rotary Sprinklers
are designed for irrigation of large turf areas such as golf courses, parks,
recreational fields and school grounds.
Manufactured from durable, high -strength engineering plastic and
stainless -steel components, these sprinklers incorporate many innovative and
time -proven features for lasting, maintenance -free operation.
Prior to installing the sprinkler, read through the recommended installation and
start-up procedures. Please observe all Warnings and Cautions when
installing and operating this equipment.
Features
■ Adjustable part -circle: 30°-330° and full circle models
available
■ Arc adjustment from top of sprinkler
■ Standard stainless -steel riser resists scoring from embedded
debris
■ Full 3" (7.6 cm) pop-up clears tall grasses
■ Nozzles color -coded by radius and gallonage
■ Caps serve as yardage markers or effluent water indicators
■ Variable stator
�-...
i
J�c
.f
760 Electric Valve -In -Head 780 Electric Valve -In -Head
■ Four body styles/activation types available to fit every
application: Electric VIH, Normally Open Hydraulic VIH,
Normally Closed Hydraulic VIH and Check-O-Matic
■ Manual control at the sprinkler, On -Off -Auto (Electric and
Normally Closed)
■ Bowl -vented discharge (atmospheric) minimizes the
differential pressure required for regulation and ensures
positive valve closure (Electric and Normally Closed)
■ All internal components serviceable from the top of the
sprinkler
■ Four standard pressure regulation settings available to ensure ■ Large selection of color -coded nozzles available
consistently accurate nozzle performance regardless of ■ Durable plastic and stainless -steel construction
elevation
Specifications
760 Series
■ Radius: 55-78' (16.8 m-23.8 m)
■ Flow Rate: ■ 11.7-41.2 GPM
■ 44.3-155.91/mn
■ 2.7 - 9.4 m3/hr
■ Arc: Full Circle or Adj. Part Circle (30' - 330°)
■ Maximum Pressure:
■ Electric VIH: 150 PSI (10.5 kg/cm2) (1034.5 kPa)
■ NO Hyd. VIH: 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2) (689.7 kPa)
■ NC Hyd. VIH: 150 PSI (10.5 kg/cm2) (1034.5 kPa)
■ Check-O-Matic: 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2) (689.7 kPa)
■ Body Height: 10" (25.4 cm)
■ Pop -Up Height: 3" (7.6 cm)
■ 1" NPT or BSP Female Thread Inlet
■ Solenoid:
■ 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz
■ Inrush Current: 50 Hz, 0.47 Amps (11.3 VA)
60 Hz, 0.40 Amps (9.6 VA)
■ Holding Current: 50 Hz, 0.32 Amps (7.7 VA)
60 Hz, 0.30 Amps (7.2 VA)
■ Manual Control: On -Off -Auto
■ Check-O-Matic model checks up to 37' (11.3 m) of
elevation.
■ Color -Coded Nozzles: See chart on page 3.
780 Series
■ Radius: 55'-87' (16.8 m - 26.5 m)
■ Flow Rate: ■ 12.3-50.1 GPM
■ 46.6-189.61/mn
■ 2.8-11.4 m3/hr
■ Arc: Full -Circle or Adj. Part -Circle (30°-330°)
■ Maximum Pressure:
■ Electric VIH: 150 PSI (10.5 kg/cm2) (1034.5 kPa)
■ NO Hyd. VIH: 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2) (689.7 kPa)
■ NC Hyd. VIH: 150 PSI (10.5 kg/cm2) (1034.5 kPa)
■ Check-O-Matic: 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2) (689.7 kPa)
■ Body Height: 11" (27.9 cm)
■ Pop -Up Height: 3" (7.6 cm)
■ 1.5" NPT or BSP Female Thread Inlet
■ Solenoid:
■ 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz
■ Inrush Current: 50 Hz, 0.47 Amps (11.3 VA)
60 Hz, 0.40 Amps (9.6 VA)
■ Holding Current: 50 Hz, 0.32 Amps (7.7 VA)
60 Hz, 0.30 Amps (7.2 VA)
■ Manual Control: On -Off -Auto
■ Check-O-Matic model checks up to 37' (11.3 m) of
elevation.
■ Color -Coded Nozzles: See chart on page 3.

760 Series Sprinkler Performance Data
NOZZLE
PERFORMANCE
- U.S. ra
BASE
PRES.
NOZZLE SET
62
NOZZLE SET
63
NOZZLE SET
64
NOZZLE SET
65
NOZZLE SET
66
NOZZLE SET
67
NOZZLE SET
68
PSI
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
50
55
11.7
58
13.2
61
16.8
63
20.2
65
23.0
67
26.8
68
28.6
55
56
12.3
60
13.7
63
17.5
65
21.2
67
24.2
69
28.1
70
30.1
60
57
12.7
62
14.3
64
18.1
66
22.1
69
25.4
70
29.4
71
31.5
65
58
13.4
64
14.8
66
18.8
68
23.1
71
26.6
72
30.7
73
33.0
70
59
13.9
64
15.3
67
19.6
69
23.9
72
27.5
73
31.9
74
34.2
75
60
14.4
65
15.9
68
20.3
71
24.8
73
1 28.4
1 74
1 33.1
1 75
1 35.3
80
61
14.9
65
16.4
69
21.1
72
25.6
74
29.4
75
34.4
76
36.5
85
62
15.3
65
17.0
69
21.8
73
26.3
75
76
.4
77
37.7
90
62
15.6
66
17.5
70
22.6
73
27.0
75
t32.0
76
.4
J7.4
77
38.9
95
63
16.0
66
18.1
70
23.3
74
27.6
76
77
78
40.0
100
63
16.3
66
18.6
70
24.0
74
28.3
76
32.9
77
38.4
78
41.2
Rad = feet GPM = gallons per minute fi = Pressure regulation
NOZZLE•
BASE
PRESSURE
NOZZLE SET
62
NOZZLE SET
63
NOZZLE SET
64
NOZZLE SET
65
NOZZLE SET
66
NOZZLE SET
67
NOZZLE SET
68
kg/cm'
kPa
Rad
Umn
nn /hr
Rad
Umn
nn /hr
Rad
Umn
nn /hr
Rad
Umn
m'/hr
Rad
Umn
nn /hr
Rad
Umn
m'/hr
Rad
Umn
m'/hr
3.5
342.4
16.8
44.3
2.7
17.7
50.0
3.0
18.6
63.6
3.8
19.2
76.5
4.6
19.8
87.1
5.2
20.4
101.4
6.1
20.7
108.3
6.5
4.0
386.4
17.2
47.1
2.8
18.4
52.5
3.1
19.3
67.0
4.0
19.9
81.1
4.9
20.5
92.7
5.6
21.2
107.7
6.5
21.5
115.3
6.9
4.5
440.2
17.6
49.9
3.0
19.1
55.8
3.3
19.7
70.8
4.2
20.4
86.3
5.2
21.4
99.3
6.0
21.7
115.1
6.9
22.0
123.3
7.4
4.6
445.1
17.7
50.7
3.0
19.5
56.0
3.4
20.1
71.2
4.3
20.7
86.4
5.3
21.7
100.7
6.0
22.0
116.2
7.0
22.3
124.9
7.5
5.0
489.2
18.1
53.1
3.2
19.6
58.5
3.5
20.5
75.0
4.5
21.2
91.4
5.5
22.1
105.2
6.3
22.4
122.0
7.3
22.7
130.8
7.9
5.5
533.2
18.4
55.5
3.4
19.8
61.4
3.7
20.9
78.4
4.7
21.9
95.6
5.7
22.5
109.E
6.6
22.8
127.8
7.6
23.1
136.3
8.2
5.6
547.8
18.6
56.4
3.4
19.8
62.1
3.7
21.1
79.9
4.8
22.0
96.9
5.8
22.6
111.3
6.7
22.9
130.2
7.8
23.2
138.2
8.3
6.0
582.1
18.9
57.9
3.5
19.8
64.3
3.9
21.1
82.5
5.0
22.3
99.6
6.0
22.9
114.7
6.9
23.2
134.0
8.0
23.5
142.7
8.6
6.5
635.9
19.0
60.0
3.6
20.1
67.4
4.1
21.4
87.1
5.2
22.5
103.9
6.2
23.1
120.2
7.2
23.4
140.3
8.4
23.7
149.9
9.0
7.0
684.8
19.2
61.7
377
20.1
70.4
4.2
21.4
90.8
5.5
22.6
107.1
6.4
23.2
124.5
7.5
23.5
145.3
8.7
23.8
155.9
9.4
kPa = kilo Pascals Rad = meters Umn = liters per minute m3/hr - cubic meters per hour fi = Pressure regulation
780 Series Sprinkler Performance Data
BASE
PRES.
NOZZLE SET
82
NOZZLE SET
83
NOZZLE SET
84
NOZZLE SET
85
NOZZLE SET
86
NOZZLE SET
87
NOZZLE SET
88
NOZZLE SET
89
PSI
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
50
55
12.3
58
13.2
61
17.2
63
20.8
65
24.4
69
28.8
72
32.2
74
35.7
55
57
12.7
60
13.8
63
18.1
65
21.7
67
25.6
70
30.2
73
33.7
75
37.3
60
58
13.0
62
14.4
65
18.9
66
22.6
69
26.8
72
31.5
74
35.2
76
38.9
65
60
13.4
64
15.0
67
19.8
68
23.6
71
28.1
73
32.9
75
36.8
77
40.6
70
61
13.9
65
15.5
68
20.6
70
24.4
73
29.0
75
34.2
77
38.3
79
42.1
75
63
14.4
67
15.9
70
21.3
72
25.1
76
29.9
78
35.5
79
39.8
80
1 43.6
80
64
14.9
68
16.4
71
22.1
74
25.9
78
30.9
80
36.9
81
41.4
85
65
15.4
68
17.0
71
22.7
75
26.8
79
31.8
81
37.9
82
42.4jV547.7
90
66
15.6
69
17.5
72
23.3
75
27.7
79
32.7
82
38.9
84
43.495
66
16.0
69
18.1
72
23.9
76
28.5
80
33.6
83
39.9
85
44.4100
67
16.3
69
18.6
72
24.5
76
29.4
80
34.5
84
40.9
86
45.4
Rad = Feet GPM = Gallons Per Minute fi = Pressure Regulation Models
NOZZLE•
BASE
PRESSURE
NOZZLE SET
82
NOZZLE SET
83
NOZZLE SET
84
NOZZLE SET
85
NOZZLE SET
86
NOZZLE SET
87
NOZZLE SET
88
NOZZLE SET
89
kg/cm2
kPa
Rad
I/m
m3/hr
Rad
I/m
m3/hr
Rad
I/m
m3/hr
Rad
I/m
m3/hr
Rad
I/m
m3/hr
Rad
I/m
m'/hr
Rad
1/m
m3/hr
Rad
1/m
m3/hr
3.5
342.4
16.9
46.6
2.7
17.7
50.0
3.0
18.6
65.1
3.9
19.2
78.7
4.7
19.8
92.4
5.5
21.1
109.0
6.5
22.0
121.9
7.3
22.6
135.1
8.1
4.0
386.4
17.5
48.5
2.8
18.4
52.8
3.1
19.3
69.3
4.1
19.9
83.0
5.0
20.5
98.0
5.9
21.5
115.6
7.0
22.7
129.0
7.8
23.0
142.8
8.6
4.5
440.2
18.0
50.5
3.0
19.2
56.2
3.4
20.1
73.9
4.4
20.4
88.3
5.3
21.5
104.7
6.3
1 22.1
123.1
7.4
1 23.0
137.5
8.3
1 23.5
151.9
9.1
4.6
445.1
18.3
50.7
3.0
19.5
56.8
3.4
20.4
74.9
4.5
20.7
89.3
5.4
21.7
106.4
6.4
22.3
124.5
7.5
22.9
139.3
8.4
23.5
153.7
9.2
5.0
489.2
18.7
53.0
3.1
19.9
59.3
3.5
20.8
78.8
4.7
21.5
93.3
5.6
22.4
110.9
6.7
23.0
130.7
7.9
23.6
146.4
8.8
24.2
160.9
9.7
5.5
533.2
19.4
55.4
3.3
20.6
61.4
3.7
21.6
82.2
4.9
22.2
96.9
5.8
23.5
115.4
6.9
24.1
137.0
8.3
24.3
153.5
9.2
24.6
168.1
10.1
5.6
547.8
19.5
56.4
3.3
20.7
62.1r4.
21.7
83.6
5.0
22.6
98.0
5.9
23.8
117.0
7.0
24.4
139.7
8.4
24.7
156.7
9.4
25.0
171.1
10.3
6.0
582.1
19.8
58.3
3.4
20.7
64.321.7
85.9
5.2
22.9
101.4
6.1
24.1
120.4
7.2
24.7
143.5
8.6
25.0
160.5
9.6
25.3
175.E
10.5
6.5
635.9
20.3
59.9
3.6
21.1
67.422.0
89.8
5.4
23.1
106.7
6.4
24.4
126.0
7.5
25.3
149.8
9.0
258
1672
10.121.1
70.422.0
92.7
5.6
23.2
111.3
6.7
24.4
130.6
7.8
25.6
154.8
9.3
26.2
171.8
10.3
26.5
189.6
11.4
kg/cm' = bars kPa = kilo Pascals Rad = meters I/m = liters per minute m3/hr - cubic meters per hour fi = Pressure Regulation Models
2

Nozzle Color Coding Guide
Nozzle
Main
Inner
Restrictor
82
Yellow
Yellow
Black
83
Blue
Blue
Black
84
Brown
Brown
White
85
Orange
Orange
White
86
Green
Green
White
87
Gray
Gray
White
88
Black
Black
White
89
Red
Red
White
90
*Only one restrictor required per two inner nozzles.
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book,
Form No. 368-0044.
Installation Procedure
Sprinkler Spacing
i The Toro Company does not
recommend designing for
zero (0) mph wind conditions.
Design in consideration of the
worst wind conditions.
i Square Spacing
No wind - 55% of diameter
4 mph wind - 50% of diameter
8 mph wind - 45% of diameter
i Triangular Spacing
No wind - 60% of diameter
4 mph wind - 55% of diameter
8 mph wind - 50% of diameter
i Single -Row Spacing
No wind - 50% of diameter
4 mph wind - 50% of diameter
8 mph wind - 45% of diameter
Precipitation Rate Formulas
i Square -spaced sprinklers in pattern
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing)'
i Triangular -spaced sprinklers in pattern:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing)' (0.866)
i Area and flow:
Total GPM of zone x 96.3
Total irrigated
square feet of zone
i Single row:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing) (Scallop)
For additional information, refer to Toro
Form No. 490-1737.
(4)
To assure maximum performance from your 760/780 Series Rotary Sprinklers, read these instructions completely prior to installation or
service.
Construct Swing Joints
1. Construct or provide triple swing joints for each sprinkler as shown in
Figure 1. Use PVC or ABS pipe nipple for sprinkler connection.
NOTE: On sites where the possibility of heavy equipment rolling over a
sprinkler exists, the swing joint will flex preventing damage to the lateral or
main lines. On a new installation in raw ground where the sprinklers are to
be initially installed above the finished grade and lowered when new turf is
established, the swing joint allows sprinkler repositioning without changing
risers. This is a common and practical procedure which eliminates the
problem of dirt being accidentally introduced into the lateral lines when a
riser is changed.
2. Flush lines thoroughly prior to installing sprinkler.
3. Apply Teflon TIM tape on riser threads. Install sprinkler to riser and tighten.
CAUTION
Use only Teflon tape on riser threads. Use of pipe dope or other
types of sealing compounds can cause deterioration of sprinkler
body threads.
Figure 1: Triple Swing Joints

Connecting Electric Control Wires
1. Route control wires to sprinkler location(s). Provide enough extra wire
at sprinkler to allow for movement of sprinkler without straining wire
connections. One common wire and station wire is required for each
sprinkler. See Wire Sizing Chart, Table 1 for proper application.
2. Attach control wires to solenoid leads using an approved waterproof
splicing method.
CAUTION
All wires must be waterproofed to prevent short circuit to ground
and subsequent controller damage.
Connecting Hydraulic Control Tubing
1. Route control tubing from controller to sprinkler
location(s).
NOTE:
1 Leave an 18" (45.7 cm) service loop of tubing at each
sprinkler to facilitate movement of sprinkler and service
operations. Refer to Table 2 for tubing run length
information.
2. Flush tubing thoroughly to remove all air and debris.
3. Remove tube retainer and poly cap from tubing adapter
at base of sprinkler.
4. Slide tube retainer over control tubing and attach tubing
to adapter.
5. Slide tube retainer over adapter area to secure tubing.
Table 1: Wire Sizing Chart
Maximum allowable length in feet from controller to electric VIH
sprinklers.
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE AT
CONTROLLER
TRANSFORMER
WIRE
SIZE
NUMBER
OF VALVES
CONTROL
COMMON
1
2
3
4
23 VAC
14
14
2348
1012
549
353
23 VAC
14
12
2890
1239
673
433
23 VAC
14
10
3378
1448
786
505
23 VAC
12
12
3759
1604
873
561
23 VAC
12
10
4591
1973
1071
688
23 VAC
12
8
5411
2328
1263
812
23 VAC
10
10
5945
2555
1387
892
24 VAC
14
14
2765
1309
846
549
24 VAC
14
12
3393
1608
1039
673
24 VAC
14
10
3962
1877
1213
783
24 VAC
12
12
4394
2082
1346
872
24 VAC
12
10
5397
2557
1652
1071
24 VAC
12
8
6364
3018
1949
1263
24 VAC
10
10
6986
3311
2140
1387
Chart based on the following
Transformer - 115/230 VAC - 24 VAC, 45 VA
Coil Assy. 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Holding .30 Amps
In Rush .40 Amps
Table 2: Control Systems
Maximum Distance
Type of System'
From Controller
Elevation Restrictions
Pin-typee (00) Hydraulic'
with s' Control Tubing
100,
Pin-typee (00) Hydraulic'
with ✓" Control Tubing
200'
Normally Open (01)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with s' Control Tubing
500'
25' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Normally Closed (08)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with s' Control Tubing
500'
0' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Normally Open (01)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with ✓" Control Tubing
1000,
25' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Normally Closed (08)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with ✓" Control Tubing
1000,
0' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Depends on variables
Electric (06)"
• Voltage available
None
Wire Size
All hydraulic connections on Toro valves are %" insert type.
Control line pressure must be equal to or greater than mainline pressure.
Control line pressure range is 40 to 150 PSI
Minimum solenoid voltage required for reliable electric VIH operation is 19.5 VAC.
£ NOTE: Maximum of one (1) valve pr station on pin -type systems.
4

System Start -Up
The following is a recommended procedure that will protect system components during system start-up. The procedure is based on a
velocity fill rate of less than 2' (.61 m) per second. See Table 3 below.
VA RHIHG
TO PREVENT PERSONAL INJURY DO NOT STAND DIRECTLY OVER ANY COMMERCIAL OR LARGE
TURF SPRINKLER WHEN FILLING SYSTEM OR WHEN ACTIVATING MANUALLY AT THE SPRINKLER
1. Use jockey pump only to fill system at velocity fill rate of less than 2' (0.6 m) per second.
2. Use quick coupler keys at all tees and greens with quick coupler valves to bleed air from system lines during filling process. Do not
compress air and then relieve, bleed air while filling system.
3. After water has filled all lines and all air is removed, remove quick coupler keys.
CAUTION
Failure to comply with recommended fill rate will increase line pressure resulting in a water hammer effect that could
damage sprinklers.
Table 3: Recommended System Fill Rate
Pipe Size
Flow
Velocity
Pipe Size
Flow
Velocity
in.
cm
GPM
LPM
ft/sec
I m/sec
in.
cm
GPM
I LPM
ft/sec
I m/sec
1 /2
1.3
2
7.6
1.60
0.49
3
7.6
45
170.3
1.86
0.57
3/4
1.9
3
11.4
1.92
0.59
4
10.1
75
283.9
1.87
0.57
1
2.5
5
18.9
1.50
0.46
6
15.2
150
567.8
1.73
0.53
1-1/4
3.1
10
37.9
1.86
0.57
8
20.2
250
946.3
1.70
0.52
1-1/2
3.8
10
37.9
1.41
0.43
10
25.4
450
1703.0
1.97
0.60
2
5.0
20
75.7
1.80
0.55
12
30.5
500
1893.0
1.55
0.47
2-1/2
6.4
30
113.6
1.84
0.56
Arc Adjustment Procedure
The 765/785 sprinkler models have an adjustable watering arc from 30°-330° and are set at 180° when shipped from the factory. The left
side of the arc, located at the end of counterclockwise rotation, is non-adjustable (fixed). Therefore, all arc adjustments, whether increasing
or decreasing, will change the right side of the arc, located at the end of clockwise rotation.
Although the sprinkler arc can be adjusted dry (sprinkler shut off), the best results are obtained during operation. The tools required for this
procedure include a small pocket knife and an arc adjustment tool P/N 995-82 (or a 3/32" x 6" hex wrench).
RHIHG
DUE TO HIGH OPERATING PRESSURE, FEVER STAND OR LEAN RFIECTLY DYER TOP OF
SPRINKLER OR CODE N 00NTACT WrFH SPRAY_ FA LURE TO OOMPLY MAY RESULT N
SER IDUS INJURY.
1. Using a small knife blade, pry up and remove adjustment plug from center of cap
as shown in Figure 2.
2. Using arc adjustment tool (P/N 995-82) or 3/32" x 6" hex wrench, remove set
screw from center of threaded shaft as shown in Figure 3.
3. Operate sprinkler. See WARNING above.
NOTE: During this procedure, water will discharge continuously from threaded shaft.
4. To check current arc setting, rotate cap by hand in direction of current travel to
end of arc. Immediately rotate cap in reverse direction to opposite end of arc.
5. Rotate cap to left side of arc. Align spray with left watering border by turning
sprinkler body on its pipe fitting.
NOTE: Aligning arc with left border may require removing and turning sprinkler
assembly in body. See Service Procedures p. 9 for disassembly instructions.
6. Insert hex wrench into threaded shaft. Turn wrench slowly counterclockwise to
decrease or clockwise to increase arc as shown in Figure 4.
NOTE: Each "click" equals I' of arc change. One complete revolution of the hex
wrench results in a 75' change.
7. Repeat steps 4 and 6 as necessary, making small adjustments until exact arc
is set.
8. Install set screw and adjustment plug.
Figure 2
+�5

Pilot Valve Operation (Models 7XX-X6-XXX and 7XX-X8-XXX Only)
The main function of the pilot valve is to control the operation of the main valve located in the base of the sprinkler body. The main valve is
operated by the release of water metered through the pilot valve when it is activated either manually at the sprinkler or by the irrigation
system controller.
Another important function of the pilot valve is to regulate the water pressure to the sprinkler nozzle. Pressure regulation compensates for
large variations within the system and maintains a constant pressure for optimum sprinkler operation. The pilot valve is factory set to
regulate one of four pressure levels 50 psi (3.5 kg/cm2), 65 psi (4.6 kg/cm2), 80 psi (6.0 kg/cm2) or 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2).
The sprinkler operation mode is set using a Toro Selector Tool (P/N 995-15) inserted through the body flange onto the pilot valve D-shaped
selector cam. The "AUTO" mode permits automatic operation from the system controller. The "ON" mode opens the main valve for manual
operation and "OFF" mode prevents the main valve from opening.
M RHING
DUE TO NM OPERATING PRESSLFIE, FEVER STAND OR LEAN DFIECTLY OYER TOP OF
SPRINKLER OR CODE D CONTACT wfiH SPRAY- FA LURE TO OOMPLY MAY RESULT IN
SER I)US INJURY.
System Troubleshooting — Pilot Valve
Possible equipment failures with causes and corrective action are listed below
PROBLEM
POSSIBLE CAUSE — CORRECTIVEACTION
1. SPRINKLER WILL
(a)
No 24 VAC to coil assembly. (Electric Models)
NOT TURN ON
— Measure voltage with a Digital Volt Meter (DVM). Check wiring and controller program.
— Refer to Controller Operating Instructions.
(b)
Selector cam in "OFF" position.
— Set to 'AUTO" position.
(c)
Debris in pilot valve assembly.
— Disassemble and remove all debris. (See Servicing Pilot Valve page 11.)
(d)
Insufficient pressure in controller supply line and/or sprinkler control tube. (N.C. Models)
— Check pressure.
2. SPRINKLER WILL
(a)
Constant 24 VAC from controller. (Electric Models)
NOT SHUT OFF
— Check for voltage using a DVM. If voltage is present, disconnect wire.
If sprinkler closes, service controller. Refer to Controller Service Manual.
(b) Selector cam in manual "ON" position.
— Set to 'AUTO" or "OFF" position.
(c) Debris in pilot valve assembly.
— Disassemble and remove all debris. (See Servicing Pilot Valve page 11.)
(d) Constant pressure from controller. (N.C. Models)
— Check pilot valve at controller for constant flow.
— Check elevation differential. Valve elevation should not exceed 0' above
controller elevation or 70' (21.3 m) below controller elevation.

System Troubleshooting — Sprinklers
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE — CORRECTIVEACTION
1. SPRINKLER WON'T ROTATE (a) Debris wedged between stator and turbine.
— Remove obstruction.
(b) Drive assembly defective.
— Replace drive assembly.
(c) Nozzle base assembly defective.
— Replace nozzle base assembly.
2. HEAD STICKS UP (a) Dirt in riser assembly.
— Flush out. (See Flushing Procedure on page 11.)
(b) Damaged or missing return spring.
— Replace.
(c) Damaged riser.
— Replace.
3. POOR DISTRIBUTION PATTERN (a) Nozzle plugged with debris
— Clean or replace nozzle.
(b)
Nozzle orifice damaged.
— Replace nozzle.
(c)
Low operating pressure.
— Determine why system overloaded and correct.
4. VALVE WON'T CLOSE
(a)
Continuous 24 VAC to sprinkler.
(Electric 7XX-X6-XXX)
— Check controller for voltage source.
(b)
Leak in pilot valve assembly.
— Replace pilot valve assembly.
(c)
Plugged supply screen on piston.
— Clean or replace screen.
(d)
Manual control selector on pilot valve assembly turned to "ON" position.
— Turn to 'AUTO" position.
(e)
Plunger movement restricted.
— Inspect and clean or replace.
(f)
Valve cylinder misaligned with sprinkler body communication tube.
— Remove valve assembly and install correctly.
(g)
Foreign object keeping valve from seating.
— Remove, clean and check valve for damage. Replace if necessary.
(h)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.
VALVE WON'T CLOSE
(a)
Leak in control tubing.
(Hyd. Normally Open
— Isolate and repair.
7XX-X1-XX)
(b)
Pilot valve leak in controller.
— Confirm by observing constant dripping from discharge line of controller.
Refer to Controller Service Manual.
(c)
Valve cylinder misaligned with sprinkler body communication tube.
— Remove valve assembly and install correctly.
(d)
Foreign object keeping valve from seating.
— Remove, clean and check valve for damage. Replace if necessary.
(e)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.
VALVE WON'T CLOSE
(a)
Constant pressure to sprinkler.
(Hyd. Normally Closed
— Check controller for water source.
7XX-X8-XXX)
(b)
Elevation differential between sprinkler and controller exceeds tolerance.
— Check elevation differential. Valve elevation should not exceed 0' above
controller elevation or 70' (21.3 m) below controller elevation.
(c)
Restriction in controller discharge line.
— Inspect and clean.
(d)
Valve cylinder misaligned with sprinkler body communication tube.
— Remove valve assembly and install correctly.
(e)
Foreign object keeping valve from seating.
— Remove, clean and check valve for damage. Replace if necessary.
(f)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.

System Troubleshooting — Sprinklers (continued)
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE — CORRECTIVEACTION
5. VALVE WON'T OPEN
(a)
Control (field) wires severed.
(Electric 7XX-X6-XXX)
— Isolate and repair.
(b)
No power to controller.
— Establish controller power.
(c)
No power from controller to solenoid.
— Check for blown fuse and replace.
(d)
Manual control selector on pilot valve assembly turned to "OFF" position.
— Turn to 'AUTO" position.
(e)
Pilot valve solenoid inoperative.
— Remove and replace.
(f)
Pilot valve plunger movement restricted.
— Inspect, clean and/or replace.
(g)
No supply from main valve.
— Debris in control tube, main valve assembly and/or communication
passages in body. Flush thoroughly.
VALVE WON'T OPEN
(a)
Plugged controller discharge line or discharge port in pilot valve.
(Hyd. Normally Open
— Verify by checking for discharge at discharge line when station is
7XX-X1-XX)
activated. If no discharge, refer to Controller Service Manual.
VALVE WON'T OPEN
(a)
Insufficient pressure in controller supply line and/or sprinkler control tube.
(Hyd. Normally Closed
— Check pressure.
7XX-X8-XXX)
(b)
Pilot valve hydraulic adapter inoperative.
— Remove and replace.
(c)
Manual control selector on pilot valve assembly turned to "OFF" position.
— Turn to 'AUTO"position.
(d)
Pilot valve plunger movement restricted.
— Inspect, clean and/or replace.
(e)
No supply from main valve.
— Debris in control tube, main valve assembly and/or communication
passages in body. Flush thoroughly.
6. SPRINKLER WEEPING
(a)
Damaged or blocked valve seat.
(Slow leak in valve)
— Remove blockage and, if necessary, replace valve assembly.
(b)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.
(c)
Low pressure on supply line on hydraulic NO sprinklers.
— Check for low pressure reason and correct.
(d)
Elevation of normally closed sprinkler exceeds 75' (22.9 m) differential.
7. SEVERAL VALVES ON DIFFERENT (a) Control tubing leak which lowers supply pressure to other stations.
STATIONS FAIL TO CLOSE — Turn controller from station to station until a station is reached where
(Hyd. Normally Open only valves on that station stay open. The leak would be in the tubing
7XX-X1-XX) on that station. Isolate and repair.
(b) Leak in supply line to controller.
— Verify by checking pressure in all control lines.
(c) Leak in controller pilot valve.
— Verify by constant discharge on controller. Refer to Controller Service Manual.
(d) Plugged supply line filter.
— Replace filter if more than 3 PSI (0.21 kg/cm2) differential exists.

Servicing Procedures
Introduction
The 760/780 series sprinklers are designed to provide the user trouble -free operation for many years without scheduled maintenance.
Should it become necessary to disassemble the sprinkler to correct a malfunction or replace a component, all internal parts of the sprinkler
are accessible from the top. Refer to the Troubleshooting Procedure in this manual in the event of a malfunction. Some special tools are
required for disassembly and/or maintenance of the sprinkler and are available from your Toro dealer.
WAR N ING
TO PREYENT POSSIBLE FIJLPRY DURNG SPR NIO_ER SERYIC FIG PROCEDURES, COH-
FIRNI THE FOLLOW FIG COFD If IDIIS BUST PR IDR TO STARTIFIG_
a4_ WATER SU PPLY TO SPRN(LER 6 SHUT OFF ATSOURCE_
B_ SYSTEItiA PRESSURE IIS BLED FROM SYSTEItiA, NCLUD FIG COKFROL TUBES_
C_ A_C_ POWER IS DtSOM ECTED AT SOURCE_
Servicing Sprinkler Mechanism
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book, Form No. 368-0044 for parts identification.
1. Using a small screwdriver or pocket knife, carefully pry up and remove adjustment plug from center of cap.
2. Using X" nut driver (P/N 995-80), unscrew jam nut and remove cap.
NOTE: Cap is keyed to nozzle base assembly. During reassembly, position tab on bottom of cap with notch in top of nozzle base.
3. Insert hooked end of snap ring removal tool (P/N 996-06) into slot in snap ring. Pull snap ring inward toward sprinkler assembly, then
upward to remove from snap ring groove in body.
NOTE: During reassembly, ensure snap ring is correctly installed and fully seated in snap ring groove.
4. Pull sprinkler assembly out of body.
5. While pushing seal/retainer assembly downward to slightly compress return spring, unscrew and remove nozzle base assembly
from shaft of drive assembly.
6. Carefully release tension from return spring. Remove seal/retainer assembly and return spring from riser assembly.
7. Remove 0-ring from seal/retainer assembly.
8. Remove 0-ring from shaft of drive assembly or from 0-ring counterbore inside of nozzle assembly.
9. Using tips of needle nose pliers inserted into screen, remove screen by turning it counterclockwise while holding plastic base of riser
assembly.
10. Remove variable stator and stator support from riser assembly.
NOTE: Stator support is keyed to riser assembly. During reassembly, position stator
support keyways over alignment tabs of riser assembly. Refer to Figure 6 for location
of alignment tabs.
11. Pressing only on ribbed area of drive assembly, push drive assembly out of riser
assembly as shown in Figure 5.
CAUTION
When removing or installing drive assembly, DO NOT press or pull on threaded
shaft or attempt to pull drive assembly out of riser assembly. Push on ribbed
areas only! Failure to comply may cause separation of drive assembly
components.
NOTE: Drive assembly is keyed to riser assembly. During reassembly, position extra
rib of drive assembly to the right of either alignment tab of riser assembly as shown in
Figure 6.
12. Using 9,6' nut driver (P/N 995-81), unscrew main nozzle from nozzle base assembly.
13. Using',s' nut driver (P/N 995-79), unscrew two inner nozzles from nozzle base
assembly. Remove restrictor from one inner nozzle.
14. Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts; replace as necessary. Reassemble in reverse
order.
Figure 5

Valve Removal and Replacement
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book, Form No. 368-0044 for parts identification.
WARNING
POSITIVELY SHUT OFF ti' A7ER SUPPLY AT SOURCE PRIOR TO D A �� HG
SPRINKLER- BLEED ALL PRESSURE FROM SYSTEM INCLUDFG CONTROL TUBES -
FA LURE TO DEPRESSUR WE SYSTEM PR IDR TO SNA P R NG FE16M 4L COULD CAUSE
YALYE MECHANISM TO EJlECT FROM SPRNO_ER DORY UNDER PRESSURE RESULT-
M IN POSSIBLE SERIOUS HJURYTO PERSONNEL-
1. To remove valve assembly, squeeze ears of snap ring together with snap ring pliers (P/N 995-07) and remove snap ring from sprinkler
body. (See Figure 6.)
CAUTION
If snap ring is difficult to remove, there may be residual water pressure in the system. Recheck the water supply to ensure it
is turned off and all pressure has been totally eliminated before removing the snap ring and valve.
2. Use valve removal tool (P/N 995-08, 1" models or 995-09, 1.5") to remove valve assembly from base of sprinkler body. Valve Removal
Tool is inserted into sprinkler body and pushed through valve ribs to the underside of valve. A slight twist will lock tool to valve enabling
removal by pulling straight up and out. (See Figure 7.)
NOTE: If valve removal tool is not available, use snap ring pliers to grasp rib of valve cylinder assembly and pull up and out of sprinkler
body.
3. To reinstall valve assembly with snap ring and to prevent damage to the communication tube in sprinkler body, use valve insertion
tool (P/N 995-76, 1" or 995-10, 1.5"). Valve insertion tool will automatically line up valve assembly with sprinkler body communication
tube and correctly seat the snap ring. (See Figure 8.)
NOTE: It is possible to install the snap ring backwards (upside down). See inset in Figure 8 to insure that snap ring is placed on the
insertion tool in the correct manner.
Figure 6
Using Snap Ring Pliers to
Remove Snap Ring
(780 Series Shown)
Figure 7
Using Valve Removal Tool to
Remove Valve Assembly
(780 Series Shown)
Figure 8
Using Valve Insertion Tool to
Install Valve Assembly with Snap Ring
(780 Series Shown)
10

Flushing Sprinkler Heads
WAR N ING
DUE TO HIGH OPERATNG PRESSIME, NEYER STAND OR LEAR DFIEC71-Y OYER
SPRINKLER OR COW FI CONT TW IfH SPRAY MEN ACTUAT>FIG SPRINKLER WIAN J-
ALLY OR AUTOMATICALLY_ PRIOR TO ACTUATION OF SPR NKLER, USE A SLOT HEM
SCREMRIYER TO L FT CAP TO ORSERYE DFIECTI N OF NOZZLE_ FAILURE TO COM-
PLY PM RESULT N SERIOUS NJ RY_
1. With sprinkler operating, carefully step down on center of cap several times. Water will flow around riser and flush out debris.
2. Cycle sprinkler on and off several times to check for proper retraction. Cap should be even with top of body flange when fully
retracted. If riser sticks in up position, check for debris lodged between riser and body. Flush out all debris. Remove sprinkler
mechanism if necessary.
Servicing Pilot Valve
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book, Form No. 368-0044 for parts identification.
1. Assure water supply to sprinkler is positively shut off and any residual pressure has been bled. If sprinkleris pressurized, main valve
will open when pilot valve is disconnected from control tube.
2. Carefully remove turf and soil from side of sprinkler to expose pilot valve and control tubing.
3. Remove two retaining screws from housing.
4. Pull pilot valve assembly away from sprinkler body and cut control tubing just below tube retainer. Unless pilot valve has been
previously removed, control tubing length will be sufficient for re -connection.
5. Remove tube retainer and remaining piece of control tubing from valve body fitting.
6. Remove solenoid assembly or NC pilot valve adapter by turning it counterclockwise.
7. Pull pilot valve body assembly out of housing.
8. Remove diaphragm assembly, piston and spring.
9. Remove selector and plunger assembly. Selectorretains plungerin body.
10. Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts. Replace damaged parts as necessary and reassemble in reverse order.
111

® 1997 THE TORO COMPANY
Irrigation Division • An ISO 9001-Certified Facility
PO Box 489
PRINTING DATE Riverside, CA92502 FORM NO.
MAY 1997 • REV. D Printed in U.S.A. 368-0055

750 Series Rotary Sprinkler
INSTALLATION & SERVICE INSTRUCTIONS
Introduction
The 754 Full -Circle Rotary Sprinkler is designed for irrigation of large turf areas such as golf courses, parks, recreational
fields and school grounds.
Manufactured from durable, high -strength engineering plastic and stainless -steel components, the 754 sprinkler incorporates
many innovative and time -proven features for lasting, maintenance -free operation. Some of these features are listed below:
Specifications
■ Radius: 56 ft. -100 ft. (17.1 m - 30.4 m)
■ Flow Rate:
■ 13.0 - 60.1 GPM
■ 49.2 - 227.5 I/mn
■ 3.0 -13.7 m3/h r
■ Arc: Full Circle
■ Maximum Pressure:
■ Electric VIH - 150 PSI (10.5 kg/cm2) (1034.5 kPa)
■ NO Hyd. VIH - 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2) (689.7 kPa)
■ NC Hyd. VIH - 150 PSI (10.5 kg/cm2) (1034.5 kPa)
■ Check-O-Matic - 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2) (689.7 kPa)
■ Body Height: 11 in. (27.9 cm)
■ Pop -Up Height: 2.75 in. (6.9 cm)
■ Pop -Up to Nozzle: 2 in. (5.1 cm)
■ 1.5 in. NPT, BSP or ACME Female Thread Inlet
■ Solenoid:
■ 24 VAC, 50/60 Hz
■ Inrush Current: 50 Hz, 0.47 Amps (11.3 VA)
60 Hz, 0.40 Amps (9.6 VA)
■ Holding Current: 50 Hz, 0.32 Amps (7.7 VA)
60 Hz, 0.30 Amps (7.2 VA)
■ Manual Control: On -Off -Auto
■ Check-O-Matic model checks up to 37 ft. (11.3 m) of
elevation
■ Color -Coded Nozzles: See chart on page 2.
Features
■ Full 3" pop-up to clear taller grasses
■ Nozzles color -coded by radius and gallonage
■ Caps serve as yardage markers or effluent water indicators
■ Variable stator
■ Four standard pressure -regulation settings available to
ensure ocnsistently accurate nozzle performance
regardless of elevation:
1 50 PSI, 65 PSI, 80 PSI and 100 PSI (electric)
■ Four body styles/activation types to fit every application:
Electric VIH, Normally Open Hydraulic VIH, and
Check-O-Matic
■ Manual control at the sprinkler, On -Off -Auto (electric)
■ Bowl -vented discharge (atmospheric) minimizes the
differential pressure required for regulation and ensures
positive valve closure (electric)
■ Time -proven planetary gear -drive design
■ All internal components serviceable from the top of the
sprinkler
■ Large selection of color -coded nozzles available
■ Durable engineering plastic and stainless -steel construction
■ Effluent indicators available
i Marker (Part No. 89-4719)
i Yardage marker (Part No. 89-4736)
de
750 Electric
750 Normally Open Valve -In -Head)
750 Check-O-Matic

750 Series Sprinkler Nozzle Performance Data
NOZZLE1'
.
BASE
PRESSURE
NOZZLE SET
52 ORANGE
NOZZLE SET
53 BROWN
NOZZLE SET
54 BLUE
NOZZLE SET
55 GREEN
NOZZLE SET
56 RED
NOZZLE SET
57 GRAY
NOZZLE SET
58 BEIGE
NOZZLE SET
59 BUCK
PSI
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
Rad
GPM
50
13.0
61
16.8
65
20.0
67
25.3
68
30.0
70
32.5
73
37.4
78
40.1
55
57
13.5
62
17.6
66
20.9
68
26.5
69
31.5
73
33.6
76
38.9
81
41t
60
57
14.0
62
18.3
68
21.8
69
27.7
71
33.0
77
78
40.4
84
43.1
65
58
14.5
63
19.1
69
22.8
70
28.9
72
34.6
80
81
41.9
87
44.5
70
59
15.0
65
19.8
72
23.6
73
29.9
75
36.0
81
83
43.7
89
46.4
75
59
15.6
66
20.4
72
24.5
73
30.9
75
37.4
83
84
45.5
90
48.3
80
60
16.1
68
21.1
74
25.3
75
32.0
77
38.9
84
F4.
86
47.4
92
50.2
85
62
17.4
69
22.2
75
26.8
76
33.4
78
39.9
86
88
50.2
94
52.7
90
63
18.7
70
23.4
76
28.4
78
34.8
80
41.0
87
89
53.0
96
55.2
95
65
19.9
71
24.5
76
29.9
79
36.2
81
42.0
89
91
55.7
98
57.6
1 00
66
21.2
72
25.6
77
31.4
80
37.6
82
43.0
90
92
58.6
100
60.1
Rad = feet GPM = gallons per minute � = Pressure regulation 0= Nozzles not recommended at this pressure
NOZZLE1'
BASE
PRESSURE
NOZZLE SET
52 ORANGE
NOZZLESEr
53 BROWN
NOZZLESET
54 BLUE
NOZZLE SET
55 GREEN
NOZZLE SET
56 RED
NO2=SET
57 GRAY
NOZZLE SET
58 BEIGE
NOZZLE SET
59 BLACK
kg/cm'
kPa
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
Rad
1/inn
m'/hr
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
Rad
1/mn
m'/hr
3.5
344.7
17.1
49.2
3.0
18.6
63.6
3.8
19.8
75.7
4.5
20.4
95.8
5.7
20.7
113.6
6.8
21.4
123.0
7.4
22.3
141.6
8.5
23.8
151.8
9.1
3.9
379.2
17.4
51.1
3.1
18.9
66.6
4.0
20.1
79.1
4.7
20.7
100.3
6.0
21.0
119.2
7.2
22.3
127.2
7.6
23.2
147.2
8.8
24.7
157.5
9.4
4.2
413.7
17.4
53.0
3.2
18.9
69.3
4.2
20.7
82.5
5.0
21.0
104.8
6.3
21.7
124.9
7.5
23.5
131.3
7.9
23.8
152.9
9.2
25.6
163.1
9.8
4.6
448.2
17.7
54.9
3.3
19.2
72.3
4.3
21.0
86.3
5.2
21.4
109.4
6.6
22.0
131.0
7.9
24.4
135.5
8.1
24.7
158.6
9.5
26.5
168.4
10A
4.9
482.6
18.0
56.8
3.4
19.8
74.9
4.5
22.0
89.3
5.4
22.3
113.2
6.8
22.9
136.3
8.2
24.7
141.2
8.5
25.3
165.4
9.9
27.1
175.6
10.5
5.3
517.1
18.0
59.0
3.5
20.1
77.2
4.6
22.0
92.7
5.6
22.3
117.0
7.0
22.9
141.6
8.5
25.3
146.9
8.8
25.6
172.2
10.3
27.5
182.8
11.0
5.6
551.6
18.3
60.9
3.7
20.7
79.9
4.8
22.6
95.8
5.7
22.9
121.1
7.3
23.5
147.2
8.8
25.6
152.5
9.2
26.2
179.4
10.8
28.1
190.0
11.4
6.0
586.1
18.9
65.9
4.0
21.0
84.0
5.0
22.9
101.4
6.1
23.2
126.4
7.6
23.8
151.0
9.1
26.2
157.8
9.5
26.8
190.0
11.4
28.7
199.5
12.0
6.3
620.5
19.2
70.8
4.2
21.4
88.6
5.3
23.2
107.5
6.5
23.8
131.7
7.9
24.4
155.2
9.3
26.5
163.1
9.8
27.1
200.6
12.0
29.3
208.9
12.5
6.7
655.0
19.8
75.3
4.5
21.7
92.7
5.6
23.2
113.2
6.8
24.1
137.0
8.2
24.7
159.0
9.5
27.1
168.1
10.1
27.8
210.8
12.7
29.9
218.0
13.1
7.0
689.5
20.1
80.2
4.8
22.0
96.9
5.8
23.5
118.8
7.1
24.4
142.3
8.5
25.0
162.8
9.8
27.5
177.1
10.6
28.1
221.8
13.3
30.5
227.5
13.7
kPa = kilo Pascals Rad = meters 1/mn = liters per minute m3/hr - cubic meters per hour = Pressure regulation Nozzles not recommended at this pressure
Sprinkler Spacing
i The Toro Company does not
recommend designing for
zero (0) mph wind conditions.
Design in consideration of the
worst wind conditions.
i Square Spacing
No wind 55% of diameter
4 mph wind 50% of diameter
8 mph wind 45% of diameter
i Triangular Spacing
No wind 60% of diameter
4 mph wind 55% of diameter
8 mph wind 50% of diameter
i Single -Row Spacing
No wind 50% of diameter
4 mph wind 50% of diameter
8 mph wind 45% of diameter
Nozzle Color -Coding Guide
Nozzle
Set
Short
Main
Long
Main
Long
Inner
52
Orange
Red
53
Brown
Red
54
Blue
Red
55
Green
Black
56
Red
Black
57
Gray
Black
58
Beige
Green
59
Black
Green
Precipitation Rate Formulas
i Square -spaced sprinklers in pattern:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacingy
i Triangular -spaced sprinklers in pattern:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
(Spacing)2 (0.866)
i Area and flow:
Total GPM of zone x 96.3 t
Total irrigated }
square feet of zone
i Single row:
GPM of full circle x 96.3
sa,
(Spacing) (Scallop)
For additional information, refer to Toro
Form No.490-1737.
`a

Installation Procedure
CAUTION
Golf sprinklers are intended for installation at grade with full
support of the body and piping system from the surrounding
earth. Failure to provide full support may result in premature
failure of the body and/or connecting fittings.
To assure maximum performance from your 754 Series Rotary Sprinklers,
read these instructions completely prior to installation or service.
Swing Joints
1. Construct or provide triple swing joints for each sprinkler as shown
in Figure 1. Use PVC or ABS pipe nipple for sprinkler connection.
Note: On sites where the possibility of heavy equipment rolling over
a sprinkler exists, the swing joint will flex preventing damage to the
lateral or main lines. On a new installation in raw ground where the
sprinklers are to be initially installed above the finished grade and
lowered when new turf is established, the swing joint allows
sprinkler repositioning without changing risers. This is a common
and practical procedure which eliminates the problem of dirt being
accidentally introduced into the lateral lines when a riser is changed.
2. Flush lines thoroughly prior to installing sprinkler.
3. NPT and BSP Threaded Models
• Apply teflon tape on riser threads. Install sprinkler onto riser
and tighten.
ACME Threaded Models
• Install ACME threaded bodies onto Acme threaded swing joint by
threading clockwise until hand tight
Note: ACME threaded swing joints have an o-ring that seals to
the sprinkler body. Teflon tape is not required..
Use only Teflon TM tape on riser threads.
deterioration of sprinkler body threads.
Connecting Electric Control Wires
CAUTION
Use of pipe dope or other types of sealing compounds can cause
1. Route control wires to sprinkler location(s). Provide enough
extra wire at sprinkler to allow for movement of sprinkler without
straining wire connections. One common wire and station wire is
required for each sprinkler. See Wire Sizing Chart, Table 1 for
proper application.
2. Attach control wires to solenoid leads using an approved
waterproof splicing method.
CAUTION
All wires must be waterproofed to prevent short circuit to
ground and subsequent controller damage.
Table 1: Wire Sizing Chart
Maximum allowable length in feet from controller to electric VIH
sprinklers.
OUTPUT
VOLTAGE AT
CONTROLLER
TRANSFORMER
WIRE
SIZE
NUMBER
OF VALVES
CONTROL
COMMON
1
2
3
4
23 VAC
14
14
2348
1012
549
353
23 VAC
14
12
2890
1239
673
433
23 VAC
14
10
3378
1448
786
505
23 VAC
12
12
3759
1604
873
561
23 VAC
12
10
4591
1973
1071
688
23 VAC
12
8
5411
2328
1263
812
23 VAC
10
10
5945
2555
1387
892
24 VAC
14
14
2765
1309
846
549
24 VAC
14
12
3393
1608
1039
673
24 VAC
14
10
3962
1877
1213
783
24 VAC
12
12
4394
2082
1346
872
24 VAC
12
10
5397
2557
1652
1071
24 VAC
12
8
6364
3018
1949
1263
24 VAC
10
10
6986
3311
2140
1387
NOTE: Minimum solenoid voltage required for reliable electric
VIH operation is 20 VAC.
Chart based on the following
Transformer - 115/230 VAC - 24 VAC, 45 VA
Coil Assy. 24 VAC, 60 Hz
Holding .30 Amps
In Rush .40 Amps

Connecting Hydraulic Control Tubing
1. Route control tubing from controller to sprinkler
location(s).
Note: Leave an 18 inch (45.7 cm) service loop
of tubing at each sprinkler to facilitate
movement of sprinkler and service operations.
Refer to Table 2 for tubing run length information.
2. Flush tubing thoroughly to remove all air and
debris.
3. Remove tube retainer and poly cap from tubing
adapter at base of sprinkler.
4. Slide tube retainer over control tubing and
attach tubing to adapter. Slide tube retainer
over adapter area to secure tubing.
Table 2: Control Systems
Maximum Distance
Type of System'
From Controller
Elevation Restrictions
Pin-typee (00) Hydraulic'
with s' Control Tubing
100,
Pin-typee (00) Hydraulic'
with ✓" Control Tubing
200'
Normally Open (01)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with s' Control Tubing
500'
25' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Normally Closed (08)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with s' Control Tubing
500'
0' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Normally Open (01)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with ✓" Control Tubing
1000,
25' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
Normally Closed (08)
Valve elevation should not exceed
with ✓" Control Tubing
1000,
0' ABOVE controller elevation or
70' BELOW controller elevation.
All hydraulic connections on Toro valves are''/o" insert type.
Control line pressure must be equal to or 10% greater than mainline pressure.
Control line pressure range is 40 to 150 PSI
£ NOTE: Maximum of one (1) valve pr station on pin -type systems.
System Start -Up
The following is a recommended procedure that will protect system components during system start-up. The procedure is based on a
velocity fill rate of less than 2' (.61 m) per second. See Table 3 below.
VA RHIFIC
DUE TO NM OPERATING PRESSUFIE, FEVER STAND OR LEAN DFIECTLY OYER TOP OF
SPRINKLER OR CODE D CONTACT W11 H SPRAY_ FA LURE TO OOMPLY MAY RESULT IN
SER IDUS INJURY.
1. Use jockey pump only to fill system at velocity fill rate of less than 2' (0.6 m) per second.
2. Use quick coupler keys at all tees and greens with quick coupler valves to bleed air from system lines during filling process. Do
not compress air and then relieve, bleed air while filling system.
3. After water has filled all lines and all air is removed, remove quick coupler keys.
CAUTION
Failure to comply with recommended fill rate will increase line pressure resulting in a water hammer effect that could
damage sprinklers.
Table 3: Recommended System Fill Rate
Pipe Size
Flow
Velocity
Pipe Size
Flow
Velocity
in.
cm
GPM
I LPM
ft/sec
I m/sec
in.
cm
GPM
I LPM
ft/sec
I m/sec
1 /2
1.3
2
7.6
1.60
0.49
3
7.6
45
170.3
1.86
0.57
3/4
1.9
3
11.4
1.92
0.59
4
10.2
75
283.9
1.87
0.57
1
2.5
5
18.9
1.50
0.46
6
15.2
150
567.8
1.73
0.53
1-1/4
3.2
10
37.9
1.86
0.57
8
20.2
250
946.3
1.70
0.52
1-1/2
3.8
10
37.9
1.41
0.43
10
25.4
450
1703.3
1.97
0.60
2
5.0
20
75.7
1.80
0.55
12
30.5
500
1892.5
1.55
0.47
2-1/2
6.4
30
113.6
1.84
0.56

Pilot Valve Operation (Models 7XX-X6-XXX Only)
The main function of the pilot valve is to control the operation of the main valve located in the base of the sprinkler body. The main valve
is operated by the release of water metered through the pilot valve when it is activated either manually at the sprinkler or by the
irrigation system controller.
Another important function of the pilot valve is to regulate the water pressure to the sprinkler nozzle. Pressure regulation compensates
for large variations within the system and maintains a constant pressure for optimum sprinkler operation. The pilot valve is factory set to
regulate one of four pressure levels 50 psi (3.5 kg/cm2), 65 psi (4.6 kg/cm2), 80 psi (6.0 kg/cm2) or 100 PSI (7.0 kg/cm2).
The sprinkler operation mode is set using a Toro Selector Tool (P/N 995-15) inserted through the body flange onto the pilot valve
D-shaped selector cam. The "AUTO" mode permits automatic operation from the system controller. The "ON" mode opens the main
valve for manual operation and "OFF" mode prevents the main valve from opening.
M RHING
DUE TO NM OPERATING PRESSLFIE, FEVER STAND OR LEAN DFIECTLY OYER TOP OF
SPRINKLER OR CODE D CONTACT wfiH SPRAY_ FA LURE TO OOMPLY MAY RESULT IN
SER I)US INJURY.
System Troubleshooting — Pilot Valve
Possible equipment failures with causes and corrective action are listed below.
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE — CORRECTIVEACTION
1. SPRINKLER WILL (a) No 24 VAC to coil assembly. (Electric Models)
NOT TURN ON — Measure voltage with a Digital Volt Meter (DVM). Check wiring and controller program.
— Refer to Controller Operating Instructions.
(b)
Selector cam in "OFF" position.
— Set to 'AUTO" position.
(c)
Debris in pilot valve assembly.
— Disassemble and remove all debris. (See Servicing Pilot Valve page 10.)
2. SPRINKLER WILL (a)
Constant 24 VAC from controller. (Electric Models)
NOT SHUT OFF
— Check for voltage using a DVM. If voltage is present, disconnect wire.
If sprinkler closes, service controller. Refer to Controller Service Manual.
(b)
Selector cam in manual "ON" position.
— Set to 'AUTO" or "OFF" position.
(c)
Debris in pilot valve assembly.
— Disassemble and remove all debris. (See Servicing Pilot Valve page 10.)

System Troubleshooting — Sprinklers
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE — CORRECTIVEACTION
1. SPRINKLER WON'T ROTATE (a) Debris wedged between stator and turbine.
— Remove obstruction.
(b) Drive assembly defective.
— Replace drive assembly.
(c) Nozzle base assembly defective.
— Replace nozzle base assembly.
2. HEAD STICKS UP (a) Dirt in riser assembly.
— Flush out. (See Flushing Procedure on page 10.)
(b) Damaged or missing return spring.
— Replace.
(c) Damaged riser.
— Replace.
3. POOR DISTRIBUTION PATTERN (a) Nozzle plugged with debris
— Clean or replace nozzle.
(b)
Nozzle orifice damaged.
— Replace nozzle.
(c)
Low operating pressure.
— Determine why system overloaded and correct.
4. VALVE WON'T CLOSE
(a)
Continuous 24 VAC to sprinkler.
(Electric 7XX-X6-XXX)
— Check controller for voltage source.
(b)
Leak in pilot valve assembly.
— Replace pilot valve assembly.
(c)
Plugged supply screen on piston.
— Clean or replace screen.
(d)
Manual control selector on pilot valve assembly turned to "ON" position.
— Tum to "AUTO" position.
(e)
Solenoid plunger movement restricted.
— Inspect and clean or replace.
(f)
Valve cylinder misaligned with sprinkler body communication tube.
— Remove valve assembly and install correctly.
(g)
Foreign object keeping valve from seating.
— Remove, clean and check valve for damage. Replace if necessary.
(h)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.
VALVE WON'T CLOSE
(a)
Leak in control tubing.
(Hyd. Normally Open
— Isolate and repair.
7XX-X1-XX)
(b)
Pilot valve leak in controller.
— Confirm by observing constant dripping from discharge line of controller.
Refer to Controller Service Manual.
(c)
Valve cylinder misaligned with sprinkler body communication tube.
— Remove valve assembly and install correctly.
(d)
Foreign object keeping valve from seating.
— Remove, clean and check valve for damage. Replace if necessary.
(e)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.

System Troubleshooting — Sprinklers (continued)
PROBLEM POSSIBLE CAUSE — CORRECTIVEACTION
5. VALVE WON'T OPEN
(a)
Control (field) wires severed.
(Electric 7XX-X6-XXX)
— Isolate and repair.
(b)
No power to controller.
— Establish controller power.
(c)
No power from controller to solenoid.
— Check for blown fuse and replace.
(d)
Manual control selector on pilot valve assembly turned to "OFF" position.
— Tum to "AUTO" position.
(e)
Pilot valve solenoid inoperative.
— Remove and replace.
(f)
Solenoid plunger movement restricted.
— Inspect, clean and/or replace.
(g)
No supply from main valve.
— Debris in control tube, main valve assembly and/or communication
passages in body. Flush thoroughly.
VALVE WON'T OPEN
(a)
Plugged controller discharge line or discharge port in pilot valve.
(Hyd. Normally Open
— Verify by checking for discharge at discharge line when station is
7XX-X1-XX)
activated. If no discharge, refer to Controller Service Manual.
6. SPRINKLER WEEPING
(a)
Damaged or blocked valve seat.
(Slow leak in valve)
— Remove blockage and, if necessary, replace valve assembly.
(b)
Damaged piston seal or piston assembly.
— Replace valve assembly.
(c)
Low pressure on supply line on hydraulic NO sprinklers.
— Check for low pressure reason and correct.
7. SEVERAL VALVES ON DIFFERENT (a) Control tubing leak which lowers supply pressure to other stations.
STATIONS FAIL TO CLOSE — Tum controller from station to station until a station is reached where
(Hyd. Normally Open only valves on that station stay open. The leak would be in the tubing
7XX-X1-XX) on that station. Isolate and repair.
(b) Leak in supply line to controller.
— Verify by checking pressure in all control lines.
(c) Leak in controller pilot valve.
— Verify by constant discharge on controller. Refer to Controller Service Manual.
(d) Plugged supply line filter.
— Replace filter if more than 3 PSI (0.21 kg/cm2) differential exists.

Servicing Procedures
Introduction
The 754 sprinkler is designed to provide the user trouble -free operation for many years without scheduled maintenance.
Should it become necessary to disassemble the sprinkler to correct a malfunction or replace a component, all internal parts
of the sprinkler are accessible from the top. Refer to the Troubleshooting Procedure in this manual in the event of a
malfunction. Some special tools are required for disassembly and/or maintenance of the sprinkler and are available from
your Toro dealer.
WARNING
To PREYMT POSSIBLE FIJLFtY DURNG SPRFIIO_ER SERYIICNG PROCEDURES, CON-
FIRM THE FOLLOW FIG COMD ITIOIMS EXIST PRIOR TO STARTTMG_
A- WATER SUPPLY TO SPRNCLER 6 SHUT OFF ATSOURCE_
B_ SYSTEM PRESSURE IS BLED FROM SYST8M, FICLUD FIG CONTROL TUBES_
C_ A_C_ POWER 6 D6 IMECTED AT SOURCE_
Servicing Sprinkler Mechanism
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book, Form No. 368-0044 for parts identification.
1. Lift Cap using knife blade edge or small screwdriver tip inserted between edge of Cap and Body flange.
2. Grasping edges of Cap, pull sprinkler mechanism up until fully extended.
3. While firmly holding Riser Assembly, remove Cap/Nozzle assembly by turning it counterclockwise. Allow Riser
Assembly to slowly retract into body.
4. Using two small screwdrivers inserted between Nozzle and Cap, separate Cap from Nozzle Assembly (retained by
press fit).
5. To change Nozzles, carefully insert knife blade edge between nozzle flange and base.
Pry nozzle loose and remove. Align new nozzle as shown in illustration at right. Carefully
press new nozzles into Nozzle Base until flange is fully seated. Avoid contact with
nozzle orifice as sprinkler coverage can be greatly impaired if orifice is damaged or
altered in any way.
6. Using Multi -Purpose Tool (P/N 995-83) remove Snap Ring from groove in body.
7. Thread Drive Assembly Extraction Tool (995-78) onto drive assembly output shaft and
pull sprinkler assembly out of body.
8. Carefully remove 0-ring from top of riser housing.
9. Using Multi -Purpose Tool (P/N 995-83) remove screen by turning it counterclockwise
while holding base of riser assembly.
10. Remove Variable Stator.
11. Remove Drive Assembly by pushing against end of threaded output shaft.
12. Inspect Stator Housing for nicks and burrs. This part can be difficult to remove if sprinkler has been in operation for
some time and should be left in place if it appears undamaged. If replacement is necessary, grasp housing with pliers
and pull from riser housing.
13. Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts. Replace damaged parts as necessary and reassemble in reverse order.

Valve Removal and Replacement
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book, Form No. 368-0044 for parts identification.
WARNING
POSITIlYELY SHUT OFF WATER SUPPLY AT SOURCE PRIOR TO DtSASSEMIIBL FIG
SPRINKLER- BLEED ALL PRESSURE FROM SYSTEItiA INCLUDIFIG CONTROL TUBES_
FA LURE TO DEPREESUR I?E SYSTEM PRIOR TO SNA P R FIG REWM L COULD CAUSE
YALVE MECHANISM TO EJECT FROM SPRHO_ER BODY UNDER PRESSURE RESULT-
ING IN POSSIBLE SERIOUS INJURY TO PERSOHFB _
1. To remove valve assembly, squeeze ears of snap ring together with snap ring pliers (P/N 995-07) and remove snap ring
from sprinkler body. (See Figure 2.)
CAUTION
If snap ring is difficult to remove, there may be residual water pressure in the system. Recheck the water
supply to ensure it is turned off and all pressure has been totally eliminated before removing the snap ring and
valve.
2. Use valve removal tool (P/N 995-09) to remove valve assembly from base of sprinkler body. Valve Removal Tool is
inserted into sprinkler body and pushed through valve ribs to the underside of valve. A slight twist will lock tool to valve
enabling removal by pulling straight up and out. (See Figure 3.)
NOTE: If valve removal tool is not available, use snap ring pliers to grasp rib of valve cylinder assembly and pull up
and out of sprinkler body.
3. To reinstall valve assembly with snap ring and to prevent damage to the communication tube in sprinkler body, use
valve insertion tool (P/N 995-10). Valve insertion tool will automatically line up valve assembly with sprinkler body
communication tube and correctly seat the snap ring. (See Figure 4.)
NOTE: It is possible to install the snap ring backwards (upside down). See inset in Figure 4 to insure that snap ring is
placed on the insertion tool in the correct manner.
Figure 2
Using Snap Ring Pliers to
Remove Snap Ring
Figure 3
Using Valve Removal Tool to
Remove Valve Assembly
I
I
I I
I
Figure 4
Using Valve Insertion Tool to Install Valve
Assembly with Snap Ring
01

Flushing Sprinkler Heads
WARNING
DUE TO H Id-1 OPERATING PREREME, MEYER STAND OR LEAN DIRECTLY OYER
SPR INKLER OR CORD IN COMTACTW ITH SPRAY "HEN ACTUATING SPRINI(LER NKMU-
ALLY OR AUTOMATIC ALLY. PRIOR TO ACTUATION OF SPRRMILER, USE A SLOT HEAD
SCREWDRIVER TO L FT CAP TO OBSERYE DIRECTION OF NOZZLE- FAILURE TO COM-
PLY WRY R ESUL T N SERIOUS INJURY -
1. With sprinkler operating, carefully step down on center of cap several times. Water will flow around riser and flush out
debris.
2. Cycle sprinkler on and off several times to check for proper retraction. Cap should be even with top of body flange
when fully retracted. If riser sticks in up position, check for debris lodged between riser and body. Flush out all debris.
Remove sprinkler mechanism if necessary.
Servicing Pilot Valve
Refer to Toro Illustrated Parts Breakout Book, Form No. 368-0044 for parts identification.
1. Assure water supply to sprinkler is positively shut off and any residual pressure has been bled. If sprinkler is
pressurized, main valve will open when Pilot Valve is disconnected from control tube.
2. Carefully remove turf and soil from side of sprinkler to expose Pilot Valve and control tubing.
3. Remove two retaining screws from Housing.
4. Pull Pilot Valve assembly away from sprinkler body and cut control tubing just below Tube Retainer. Unless Pilot
Valve has been previously removed, control tubing length will be sufficient for re -connection.
5. Remove Tube Retainer and remaining piece of control tubing from valve body fitting.
6. Remove Solenoid Assembly or NC Pilot Valve Adapter by turning it counterclockwise.
7. Pull Pilot Valve Body Assembly out of Housing.
8. Remove Diaphragm Assembly, Piston and Spring.
9. Remove Selector and Plunger Assembly. Selector retains Plungerin body.
10. Thoroughly clean and inspect all parts. Replace damaged parts as necessary and reassemble in reverse order.
its]

© 1997 THE TORO COMPANY
Irrigation Division • An ISO 9001-Certified Facility
P.O. Box 489
PRINTING DATE Riverside, California 92502 FORM NO.
AUGUST 1997 • REV. C Printed in U.S.A. 368-0054

Cimpeller
Data Industrial®
Badger Meter
.3
Flow Sensors
Insertion Style Flow Sensors
Series 220, 225, 226
User Manual
SEN-UM-01 635-EN-1 1 (February 2018)

Flow Sensors, Insertion Style Flow Sensors
CONTENTS
Introduction..........................................................................3
Certifications.........................................................................3
Mechanical Installation...................................................................3
Installation for 22013R, 220SS, 220PV..........................................................4
Installation Procedure.................................................................4
Alignment of Flow Sensor..............................................................5
Hot Tap Installation for 22513R, 22613R, and 226SS..................................................6
Sensor Assembly Depth and Alignment.....................................................6
Installation if the Pipe is Depressurized and Drained.............................................7
Installation into a Pressurized Pipeline......................................................7
Electrical Installation...................................................................10
Standard Sensors...................................................................10
IRSensors.......................................................................10
High Temperature Sensors............................................................. 11
Electrical Installation Safety............................................................... 11
Calibration..........................................................................13
Description of Calibration Table Columns ................................................... 13
Calibration Table for Pipe Sizes 3...36 Inches ................................................. 14
Impeller Assembly and Shaft Replacement..................................................... 16
Troubleshooting......................................................................17
Specifications........................................................................18
Page ii SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February 2018

Introduction
INTRODUCTION
Used in conjunction with any Badger Meter impeller flow monitor or transmitter, Badger Meter non-magnetic flow sensors
provide an accurate rate of liquid flow as well as total accumulated flow. A number of sensor models are offered, which cover
applications for a wide range of pipe sizes and pressure/temperature specifications.
The flow sensors generate a frequency which is proportional to flow rate. An internal preamplifier allows the pulse signal to
travel up to 2000 feet without further amplification. Power to operate the sensor is provided by the flow monitor. The impeller
bearing assembly, shaft and 0-rings are replaceable in the field.
Badger Meter flow sensors feature a closed, six -bladed impeller design, using a proprietary, non-magnetic sensing
technology. The forward -swept impeller shape provides higher, more constant torque than four -bladed impeller designs,
and is less prone to fouling by water -borne debris. The forward -curved shape, coupled with the absence of magnetic
drag, provides improved operation and repeatability, even at lower flow rates. As the liquid flow turns the impeller, a low
impedance signal is transmitted with a frequency proportional to the flow rate.
Sensors of similar type are interchangeable, so there is no need for recalibration after servicing or replacement.
This manual provides instructions for the following insertion style flow sensors, as indicated:
220BR; 220SS; 220PV, 225BR; 226BR; 226SS
CERTIFICATION
ALI
MECHANICAL INSTALLATION
Flow measurement accuracy for all flow measuring devices is highly dependent on proper location in the piping system.
Irregular flow velocity profiles caused by valves, fittings, and pipe bends can lead to inaccurate overall flow rate indications
although local flow velocity measurement may be accurate. A sensor located where it can be affected by air bubbles, floating
debris, or sediment may not achieve full accuracy and could be damaged. Badger Meter flow sensors are designed to operate
reliably under adverse conditions. Follow these recommendations to provide maximum system accuracy:
• Choose a location along the pipe where 10 pipe diameters upstream and 5 pipe diameters downstream of the sensor
provide no flow disturbance. Pipe bends, valves, other fittings, pipe enlargements and reductions should not be present in
this length of pipe.
• The preferred location around the circumference of a horizontal pipe is on top. If trapped air or debris will interfere, then
the sensor should be located further around the pipe from the top but not more than 45 degrees from top center. The
sensor should never be located at the bottom of the pipe, as sediment may collect there. Locations off top center cause
the impeller friction to increase, which may affect performance at low flow rates. Any circumferential location is correct for
installation in vertical pipes.
• Allow an insertion depth of 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) for pipe sizes 2-1/2 inches and larger for accurate flow rate calibration.
Detailed installation instructions for various sensor mounting configurations on the following pages include methods for
providing correct insertion depth.
• Align the sensor so that the impeller rotation is parallel to flow. Alignment instructions are included on the
following pages.
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 3

Installation for 220BR, 220SS, 220PV
INSTALLATION FOR 220BR, 220SS, 220PV
Installation Procedure
The insertion depth and alignment of the flow sensor assembly are critical to the accuracy of the flow measurement. The flat
end of the sensor sleeve assembly MUST BE INSTALLED 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) from the inside wall of the pipe. To allow for
variations in wall thickness, lining, or coatings, the depth adjustment is controlled by the position of the hex nuts on the three
threaded studs of the hex mounting adapter. The hex mounting adapter is provided with a 2 inch male NPT connection.
There are two methods of mounting these sensors in a 2-1/2 inch or larger pipe. One is with a 2 inch NPT threaded pipe
saddle. The other is with a welded -on fitting such as a Thredolet®, also tapped for a 2 inch NPT connection. In either case, cut a
2 inch (51 mm) hole through a depressurized pipe and then secure the saddle or weld -on fitting to the pipe. (For drilling into
a pressurized pipe, see 'Installation into a Pressurized Pipeline" on page7.) Install the 2 inch NPT adapter provided, using a
thread sealant to prevent leakage. Tighten as necessary. Badger Meter insert style flow sensors are calibrated with the sensor
inserted 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into the pipe flow.
To determine the proper insertion depth, follow these steps:
1. Apply anti -seize thread lubricant (supplied with the sensor) to the threaded studs of the mounting adapter.
2. Insert the depth gauge into the mounting adapter and set it against the inside wall of the pipe as shown in Figure 1. Set
the top of the upper adjusting nut to 3-3/4 inches (95 mm) as measured. Lock it in place with the bottom nut on the same
stud. Repeat for the other adjusting nuts.
NOTE: For Model 220PVS, set the nuts 6-1/2 inches (165 mm) above the inside wall of the pipe.
Figure 1: Installation for220RR and 220SS
3. Clean the O-rings and the flow sensor sleeve, and lightly lubricate the O-rings with silicone grease from the packet
provided (or another acceptable lubricant). Take care not to get grease on the impeller or bearing.
4. Insert the flow sensor into the 2 inch NPT adapter so that the mounting holes in the positioning collar fit over the studs on
the adapter.
5. Lower the sensor onto the previously adjusted nuts. Install the lock nuts on top of the positioning collar and tighten. Now
tighten the lowerjam nuts firmly against the upper adjusting nuts to secure them for future removal of the sensor for
inspection or service.
Page 4 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February 2018

Hot Tap Installation for 225BR, 226BR, and 226SS
Alignment of Flow Sensor
1. Loosen the positioning collar set screws with a 3/32 inch Allen wrench. Place the alignment rod through the sight holes in
the flow sensor. See Figure 2. Using the alignment rod as a guide, align the flow sensor so the flow label arrow matches the
pipe flow direction and the alignment rod is exactly parallel to the pipe.This procedure aligns the impeller directly into the
fluid flow.
ALIGNMENT ROD
Figure2: Alignment of Flow Sensor 220BR and 220SS
2. As a backup to the flow arrow label, there is a small hole next to the larger sight hole of the upstream side. With a
3/32 inch Allen wrench, tighten the positioning collar set screws.
3. Double check that the sight holes in the sleeve are parallel down the pipe and the flow arrow label matches the pipe liquid
flow direction.
4. Cable routing: The positioning collar is threaded for connection of a standard 1/2 inch electrical conduit (flex cable) or a
wire strain relief. Route the cable as required. Be sure to leave enough flex in the cable or conduit to allow future removal
of the sensor for service or cleaning.
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 5

Hot Tap Installation for 225BR, 226BR, and 226SS
HOT TAP INSTALLATION FOR 225BR, 226BR, AND 226SS
Badger Meter Series 200 hot tap style liquid flow sensors are designed for use in cases where pipelines will be in continuous
service, and depressurizing or draining the system for installation or service is not practical.
The Series 200 hot tap flow sensors are designed to be installed either in a depressurized pipe by hand, or"hot tapped" into a
pressurized pipeline. Both installation procedures are in this manual. If there is the slightest possibility the pipe could be full
or pressurized, follow the installation for a pressurized pipe. See 'Installation into a Pressurized Pipeline" on page 7.
See Figure 4 for the location or identification of the various parts described in the following procedures.
Sensor Assembly Depth and Alignment
The insertion depth and alignment of the sensor assembly are critical to the accuracy of the flow measurement. The flat end
of the sensor tube assembly must be installed 1-1 /2 inches (38 mm) from the inside wall of the pipe. To allow for variations
in wall thickness, lining or coatings, the depth adjustment is controlled by the position of the hex nuts on the three threaded
studs of the hex mounting adapter. The hex mounting adapter is provided with a 2 inch male NPT connection. Both gate and
ball valve units are provided with 2 inch nipples for mounting onto saddles and weld-o-lets.
Setting the Depth
1. Position the hex nuts 14-7/8 inches (378 mm), minus the thickness of the pipe, from the outside diameter of the pipe. For
example, measure the wall thickness of the pipe from the coupon removed when the 1-7/8 inch (48 mm) hole was cut into
the pipe. If the pipe was 1/8 inch (3 mm) thick, subtract 1/8 inch (3 mm) from 14-7/8 inches (378 mm), or position the nuts
14-3/4 inches (375 mm) from the outside diameter of the pipe.This will allow the 16-3/8 inch (416 mm) sensor to protrude
1-1/2 inches (38 mm) into the pipe.
2. Apply anti -seize thread lubricant, supplied with the sensor, to the threaded studs of the mounting adaptor.
Aligning the Impeller with the Flow
1. To align the impeller with the flow in the pipe, align the two sight holes at the top of the sensor tube assembly with the
center line of the pipe. Make sure the alignment is made to the pipe, and not to a wall or surface near the sensor.
2. To adjust, loosen the two set screws in the positioning collar with the 3/32 inch Allen wrench (supplied in the
installation kit).
3. Slip one end of the 1/4 inch x 18 inch steel rod (supplied in the installation kit) through the holes in the sensor tube.
4. Rotate the sensor tube until the rod is centered on the pipe. Make sure the flow label arrow on the sensor matches the
liquid flow direction.
5. Tighten the positioning collar Allen screws to lock the sensor sleeve assembly in position.
NOTE: Asa backup to the flow label arrow, there is a small hole located beside one of the sight holes to also indicate the
upstream side of the sensor.
Page 6 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February 2018

Hot Tap Installation for 225BR, 226BR, and 226SS
Installation if the Pipe is Depressurized and Drained
1. Drill or cut a hole in the pipe with a 1-7/8 inch (48 mm) drill or hole saw. Note the pipe wall thickness for use in calculating
sensor assembly depth. A location on the top of the pipe is best for overall performance and service life; however,
any radial location on the top half of the pipe is acceptable. Allow a minimum of 10 pipe diameters upstream and 5
downstream from the sensor of straight unobstructed pipe to allow full development of the flow profile.
2. Install either a service saddle or welded pipe fitting (2 inch female NPT) on the outside diameter of the pipe over the 1-7/8
inch (48 mm) hole.
3. Install the Badger Meter isolation valve and nipple onto the fitting using pipe thread sealant orTeflon' tape on all threads.
4. Install the Badger Meter hex mounting adapter onto the valve assembly. Use pipe thread sealant on the adapter.
5. Tighten the hex mounting adapter so that no stud is aligned with the center -line of the pipe. This could interfere with final
sensor alignment.
6. Measure the depth and set the height of the nuts of the hex mounting adapter.
NOTE: Badger Meter recommends that you purchase a Hot Tap insertion/removal Tool (Model HTT) for future service,
even if the sensor is installed in a drained system. The Model HTT allows you to remove the sensor sleeve
assembly from the pipe line without draining the entire loop where the sensor is mounted.
7. In a fully depressurized and drained pipe, the sensor tube assembly may be installed by hand. If reinstalling into a drained
system thought to have been depressurized and drained, verify by very slowly opening the isolation valve.
a. Carefully and very slowly open the isolation valve to relieve any pressure that may have built up.
b. Fully open the isolation valve.
c. Push the sensor sleeve into the pipe with a slight twisting motion.
d. Guide the sensor collar holes over the three hex adapter studs until the collar rests on the nuts. Hex nuts should have
been previously set to the correct height.
e. Install the three lock nuts onto these studs at the top of the positioning collar and securely tighten.
8. Loosen the two set screws in the positioning collar with a 3/32 inch Allen wrench.
9. Align the sensor sight holes along the pipe axis using the alignment rod from the sensor installation kit. M
10. Verify that the flow label arrow on the sensor matches the liquid flow direction inside the pipe.
11. Tighten the positioning collar set screws.
NOTE: Asa backup to the flow label arrow, there is a small hole located beside one of the sight holes to also indicate the
upstream side of the sensor.
Installation into a Pressurized Pipeline
The Model HTT (Hot Tap Tool) provides the mechanical
advantage required to safety insert and remove a
Badger Meter hot tap flow sensor from line pressure, and
provides a restraint when removing the sensor from a
pressurized pipe.
Refer to Figure 3 for identification and location of the HTT Drive
parts described in this section.
For pipe sizes 2-1/2 inch and above, all Badger Meter sensors
are inserted 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) from the inside wall of the
pipe. The insertion depth is controlled by the position of the
hex nuts on the three threaded rods.
To calculate the distance (D) between the top of the sensor
hex mounting adapter and the bottom of the positioning
collar (the top of the hex nut), ADD the H dimension, pipe
wall thickness, and insertion depth, and SUBTRACT the total
from the overall sensor length. See the example and formula
on the next page, and refer to Figure 4.
Figure 3: Model HTT (Hot Top Tool)
Ring
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 7

Hot Tap Installation for 2258R, 2268R, and 226SS
Example: The sensor is installed in an 8 inch schedule 80 pipe, with a pipe wall thickness of 1/2 inch. If the overall sensor
length is 16-3/8 inches and the H dimension is 10 inches, the D value is calculated as follows:
D = Overall length — (H + pipe wall thickness + Insertion Depth)
D= 16-3/8 in. — (10 in. + 1/2 in. + 1-1/2 in.)
D = 16-3/8 in. — 12 in.
D = 4-3/8 in.
ISOLATION
BLEED PETCOCK -� VALVE
HEX NUT FTV'
JAM NUT
IPPLLE
y
t 8-112" MIN.-11-11P" MAX
LOCK NUT / HEX MOUNTIN ISOLATION VALVE ASSY.
POSITIONING COLLAR ADAPTER FLOW LABEL 1-112" INSERTION DEPTH
16-318" SENSOR LENGTH
Figure4: Sensorports
1. Set one set of the hex/jam nuts so that the distance between the top surface of the hex nut and the top surface of the hex
mounting adaptor is equal to the D dimension calculated above.
2. Then adjust the other two sets of hex/jam nuts 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) below the first jam nut to allow clearance for the
Model HTT (Hot Tap Tool) top yoke.
3. Fully extend the HTT by turning the drive nut counterclockwise with a 15/16 inch socket or box wrench (customer
supplied) until the drive nut contacts the tool. Slide the positioning collar into the tool top yoke.
4. Remove the HTT split ring and clevis pin and slide the tool bottom yoke into the groove on the sensor hex mounting
adaptor. Secure by replacing the clevis pin and split ring.
5. Mark the sleeve 2-3/4 inches (51 mm) from the impeller end of the metal sleeve. This mark is a stopping point to prevent
the impeller/bearing from being damaged.
6. Open the bleed petcock valve on the hex mounting adapter to relieve the pressure resulting from the flow sensor
sleeve insertion.
7. Carefully hand insert the hot tap flow sensor sleeve assembly into the hex mounting adapter until the mark lines up with
the top of the hex mounting adapter. At this point, the sleeve will have been inserted past the top two 0-rings in the
adapter, approximately 1... 1-1 /4 inches (25...32 mm). Take care not to push the sensor past the mark on the sleeve as the
impeller could be damaged if it strikes the closed valve.
8. Rotate the HTT so the threaded rod with the adjusted hex/jam nuts is centered in the top yoke of the hot tap tool.
9. Rotate the sensor sleeve so the positioning collar holes align with the threaded rods and flow direction label is in general
direction making sure the positioning collar is located in the recessed area of the top yoke.
10. Slide the top yoke of the HTT over the positioning collar and secure by tightening the two thumbscrews on top of
the yoke.
11. Close the bleed petcock and slowly open the isolation valve.
12. Slowly turn the 15/16 inch drive nut clockwise to insert the sensor sleeve assembly through the valve and into
the pipeline.
13. Carefully guide the three threaded studs of the hex mounting adapter through the holes of the sensor positioning collar.
14. Carefully lower the sensor until the positioning collar contacts the hex nut preset for the correct depth adjustment.
Page 8 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February 2018

Hot Tap Installation for 2258R, 2268R, and 226SS
15. Install the three lock nuts onto the threaded rods, tightening only the lock nut on the threaded rod with the preset hex/
jam nut.
16. Then bring the two remaining lock nuts down until theyjust contact the positioning collar. Do not tighten at this time.
17. Remove the HTT by loosening the two thumbscrews, removing the clevis pin and sliding the insertion tool off the sensor.
Then bring the two remaining sets of hex/jam nuts up to the underside of the positioning collar and tighten.
18. Align the sensor by loosening the two set screws in the side of the positioning collar with a 3/32 inch Allen wrench.
19. Align the sensor sight holes along the pipe axis using the alignment rod from the sensor installation kit. Make sure the
flow label arrow on the sensor matches the liquid flow direction inside the pipe.
20. Tighten the positioning collar set screws.
NOTE: Asa backup to the flow label arrow, there is a small hole located beside one of the sight holes to also indicate the
upstream side of the sensor.
For removal of a Series 225, 226 flow sensor from a pressurized pipeline, refer to the document titled Hot Tap Flow Sensors
Application Data Sheet, available in the Resource Library at www.bodgermeter.com.
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 9

Electrical Installation
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
NOTE: If the sensor has white and black wires instead of red and black, connect the white wire wherever red is indicated.
Standard Sensors
The metal collar on top of the 220 sensors or an optional conduit cap on the Series 250 sensors will accept 1/2 inch threaded
conduit fittings.
1. Route the cable from the sensor to a Badger Meter flow monitor/transmitter. The cable can be extended up to 2000 feet,
using 2-conductor shielded 20 AWG or larger stranded copper wire. Be sure to leave enough flexibility in the cable or
conduit to allow for future service of the flow sensor, if necessary.
2. When connecting to a Badger Meter flow monitor/transmitter, locate the section of terminal strip on the monitor labeled
SENSOR INPUT or SENSOR. Connect the red (or white) wire to IN, SIGNAL(+) or SIGNAL terminal, connect the black wire
to GND, SIGNAL(-) or COM terminal, and connect the shield drain wire (if applicable) to SLID.
NOTE: When interfacing with other equipment, consult the manufacturer for input designations. The signal wave forms and
power requirements are described in "Specifications" on page 78. See additional technical literature in the Resource
Library at www.bodgermeter.com.
IR Sensors
NOTE: The sensor leads are supplied with watertight caps over the ends. DO NOT remove the plastic caps from the sensor
leads until ready to splice.
1. Use a twisted pair cable suitable for direct burial to connect the sensor to the transmitter, monitor, or controller. Multi -pair
telecommunication cable or direct burial cables can be used.
2. Make a watertight splice. Two-part epoxy type waterproof kits are recommended. Be sure the epoxy seals the ends of the
cable jacket. Make sure the epoxy is hardened before inverting the splice or dropping it in standing water.
NOTE: Do NOT make an underground splice unless absolutely necessary.
3. Route the cable from the sensor to a Badger Meter flow monitor/transmitter. The cable can be extended up to 2000 feet,
using 2-conductor shielded 20 AWG or larger stranded copper wire with appropriate ratings. Be sure to leave enough
flexibility in the cable or conduit to allow for future service of sensor, if necessary.
4. When connecting to a Badger Meter flow monitor/transmitter, locate the section of terminal strip on the monitor labeled
SENSOR INPUT or SENSOR. Connect the red (or white) wire to IN, SIGNAL(+) or SIGNAL terminal, connect the black wire
to GND, SIGNAL(-) or COM terminal, and connect the shield drain wire (if applicable) to SLID.
NOTE: When interfacing with other equipment, the signal wave forms and power requirements are described in
"Specifications" on page 18. See additional technical literature in the Resource Library at www.bodgermeter.com.
Page 10 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February 2018

Electrical Installation Safety
High Temperature Sensors
1. Route a cable from the sensor to a Badger Meter flow monitor/transmitter. The cable can be extended up to 2000 feet,
using 2-conductor shielded 20 AWG or larger stranded copper wire. Be sure to leave enough flexibility in the cable or
conduit to allow for future service of sensor, if necessary.
2. Connect to the cable inside the sensor electronic housing on the Series 220 sensors, or attach to the sensor cable on the
Series 225/226 and connect with standard wire nuts.
3. When connecting to a Badger Meter flow monitor or transmitter, locate the section of terminal strip on the monitor
labeled SENSOR INPUT or SENSOR. Connect the red (or white) wire to IN, SIGNAL(+) or SIGNAL terminal, connect the
black wire to GND, SIGNAL(-) or COM terminal, and connect the shield drain wire (if applicable) to SLID.
NOTE: When interfacing with other equipment, the signal wave forms and power requirements areas described in
"Specifications" on page 78.
ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION SAFETY
The Series 200 sensor is approved, as an entity, as intrinsically safe when installed in conformance with Badger Meter
installation drawing 06-480-002 (Figure 5) as specified on the blue label identifying an intrinsically safe sensor.
Entity approval implies that only the sensor is approved as intrinsically safe. Unless power supplies, equipment, and
instruments connected to the sensor are each rated either explosion -proof or intrinsically safe, these devices cannot be
installed in a hazardous area. The referenced installation drawing shows such apparatus located in a non -hazardous location.
Proper interfacing between the hazardous and non -hazardous areas must be provided. It is of absolute importance that
this interface be constructed and that all wiring be performed by qualified contractors. To protect the intrinsic safety of the
installation, the connection of the intrinsically safe sensor to instruments and or power supplies must take place using an
approved intrinsically safe barrier located in a non -hazardous area. These barriers, listed below, are readily available from
various suppliers.
Manufacturer
Barrier
Crouse -Hinds Spec 504
Cat No. SBI9140MO715
Measurement Technology Ltd.
MTL 715+ 15V
R Stahl Intrinspak
9001/1-158-150-10
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 11

Electrical Installation Safety
ZO
§}{((
}»
ow
OW
\��
� \ \}}}}�}
OW W
\<z
§ ��
d +
\ }}}}}
\ j}}\
Figure 5. Sample installation drawing
?y 12 7mUA0 123£mo @Rm229

Calibration
CALIBRATION
Badger Meter sensors use unique K and Offset numbers for calibration. These numbers are derived from calibration runs using
NIST traceable instruments. Using both a K and an Offset number provides higher accuracy than using a K (pulse/gal) factor
alone. K and Offset numbers for each tee configuration are listed in the following tables.
The "Calibration Table for Pipe Sizes 3... 361nches"on page 14 provides calibration and operation data for most scheduled
pipe sizes 3...18 inches. For tee -mounted sensors, see the Metal Tee or the Plastic Tee user manual, available in the Resource
Library at www.bodgermeter.com.
Description of Calibration Table Columns
Column
Description
Column 1
Nominal Pipe Size (NPS)
Column 2
Pipe outside diameter (O.D.) as defined by ASA B36.10 and other standards
Column 3
Pipe inside diameter (I.D.) as defined by ASA B36.10 and other standards
Columns 4 and 5
The K value and Offset that should be used in our frequency equation:
Gpm
Freq= — Offset
K
This equation describes the frequency of the output signal of all Badger Meter flow sensors. By substituting the
appropriate K and Offset values from the table, the sensor's output frequency can be calculated for each pipe size.
This information is required when calibrating an output board or when using the raw sensor data as direct output to
interface with a device that is not a Badger Meter product.
Column 6
This column indicates the suggested flow range of sensors in each pipe size. Badger Meter sensors will operate
both above and below the indicated flow rates. However, good design practice dictates the use of this range for
best performance.
Sensors should be sized for flow rather than pipe size. To prevent disturbances to the flow profile, always connect
the sensor tee to the pipe nipples measuring at least ten pipe diameters in length on the downstream (delivery) side
before making the transition in pipe size.
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN- I I Page 13

Calibration
Calibration Table for Pipe Sizes 3...36 Inches
See the column descriptions on the previous page for additional information about the calibration table.
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Pipe Size
Pipe O.D. (in.)
Pipe I.D. (in.)
KValue
Offset
Suggested Operating
Range (m)
3 inch Sch 10S
3.5
3.260
5.009
0.090
12...400
Std. Wt., Sch 40
3.5
3.068
4.362
0.063
12...400
Extra Strong, Sch 80
3.5
2.900
3.858
0.043
12...400
PVC Class 125
3.5
3.284
5.094
0.093
12...400
PVC Class 160
3.5
3.230
4.902
0.085
12...400
PVC Class 200
3.5
3.166
4.682
0.076
12...400
4 inch Sch 10S
4.5
4.260
9.597
0.241
20...600
Std. Wt., Sch 40
4.5
4.026
8.34
0.229
20...600
Extra Strong, Sch 80
4.5
3.826
7.354
0.188
20...600
PVC Class 125
4.5
4.224
9.396
0.240
20...600
PVC Class 160
4.5
4.154
9.013
0.240
20...600
PVC Class 200
4.5
4.072
8.578
0.239
20...600
5 inch Sch 10S
5.563
5.295
16.305
0.250
30...900
Std. Wt., Sch 40
5.50
5.047
14.674
0.248
30...900
Extra Strong, Sch 80
5.50
4.813
13.165
0.246
30...900
6 inch Sch 10S
6.625
6.357
24.089
0.260
50...1500
Std. Wt., Sch 40
6.5
6.065
21.574
0.257
50...1500
Extra Strong, Sch 80
6.5
5.761
19.457
0.254
50...1500
PVC Class 125
6.625
6.217
22.853
0.258
50...1500
PVC Class 160
6.625
6.115
21.968
0.257
50...1500
PVC Class 200
6.625
5.993
21.068
0.256
50...1500
8 inch Sch 10S
8.625
8.329
43.914
0.286
80...2500
Sch 20
8.625
8.125
41.653
0.283
80...2500
Sch 30
8.625
8.071
41.063
0.283
80...2500
Std. Wt., Sch 40
8.625
7.981
40.086
0.281
80...2500
Sch 60
8.625
7.813
38.288
0.279
80...2500
Extra Strong, Sch 80
8.625
7.625
36.315
0.276
80...2500
PVC Class 125
8.625
8.095
41.324
0.283
80...2500
PVC Class 160
8.625
7.961
39.869
0.281
80...2500
PVC Class 200
8.625
7.805
38.203
0.279
80...2500
10 inch Sch 10S
10.75
10.420
70.195
0.321
125...4000
Sch 20
10.75
10.250
67.668
0.318
125...4000
Sch 30
10.75
10.136
66.069
0.316
125...4000
Sch 40, SUM.
10.75
10.020
64.532
0.314
125...4000
Extra Strong, Sch 60
10.75
9.750
61.016
0.309
125...4000
Sch 80
10.75
9.564
58.644
0.306
125...4000
PVC Class 125
10.75
10.088
65.431
0.315
125...4000
PVC Class 160
10.75
9.924
63.272
0.312
125...4000
PVC Class 200
10.75
9.728
60.733
0.309
125...4000
12 inch Sch 10S
12.75
12.390
104.636
0.367
175...5000
Sch 20
12.75
12.250
102.553
0.364
175...5000
Sch 30
12.75
12.090
99.347
0.36
175...5000
Std. Wt., Sch 40S
12.75
12.000
97.576
0.358
175...5000
Sch 40
12.75
11.938
96.369
0.356
175...5000
Sch 60
12.75
11.625
90.441
0.348
175...5000
Extra Strong
12.75
11.750
92.775
0.351
175...5000
Sch 80
12.74
11.376
85.922
0.342
175...5000
PVC Class 125
12.75
11.966
96.912
0.357
175...5000
PVC Class 160
12.75
11.770
93.152
0.352
175...5000
PVC Class 200
12.75
11.538
88.842
0.346
175...5000
Page 14 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Februory2018

Calibration
Column 1
Column 2
Column 3
Column 4
Column 5
Column 6
Pipe Size
Pipe O.D. (in.)
Pipe I.D. (in.)
KValue
Offset
Suggested
Operating Range
(gpm)
14 inch Sch 10S
14.00
13.500
122.307
0.391
200...6000
Sch 20
14.00
13.375
120.216
0.388
200...6000
Std. Wt., Sch 30
14.00
13.250
118.151
0.385
200...6000
Sch 40
14.00
13.124
116.096
0.382
200...6000
Sch 60
14.00
12.814
111.148
0.376
200...6000
Extra Strong
14.00
13.00
114.098
0.33
200...6000
Sch 80
14.00
12.50
106.299
0.369
200...6000
16 inch Sch 10S
16.00
15.500
159.243
0.44
300...9000
Sch 20
16.00
15.375
156.742
0.436
300...9000
Std. Wt., Sch 30
16.00
15.250
154.267
0.433
300...9000
Sch 60
16.00
14.688
143.456
0.419
300...9000
Extra Strong, Sch 40
16.00
15.000
149.394
0.427
300...9000
Sch 80
16.00
14.314
136.548
0.41
300...9000
18 inch Sch 10S
18.00
17.500
202.739
0.498
350... 10,000
Sch 20
18.00
17.375
199.828
0.494
350... 10,000
Sch 30
18.00
17.124
194.061
0.486
350... 10,000
Std. Wt.
18.00
17.250
196.943
0.49
350... 10,000
Sch 40
18.00
16.876
188.464
0.479
350... 10,000
Sch 60
18.00
16.500
180.171
0.469
350... 10,000
Extra Strong
18.00
17.000
191.25
0.482
350... 10,000
Sch 80
18.00
16.126
172.152
0.457
350... 10,000
20 inch Std. Wt., Sch 20
20.00
19.25
246.179
0.555
400... 12,000
Sch 40
20.00
18.812
234.836
0.540
400... 12,000
Extra Strong, Sch 30
20.00
19.000
239.666
0.547
400... 12,000
Sch 80
20.00
17.938
213.14
0.511
400... 12,000
22 inch Std. Wt., Sch 20
22.00
21.25
301.975
0.621
500... 15,000
Extra Strong, Sch 30
22.00
21.00
294.642
0.616
500... 15,000
Sch 80
22.00
19.75
259.513
0.573
500... 15,000
24 inch Std. Wt., Sch 20
24.00
23.25
364.331
0.666
600... 18,000
Extra Strong
24.00
23.00
356.178
0.660
600... 18,000
Sch 40
24.00
22.624
344.109
0.652
600... 18,000
Sch 80
24.00
21.562
311.271
0.628
600... 18,000
26 inch Sch 10
26.00
25.376
437.809
0.719
700... 21,000
Std. Wt.
26.00
25.25
433.247
0.716
700... 21,000
Sch 20, Extra Strong
26.00
25.00
424.274
0.709
700... 21,000
28 inch Sch 10
28.00
27.376
513.698
0.774
900... 23,000
Std. Wt.
28.00
27.25
508.723
0.770
900... 23,000
Extra Strong, Sch 20
28.00
27.00
498.930
0.763
900... 23,000
30 inch Sch 10
30.00
29.376
596.147
0.833
1000... 30,000
Std. Wt.
30.00
29.25
590.759
0.829
1000... 30,000
Sch 20, Extra Strong
30.00
29.00
580.146
0.822
1000... 30,000
32 inch Sch 10
32.00
31.376
685.156
0.897
1200... 35,000
Std. Wt.
32.00
31.25
679.355
0.893
1200... 35,000
Sch 20, Extra Strong
32.00
31.00
667.922
0.885
1200... 35,000
Sch 40
32.00
30.624
650.919
0.873
1200... 35,000
34 inch Sch 10
34.00
33.312
777.566
0.964
1300... 40,000
Std. Wt.
34.00
33.25
774.511
0.962
1300... 40,000
Extra Strong, Sch 20
34.00
33.00
762.258
0.953
1300... 40,000
Sch 40
34.00
32.624
744.022
0.940
1300... 40,000
36 inch Sch 10
36.00
35.376
882.855
1.040
1500... 45,000
Std. Wt.
36.00
35.25
876.227
1.035
1500... 45,000
Sch 20, Extra Strong
36.00
35.00
863.154
1.025
1500... 45,000
Sch 40
36.00
34.50
837.315
1.007
1500... 45,000
February2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 15

Impeller Assembly and Shaft Replacement
IMPELLER ASSEMBLY AND SHAFT REPLACEMENT
If you are replacing an existing Badger Meter sensor and have already calibrated your flow monitor/transmitter, no calibration
changes are necessary. For installation of a new flow monitor or for relocation of a sensor in a new pipe size, see the
calibration instructions in this manual.
1. Depressurize the pipe from which the sensor is to be removed. If the sensor is one of the Series 225/IR225 or 226/IR226,
consult the installation section on hot tap sensors. NEVER disturb the securing lock nuts on a pipe under pressure
without the hot tap insertion tool Model HTT installed.
2. Remove the three lock nuts that secure the positioning collar to the threaded rods of the metal sensor.
NOTE: Before removing the lock nuts, record the dimension from the top of the 2 inch NPT adapter to the bottom of the
positioning collar. This dimension will be required later to reinstall.
NOTE DIRECTION OF ARROW
USE PLIERS HERE
NOTE DIRECTION OF
IMPELLER
USE METAL PIN TO
REMOVE CERAMIC SHAFT
6: Impeller assembly and shaft replacement
3. Remove the sensor from the hex adapter or the tee.
NOTE: Note the impeller blade orientation relative to the flow arrows and the alignment hole in metal sensors beside
one of the sight holes. To maintain proper calibration, the impeller must be reinstalled in the same manner, with
the impeller blades pointing toward the small alignment hole, and into the flow direction as indicated by the
flow arrows.
4. To remove the old impeller blade assembly, push the old shaft out of the sleeve with the new shaft (or small diameter rod)
just far enough to grab the end with a pair of pliers and pull the shaft completely out. The impeller assembly will now be
free and will drop out.
5. Inspect the shaft and bearings for wear, and replace as necessary.
6. See Figure 5.To reinstall, position the impeller in the cavity, oriented as in the NOTE above, so that the impeller blades
point into the flow direction and toward the alignment hole located beside one of the sight holes on the metal sensors.
7. Carefully push the shaft through the sleeve and impeller, taking care not to damage the bearings. Make sure that the shaft
is inserted far enough so that it clears the sleeve on each side of the impeller housing.
NOTE: If the shaft is not carefully installed, the bearing can be deformed preventing free rotation.
8. Inspect the 0-rings for damage and replace as necessary. Clean the 0-rings and the sleeve and relubricate with silicone
grease from the packet provided or some other acceptable lubricant.
9. Install the sensor into the 2 inch NPT adapter or tee so that the alignment hole is facing upstream and flow arrows point
in the direction of the actual flow. Since the positioning collar was not loosened during this operation, the studs should all
line up perfectly when the sight holes are parallel to pipe. If this has been accidentally loosened, see "Electrical Installation
Safety" on page 11.
10. Install and tighten the nuts.
11. For metal sensors, double check that the distance from the top of the 2 inch NPT adapter to the bottom of the positioning
collar equals the dimension as measured in Step 2, and holes in sleeve sight exactly down the pipe, the arrows point
in the direction of flow, and alignment holes located beside one sight hole are pointing towards the source. If not, see
"Mechanical Installation" on page 3.
This completes the replacement procedure.The system can now be repressurized and tested.
Page 16 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February 2018

Troubleshooting
TROUBLESHOOTING
1. If the voltage at the sensor input is less than 7V DC in a no flow situation, disconnect the sensor from the barrier strip and
measure the voltage again at the sensor input terminals of the barrier strip. It should be between 8...20V DC. If the voltage
at the sensor input is still below 7V DC or 3V DC, the problem may be with the monitor (hardware or programming).
2. If you suspect that the sensor is bad, you can test the monitor circuitry by connecting a piece of wire to one of the sensor
input terminals, and tap the other side of the wire to the other sensor input terminal. Shorting across the sensor input
terminals ON and OFF repeatedly allows the display to respond by trying to calculate a flow rate for the frequency of your
shorting action. If the display does not show a change from 0.00, it indicates a problem with the monitor.
3. If the monitor tests OK and there are any splices in the cable, break the sensor cable at the splice closest to the sensor and
retry the shorting test in Step 2.
4. If the cable tests OK, drain the pipe line, verify the pressure is off, and remove the top lock nuts holding the sensor
electronics. Spin the impeller by hand. If flows are noted on the display, and the impeller spins freely, then the flow rates
may have been below the design minimums, or the line was full of air. Try again. If the sensor fails to respond then replace
the sensor.
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 17

Specifications
SPECIFICATIONS
Sensor Sleeve and Hex Adapter for 220BR Sleeve: Admiralty brass, UNS C44300
Hex adapter: Lead-free brass, C89833
Sensor Sleeve and Hex Adapter for Sleeve: Admiralty brass, UNS C44300
225BR, and 226BR Hex adapter: Lead-free brass, C89833
Sensor Sleeve and Hex Adapter for 220SS Series 300 stainless steel
and 226SS
Sensor Sleeve and Mounting Adapter for polyvinyl chloride (PVC)
220PV
Standard version: 2210 F (1050 Q continuous service
Temperature Ratings for 220BR, 220SS High temperature version: 285° F (140.6° Q continuous service; 305° F (150° Q peak
temperature (limited duration)
Temperature Ratings
220SS
180° F (82° C)
220BR
180° F (82° C)
220PV
140° F (60° C)
225BR
180° F (82° Q
226BR
180° F (82° Q
226SS
180- F (82° C)
At 100° F At 300o F
220S5 400 psi 325 psi
220BR 400 psi 325 psi
Pressure Ratings 225BR 300 psi 210 psi 220PV 100 psi @ 68° F
226BR 400 psi 250 psi
226SS 400 psi 300 psi
Recommended Design Flow Range 0.5...30 ft/sec Initial detection below 0.3 ft/sec
Accuracy ± 1.0% of full scale over recommended design flow range
Repeatability ± 0.3% of full scale over recommended design flow range
Linearity ± 0.2% of full scale over recommended design flow range
Supply voltage = 8V DC min. 35V DC max.
Quiescent current = 600 uA (typicaI)
Transducer Excitation OFF State (V. ,) = Supply voltage - (600 uA - Supply impedance)
ON State (Vow)=1.2VDC@40mA(15D+0.7VDC)
Output Frequency 3.2...200 Hz
Output Pulse Width 5 msec ±25%
Electrical Cable for Standard Sensor 20 feet of 2-conductor 20 AWG shielded UL type PTLC wire provided for connection to
Electronics display or analog transmitter unit. Rated to 221 ° F (105° Q. May be extended to a maximum
of 2000 feet with similar cable and insulation appropriate for application.
Electrical Cable for IR Sensor Electronics 48 inches of UL Style 116666 copper solid AWG 18 wire with direct burial insulation.
Rated to 221 ° F (105° Q.
Certifications CE certified
Page 18 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 February2018

User Manual
INTENTIONAL BLANK PAGE
February 2018 SEN-UM-01635-EN-11 Page 19

Flow Sensors, Insertion Style Flow Sensors
Control. Manage. Optimize.
Data Industrial is a registered trademark of Badger Meter, Inc. Other trademarks appearing in this document are the property of their respective entities. Due to continuous
research, product improvements and enhancements, Badger Meter reserves the right to change product or system specifications without notice, except to the extent an
outstanding contractual obligation exists. © 2018 Badger Meter, Inc. All rights reserved.
www.badgermeter.com
The Americas I Badger Meter 14545 West Brown Deer Rd I PO Box 245036 1 Milwaukee, WI 53224-9536 1 800-876-3837 1 414-355-0400
Mexico I Badger Meter de las Americas, S.A. de C.V. I Pedro Luis Ogaz6n N°32 I Esq. Angelina N°24 1 Colonia Guadalupe Inn I CPO 1050 1 Mexico, OF I Mexico [phone]
Europe, Eastern Europe Branch Office (for Poland, Latvia, Lithuania, Estonia, Ukraine, Belarus) I Badger Meter Europe I uI. Korfantego 6 144-193 Knur6w Poland 1 [phone]
Europe, Middle East and Africa I Badger Meter Europa GmbH I Nurtinger Str 76 172639 Neuffen I Germany I +49-702S-9208-0
Europe, Middle East Branch Office I Badger Meter Europe I PO Box 341442 1 Dubai Silicon Oasis, Head Quarter Building, Wing C, Office #C209 I Dubai / JAE [phone]S03
Slovakia I Badger Meter Slovakia s.r.o. I Racianska 109/13 1 831 02 Bratislava, Slovakia 1 [phone]
Asia Pacific I Badger Meter 180 Marine Parade Rd 1 21-06 Parkway Parade I Singapore 449269 1 [phone]
China I Badger Meter 1 7-1202 199 Hangzhong Road I Minhang District I Shanghai I China 2011011 [phone]
Switzerland I Badger Meter Swiss AG I Mittelholzerstrasse 8 13006 Bern I Switzerland 1 [phone] Legacy Document Number: 872020-EN

INSTRUCTION MANUAL
19-001-210
REV 2
Oasis qz Controller
TECHNICAL MANUAL

Acknowledgements
Acknowledgements
All materials by Flowtronex
Flowtronex© is a registered trademark of MCI Flowtronex
All rights reserved. No parts of this work may be reproduced in any form or by any means - graphic, electronic, or me-
chanical, including photocopying, recording, taping, or information storage and retrieval systems - without the written
permission of the publisher.
Products that are referred to in this document may be either trademarks and/or registered trademarks of the respec-
tive owners. The publisher and the author make no claim to these trademarks. These include Microsoft, Windows,
Windows NT, ActiveX that are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United
States and/or other countries. ©2006 Microsoft Corporation. All rights reserved.
While every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this document, the publisher and the author assume no
responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages resulting From the use of information contained in this document
or from the use of programs and source code that may accompany it. In no event shall the publisher and the author
be liable for any loss of profit or any other commercial damage caused or alleged to have been caused directly or
indirectly by this document.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Table nfContents
Table
f Contents
2.0Iotrvducbvo ....... ......................................
...........................................................
2
2lContrast Control ......................................................
......... -....................... -...
3
%.2Menu .......................................................................................................
'.....
«
2.3D�y�y-----'-~.^._~_,__,,,..~__.__.____~_________..
6
�0 Specifications --------_.-_.-.----.----_-.-_.---.--_--
'
6
3.1 Technical Specifications ..............................................................................
-......
n
3.2 Cootro Feutnron -----.......................................................................
--'
'
4.0 Setup Parameters ......................................................
........................... ............. -
"
4.1 Pump System Operating Parameter Questions
----__---------.---,-..-
o
4.2 Entering Sra�mPurumo�m-------'---.-.-_.-'_-----^_--.-
l8
�O Sequence ofOp,ru�vu --------..-_'—...�..—.~__.-,______,,_
2O
5.1 Start and Stop Control -------..----'
......................................
20
6.2 Overpressure Accumulator Shutdown -_~.-'_.....-
......................................
21
5.8 Flow Switch Handling -------._~-.-.-----.-____-___~__-,..
2�
5.4 Pump, \FD.and Combo Selections ...................................................
.................
22
0.5 Faults and Safeties .............................................................
................................
24
5.8 Totalizers and Timers ...............................................
...... ............... ...............
25
5.7 Outputs and Inputs -------'-.-..—,_-,__.--_-._-__--.
25
5.8 Unit Selection ...................................... ...............
.... ,,..................................
27
5.9 Restart and Fill Mode ..........................................................-----.---.
27
5i9i1 Fill Speed Step -----------
28
6.10 PIDCnutnol ......................................................
...................... .......... ~-......
28
5l0l7�iuingaud Procedures .................................
...... -................................ ..
29
0pt�uu Equipment -------.-----_---_,_~,-.-_�_--___.
G05.11
6.0 Totals/Hours Menu --.-----.---------.-------.-------.
xl
6.1 Flow7htulixor --------------------------------
31
62 Pump Hours .... -.........................................
-..........................................
01
7.0 Pres^uoSoqwint Menu ................................................................................................
32
8.0 cP8ufOverride Menu .................................. ...
.............. ........................... ...........
88
9.0 VFD Mode Menu ^.............................................
... ...... ....................................
84
10.0 Pump Control Me"" ------------------------------
35
10lStart Pressure .........................................
............................ .........................
85
Dl2 Start F�* So�v�t ----------_--__--'_,_________._
85
10.3 Start Times .............................................
................... .................................
36
10.4 Stop Pressure ---------------.-------____-.__.__
�8
Dl5 Stop F�w--------_----__~,,_._~_____________
07
l0� Gt�,Tio�ov ------------------_.__-~____-.___
37
10.7 VFD Parameters Menu ---------
............................
88
lO.7l VFD Purxma�x Starting Speed ------------------_----'
V8
10.7.2 lFD Parameters Starting Speed Time ................
......... ...... ........................
38
39
OASIS g2Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Table of Contents
10.7.4 VFD Parameters Stop Speed Time................................................................ -.
39
10.7.5 VFD Parameters Minimum Speed...................................................................
39
10.7.6 VFD Parameters Low Flow PID.....................................................................
40
10.7.6.1 Low Flow Proportional............................................................................
40
10.7.6.2 Low Flow Integral.................................._..............................................
40
10.7.6.3 Low Flow Derivative ............................. ................... ,...............................
40
10.7.7 VFD Parameters High Flow PID ..............
10.7.7.1 High Flow Proportional.........................................................................
41
10.7.7.2 High Flow Integral .................................. .......................................... ....
41
10.7.7.3 High Flow Derivative......................._...........................__.......................
41
10.7.8 VFD Parameters Hi/Lo Switch Flow ....... ................... ......:.............. ,..................
42
10.7.9 VFD Parameters Speed Test Delay................................:.:....:.......:;.........._......
42
10.7.10 VFD Parameters Speed Test Interval.............:........................:....:...:.............
42
10.7.11 VFD Parameters D-Term Deadband............................._................._.............
42
10.8 Overpressure Accumulator Menu ....................................... ....1..................... :........
43
10.8.1 Op Acc - Enable/Disable.............................................................................
43
10.8.2 OPA Preset.......................................................................................:.._.....
43
10.8.3 OPA Deadband..............................................,........................__............:._..:
44
10.9 Must -Run Times Menu ............................ .........................................................
44
10.9.1 PMP Mustrun............................................. ._..................... ........................
44
10.9.2 Pump 1 Mustrun................................................................_................_.....
44
10.9.3 Pump 2 Mustrun.......................................................................................
45
10.9.4 Pump 3 Mustrun ..........................._..............._...........................................
45
10.9.5 Pump 4 Mustrun........................................................................................
45
11.0 Safeties Menu.................................................................................................... 46
11.1 Low Pressure Safety........................................................................................ 46
11.1.1 Low Pressure Safety Preset Time.................................................................... 46
11.1.2 Low Pressure Safety Setpoint Pressure .................. ..................... .................. :.. 47
11.2 High Pressure Safety........................................................................................ 47
11.2.1 High Pressure Safety Preset Time ................... ................... .................... .......... 47
11.2.2 High Pressure Safety Setpoint Pressure.. . ....... I ........ .............. .......... 48
11.3 Inlet Water Safety................................................_......................................:... 48
11.3.1 Inlet Water Safety Preset Time...................................................................... 48
11.4 Phase Failure Safety................................................._....................................... 49
11.4.1 Phase Failure Safety Preset Time.................................................................. 49
11.5 High Pump Temperature Safety............................................................................ 49
11.5.1 Hi Pump Temp Preset Time ...................... ............................. ..................... 49
11.5.2 Hi Pump Temp Holdoff Time............................................................. I.......... 50
11.6 Inverter Fault .....................................................
........... ....... :...:.................... 50
11.7 Max Restarts/Per Hr Fault ................................. .._........................... :.................... 50
11.8 Pump Cycle Safety .............................. ...................... ........................................ ... 51
11.8.1 PMP Starts/Hr.......................................................................................... 51
11.8.2 Pump 1 Starts/Hr........................................................................................ 51
11.8.3 Pump 2 Starts/Hr......................................................................................... 52
11.8.4 Pump 3 Starts/Hr........................... ................................... .................... ..,,.., 52
11.8.5 Pump 4 Starts/Hr....................................................................................... 52
12.0 Restart/Fill Menu ....:.........:....._............................................................................. 53
12.1 Auto Restart ....... :............................... ......................................... ....................... 53
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Table of Contents
12.1.1 Restart Min Pressure................................................................................. 53
12.1.2 Maximum Restarts/Hr................................................................................. 54
12.1.3 Current Restarts/Hr.................................................................................... 54
12.2 Line Fill ............................................................................:................................. 54
12.2.1 Line Fill Trigger Pressure............................................................................ 54
12.2.2 Fill Steady Time....................................................................................... 55
12.2.3 Minimum Fill Speed................................................................................. 55
12.2.4 Steady Pressure Dead Band............................................................................... 55
12.2.5 Steady Flow Dead Band.............................................................................. 56
12.2.6 Fill Speed Step.......................................................................................... 56
13.0 Wye Filter Menu ........................_ ...........
13.1 Wye Filter Flush On Sec.....................................,.........,...................... .................. 57
13.2 Wye Filter Flush Off Min.................................................................................._ 57
13.3 Wye Filter Run Flush Flow.............................................................................. 58
13.4 Wye Filter Flush Min Combo.......................................................................... 58
14.0 Auto Lake Screen Menu..................................................................................._..... 59
14.1 ALS Run Combo...........................................................................
14.2 ALS Run Flow......................................................................... ................. 59
14.3 ALS Start Delay......,...........,.............................................. 60
14.4 ALS Flush On Time.......................................................................................... 60
14.5 ALS Flush Off Time . ..................................................... ...................... 60
15.0 Utilities Menu.......................................................... :................................... ...:.. 61
15.1 Calibration........................................................................:........:....... ..... 61
15.1.1 Flowmeter...................................... :..:................. :.......................... :........... 61
15.1.1.1 Pick From Table ........................ ......................................................... 61
15.1.1.2 Span...................................................................... ............ 62
15.1.1.3 Offset.................................................................................................. 62
15.1.2 Analog Inputs (Analog Connections)............................................................... 63
15.1.2.1 Analog Downstream Bias........................................................................ 63
15.1.2.2 Analog Downstream Span...................................................................._. 64
15.1.2.3 Analog Upstream Bias .................. .............................. ............ ............... 64
15.1.2.4 Analog Upstream Span............................................................. 64
15.1.2.5 Flow Bias...................................................::............. 65
............
15.1.2.6 Flow Span ....................................................... .......... ...........................
15.1.3 Averaging ............................................... ,......................................... ............. 65
15.1.3.1 Pressure Averaging Count..................................................................... 65
15.1.3.2 Flow Averaging Count ........................_.................................................... 66
15.2 Units..................................................................:..................._...................... 66
15.2.1 US Units................................................................................................. 66
15.2.2 EU (European) Units.................................................................................. 66
15.3 Options.......................................................................................................... 67
15.3.1 Max Combo................................................................................................ 67
15.3.2 Pumps............................................................................................_...... 67
15.3.3 VFD Pumps.............................................................................................. 67
15.3.4 Equal HP Pumps ........................ ......................_._.......................... •...... 68
15.3.5 Pump Start Options.................................................................................... 68
15.3.5.1 Combo 1 Start......................................................................................... 68
15.3.5.2 Combo 2+ Start................................................................................. 69
15.3.6 Pump Stop Options......................_............_............................................... 69
15.3.6.1 Combo 1 Stop ....................................................... 69
15.3.6.2 Combo 2+ Stop ............................. :........................................................ 70
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

I0.3.7Couzbo .................................. 70
15.3L7.1No PMuuDown Sequence ...................................... ....... ....................... 70
15.3.7.2 Downstream Pressure Sensing .................................................................. 70
l5.3.8Flm~omter................................................................................................ 7l
1i3.9Flow Switches ..................................... .................................................... 71
l0.3.lOUpstream 9luosdnovr........................... ..................................................... 72
l5.8]lWye Strainer ----....................................................... 72
l5.3.l2AL8Enable/Disable ---------_----.,_-.---................... 72
l5.3.l3DofiueCombos .................................................. .................................... 72
%i3.l3.lCombo lPumps ................................................................................. 73
l6.3.1l2Combo 2+Pumps ................................................. ...... ..................... 73
153.14Advuuood Menu ........................................................................ .._....... 78
l5.8.l4lIK]Mapping ............................. ..................................... ................ 74
l5.3.14.l.lWYEIK]Mapping ........... .............................................. ............. 75
15.8.14.1.2AL8IK0 Mapping -----.---_-._.---_----.-- 75
l5.3l4l8lFI}IX}Mapping ........................................................................ 70
15.3.14.1.4 8xfetyIK) ._-._-------.----._--' 76
15.3.14.1.4. 1 LrovuNoxm. Input ........................... --....................... .......... 76
l5.3l4il.4.8LIJL0PD]yInput ............................................................. —. 77
l0.3.14.lxL3Phase Fail Input --'____—._—.------_--_ 77
l5.3L14.lxL4High Pump Temp Input ........ ................................ ................... 77
15.8.14.1xL5 High Pump Temp State .................... .......................................... . 77
15.3.14.1.5 Run Relay Input .......................................................... ...... ......... 78
15.3L14.1/8 System Fault Output ---_----_.__-.---..-.-......... 78
15.8L14.1.7 Pump Fault Output .............. ...................................................... —.. 78
16.0Data Menu .------................................................................................ 79
/7.0Program Chip .......................... ........................ -............................................... 79
/8.0O°ois Register List ... ........................................................................ -................... 80
Warranty...... .......................................................................... ............................... 83

Safety Instructions
1.0 safety Instructions
ARead all safety information prior to installation of the Oasis controller.
AThis is a SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL. It is used to alert you to potential personal injury hazards. Obey
all safety messages that follow this symbol to avoid possible injury or death.
A WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury,
A CAUTION Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which if not avoided, may result in minor or moderate
injury.
A CAUTION Used without the safety alert symbol indicates a potentially hazardous situation, which, if not avoided,
may result in property damage.
aIndicates special instruction, which are very important and must be followed.
aAll operating instructions must be read, understood, and followed by the operating personnel.
Flowtronex and Goulds Water Technology accepts no liability for damages or operating disorder which
are he result on non-compliance with the operating instructions.
Safety Reminders
1. This manual is intended to assist in the installation, operation, and repair of the system and must be kept
with the system.
2. Installation and maintenance MUST be performed by properly trained and qualified personnel.
3. Review all instructions and warnings prior to performing any work on the system.
4. Any safety decals MUST be left on the controller and pump.
5- The system MUST be disconnected from the main power supply before attempting any
Hazardous operation or maintenance on the electrical or mechanical part of the system. Failure to
voltage disconnect electrical power before attempting any operation or maintenance can result in
electrical shock, burns, or death.
6. I When power is applied to unit, the motor and pump could start unexpectedly and cause
serious injury.
7. ACAUTION Do not operate above fixture pressure ratings of home.
Hazardous
Pressure
8. All plumbing and electrical work must be perform by qualified technicians. Always follow local,
❑ state or provincial codes for plumbing and electrical.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Introduction
2.0 Introduction
In 1995, Flowtronex recognized the need for a more direct approach to pump automation. Flowtronex
designed the Oasis controller specifically for use on irrigation pumping systems. The Oasis controller used
the same technology found in modern day PLC's with one exception. As a dedicated controller, the Oasis
utilized pre-programmed sequencing logic that follows tried and true methodology, developed over years of
designing, building and servicing automatic pumping systems.
Designed with flexibility in mind, the Oasis accommodated a wide range of pump station sizes and
configurations. All that was needed to setup the Oasis was knowledge of the conditions which the pump
station is intended to operate. This information is entered into the Oasis using its four -button keypad control
and a liquid -crystal alphanumeric display.
In 2016, Flowtronex rediscovers the Oasis controller in the new Oasis g2. The elctromics are redesigned
and modernized to create a jumping off point for future enhancements, but the product still remains the
same functionally. Even the cutout is the same, and the terminals are in the original locations
and of the same type. The old Oasis can be sawapped out for a g2 in a matter of minutes. The Oasis g2 does
have an enhanced display, now providing 4-lines x 20 characters and aredesigned button interface, but the
original Oasis hasn't changed underneath.
The following topics give a step-by-step procedure that illustrate the proper setup sequence depending on
station requirements.
t
ti
A CAUTION
The Oasis GZ controller uses circuitry with inherent static protection. However, as with any electronic
device, the unit should be handled according to good ESD protection practices. Always wear a
grounding strap when handling any electronic device.
CI
CGRUBA now
(D 0
OASIS,q2
—
S_31 LO 5rjory nPIK
iGCM WY�11
Figure 1 - Oasis g2 Controller Front Panel
O Auto
0Off
O Manual
2 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Introduction
2.1 Contrast Control
The Oasis gZ no longer supports a contrast control. The OLED display requires no contrast adjustment,
and has no support for it. All references to contrast control are removed from the Oasis g2 design.
2.2 Menu
You can access the menus and features of Oasis by using the right arrow Menu/Scroll Right key 0, the left
arrow Escape/Scroll Left key 0, and the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. The Oasis displays
the Status Screen during initial power -up. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to enter the Oasis menu
structure.
scroll th1 ..
>rx.o}ry �w� 1l�av wrn�� S.crei Vp
Enter/Ss
I M.n� RI•ru
1 Scl�ll L.11 G�NI k��hl
SWWy/Fault Reset saw0w
0 Auto
System Mode
Switches -- Off
ASIS 2
Manual
Figure 2 - Navigation Keys
Scroll up and down using the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. You may view all of the
selections in a menu using the scrolling feature. Once the required menu item is in the top row of the
display, you may select it by pressing the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key. Note that an "active" menu item has
elbow brackets "< >" around the item. If the item has a submenu, the submenu is activated and you may
scroll up and down to find additional items. If the item has a changeable parameter, then the parameter
editor screen is active.
TIP:
Sometimes, the quickest way to go up, is go down. Pressing the Scroll Up 0 key when at the top
of a menu causes the menu to wrap around, so that the last menu item now appears on the top line.
Continuing to scroll up, you see that you have started at the bottom of the menu. The menus work
the same way when you reach the end and continue to press the Scroll Down key 0. Keep this tip in
mind when setting up a system and you find yourself frequently drilling down into the menus.
To back out of the menus, press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key.
Each menu consists of either submenu headings or parameter/value names. Scroll and select the desired
item and press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key. For submenus, the display shows the new menu. For parameters
and values, the display shows the value on the lower line of the display. The parameter name remains dis-
played in the top line while editing takes place. Press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to
change the value. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to accept the new value, or press Escape/Scroll Left 0
key to revert to the previous value. Values are displayed in one of several formats, depending on the
parameter or value being viewed.
From the Main screen, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once to enter the Main Menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 3

Introduction
Figure 3 - Main Menu
Only 4 lines are visible at a time, starting with the top 4 when you enter a new menu area. Press the up/
down arrow keys to scroll through the menu to view:
Totals/Hours >
Press Setpoint
LP Saf Override
VFD Mode
Pump Control
Safeties
Rstrt/Fill Menu
Wye Filter
Auto Lake Screen
Utilities
Data
You will of course only see the 4 lines in the display:
Totals/Hours
Press Setpoint
LP Saf Override
VFD Mode
Moving "Down" the display makes more menu items "Visible", as shown below.
Totals/Hours
Press Setpoint >
LP Saf Override
VFD Mode
Pump Control
Safeties
Rstrt/Fill Menu
Wye Filter
Auto Lake Screen
Utilities
Data
The ">", indicates the selected menu item. For example, pressing the right arrow key with the menu dis-
played as below will take you to the Safeties configuration menu.
Safeties >
Rstrt/Fill Menu
Wye Filter
Auto Lake Screen
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Introduction
2.3 Display
The Oasis provides a status display showing relevant system parameters when the user is not using the
menu system. The format of the display is dependent on the Oasis configuration. (Note that the screens
cannot be represented exactly with word processor fonts).
• Dual pressure transducer, 3-flow switches
Pressure 130psi 110psi
FSW 110 o000
Auto
• Single pressure transducer, 3-flow switches
Pressure 110psi
FSW 110 o000
Auto
• Single -pressure transducer, flow meter
Pressure 110psi
Flow 110gpm 0000
Auto
• Dual -pressure transducer, flow meter
Pressure 130psi 110psi
Flow 110gpm 0000
Auto
• Pump run status indicators
Pressure 130psi 110psi
Flow 110gpm oORV
Auto
O indicates the pump is not running, R indicates the pump is running fixed speed (r for the pm pump), and
Vindicates the pump is running Variable speed. Pumps are, from left to right pm, #1, #2, #3, and #4.
Man indicates the controller is in the Manual mode where pumps can be started and stop manually
with the switches. In the case of a variable speed system, the first pump turned on will start VFD (if it is
capable), subsequent pumps will be started fixed speed. Enter by pressing the "Manual' button while the
controller is in "Off " mode.
Off indicates the controller is in off and pumps will not start and running pumps will stop. Enter by
pressing the "Off " button on the controller while in manual or auto mode.
Auto Indicates the controller is in the Automatic mode, automatically operating pumps based on the
parameters set. Enter this mode by pressing `Auto' button while the station is in "Off " mode.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Specifications
3.0 specifications
The Oasis Controller features:
• Controls up to 8 devices (such as, pump contactor, VFD start signals, Automatic Lake Screen, Wye
Strainer).
• Can be adapted to a wide variety of applications.
• Configurable through front panel interface for all supported control modes.
Easy -to -use HMI (human -machine interface).
• Modular design for flexibility and cost-effective implementation.
3.1 Technical Specifications
• Power Input - 15-24VDC (external transformer for protection and easy voltage change)
• 512K of EEPROM (Program Space)
• 64K RAM (Data memory)
• EEProm storage of permanent setup parameters
• Outputs:
• (8) Low voltage digital outputs to drive Up to (8) 24VDC relays, solid State relays or other low
voltage/low current devices.
• (1) 16 bit OR (2) 8-bit 4-20 mA (1-5V G 30mA max. 250 Ohm load).
• (1) Analog outputs for VFD speed control ( umper-selectable)
• Inputs:
• (16) Low voltage (12 - 24VDC) digital inputs
• (4) Analog inputs individually selectable as 4-20 mA or 1-5V
• (1) Flow sensor input (Pulse counter for Data Industrial® Model 220 flow sensor)
• RS 232 serial port for testing, configuration and field service use.
• Weather resistant, gasketed, through -enclosure mounting
• Approved for use in Flowtronex industrial control enclosures (UL508A)
• 4 line by 20 character high -temperature, active -matrix OLED (Organic Light Emitting Diode)
6 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Specifications
3.2 Control Features
The Oasis controller implements a solid feature set for most types of standard pump control.
• Up to 4 main pumps and PM pump (3 Main VFD with PMP)
• VFD Control system for up to 3 main pumps (2 Analog outputs provide the same PID signal)
• Up to 7 pump combinations (Combos)
• Pump "Must -Run" timers for all pumps
• Electronic Runtime meters for all pumps
• Runtime -based lead pump select system
• Flowmeter, Flow Totalizer, and User-resettable Flow Totalizer
• Separate, selectable PM (Combo 1) and Main pump (Combo 2+) starting methods (Press, Flow, Switch)
PM Pump (Combo 1) downstream Logic Sensing Option.
• Start/Stop and Safety Pressure Settings referenced from setpoint Pressure. Positive and Negative values
allowed.
• Mappable I/O for options and some safety inputs
• Low and High Flow PID parameters with adjustable flow switchover setpoint
• Simplified Ramp-Up/Line-Fill system.
• Full Station Safeties supported (Some external hardware may be required for some safeties, such as
pressure switches.)
• Low Pressure
• High Pressure
• Inlet Water (used for Low Level, Low Inlet Pressure, and Loss of Prime safeties)
• Phase Failure
• Inverter Fault Detection
• Pump Cycle Fault
• Individual Pump Fault detection
• High Pump Temp fault with selectable input state
• Restart Fault map -able input for optional Low Pressure Override Switch
• Output for Hard Fault and Pump Fault (individual or combined)
• ALS (Automated Lake Screen) and WYE Strainer control
• Battery -less parameter storage
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 7

Setup Parameters
4.0 Setup Parameters
Once you've selected the parameter through the menu system, you may edit the value again by pressing the
menu button. Depending on the type of information being edited, units may be displayed with the data.
When US units are selected, the gpm or psi abbreviation is displayed.
ACAUTION
You cannot cause a program error by modifying a parameter to any value, but you can cause
undesirable operation, even to the point of damaging the irrigation system or the pump station itself.
Always use caution when editing any values in any pump station controller.
Some parameters are integer values, some use floating point, and some are multiple-choice. When changing
a parameter, use the Scroll Up () and Scroll Down Q arrow keys to change the value. Once the proper
value is displayed, press the Menu/Scroll Right () key to accept the new value. The screen now shows
"Saved" in the lower left after the value has been written to the EEProm. If you wish to cancel the change
you are currently making, just press the Escape/Scroll Left() key.
NOTE
You cannot undo a change! Be sure you have entered the correct information prior to saving.
It is always a good practice to note on a piece of paper what the settings are prior to making
any changes
4.1 Pump System Operating Parameter Questions
1. System pressure:
What pressure is the system designed to produce?
Example
—120 psi
2. Pressure control mechanism:
How is pressure control achieved?
—Pressure control valve
—Variable speed pump, "VFD"
If the system is designed to control pressure using a VFD, which pump or pumps are capable of
operating under a variable speed mode?
—Pump #1 — Pump #2 —Pump #3
3. Pump Combo's:
What pumps are associated with each Combo? (maximum of 7)
— Combo 1 : Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 2: Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 3: Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 4: Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
8 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Setup Parameters
— Combo 5: Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 6: Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 7: Pump #
pump #
Pump #
Pump #
Example: (as in the scenario stated above)
— Combo l: Pump
PM
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 2: Pump
1
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 3: Pump
2
Pump #
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 4: Pump
1
Pump # 2
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 5: Pump
1
Pump # 2
Pump #
Pump #
— Combo 6: Pump
2
Pump #
Pump #
3 Pump #
— Combo 7: Pump
1
Pump #
Pump #
3 Pump #
4. Combo 1 pump starting:
What initiates the starting of the pump or pumps in Combo 1?
— Drop in pressure (typically systems using a well or reservoir as a water source)
— Increase in flow (typically systems boosting pressure from a pressurized inlet)
—Both a drop in pressure and an increase inflow
— Auxiliary start signal (typically from an irrigation controller)
—Both an auxiliary start signal and drop in pressure
— Both an auxiliary start signal and an increase in flow
— All three conditions; auxiliary start signal, drop in pressure and an increase in flow
—Either a drop in pressure or an increase inflow
— Either an auxiliary start signal or a drop in pressure
— Either an auxiliary start signal or an increase in flow
—Any one of three conditions; auxiliary start signal, drop in pressure or an increase inflow
5. Combo's 2 through 7 pump starting:
What initiates the starting of the pump or pumps in Combo's 2 through 7?
—Drop in pressure (typically systems using a well or reservoir as a water source)
— Increase in flow (typically systems boosting pressure from a pressurized inlet)
— Both a drop in pressure and an increase inflow
—Auxiliary start signal (typically from an irrigation controller)
—Both an auxiliary start signal and drop in pressure
— Both an auxiliary start signal and an increase in flow
—All three conditions; auxiliary start signal, drop in pressure and an increase inflow
— Either a drop in pressure or an increase inflow
— Either an auxiliary start signal or a drop in pressure
— Either an auxiliary start signal or an increase in flow
—Any one of three conditions; auxiliary start signal, drop in pressure or an increase inflow
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 9

Setup Parameters
6. Pump starting pressure set point:
If the pumps start, based on a drop in pressure (questions #4 and #5), how far below the set pressure
(question #1) does each Combo's starting sequence initiate?
— Combo 1: Pressure drop
— Combo 2: Pressure drop
— Combo 3: Pressure drop
— Combo 4: Pressure drop
— Combo 5: Pressure drop
— Combo 6: Pressure drop
— Combo 7: Pressure drop
Example: If the system set pressure is 120 psi and the start pressure for Combo 1 is 115 psi the
required pressure drop is 5 psi.
apical pressure drop requirements based on a 120 psi set pressure are:
—Combo 1: Pressure drop
5 psi
— Combo 2: Pressure drop
10 psi
— Combo 3: Pressure drop
15 psi
— Combo 4: Pressure drop
15 psi
— Combo 2: Pressure drop
15 psi
— Combo 3: Pressure drop
15 psi
— Combo 4: Pressure drop
15 psi
7. Pump starting flow set point:
If the pumps start, based on an increase in flow (questions #4 and #5), at what flow rate does each
Combo's starting sequence initiate?
— Combo 1: Starting flow
— Combo 2: Starting flow
— Combo 3: Starting flow
— Combo 4: Starting flow
— Combo 5: Starting flow
— Combo 6: Starting flow
— Combo 7: Starting flow
Example: Combo 1 starting flow is 25 gpm. Please note this is an example only. There are no typical
values for starting flow since these set points are dependent on the flow capacity of each Combo as well
as the dynamics of the system.
8. Pump starting time delay:
If the pumps start based on a drop in pressure (questions #4 and #5) how many seconds expire
between the time the pressure drops to the desired level (question #6) and time the motor starters are
energized for each Combo? Or, if the pumps start based on an increase in flow (questions #4 and #5)
how many seconds expire between the time the flow increases to the desired level (question #7) and
time the motor starters are energized for each Combo?
—Combo 1: Start time sec
— Combo 2: Start time sec
10 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Setup Parameters
— Combo 3: Start time sec
— Combo 4: Start time sec
— Combo 5: Start time sec
— Combo 6: Start time sec
— Combo 7: Start time sec
TI pical start time requirements are:
— Combo 1: Start time
0
sec
— Combo 2: Start time
6
sec
—Combo 3: Start time
8
sec
— Combo 4: Start time
10
sec
— Combo 2: Start time
10
sec
— Combo 3: Start time
10
sec
— Combo 4: Start time
10
sec
9. Combo 1 pump stopping:
What initiates the stopping of the pump or pumps in Combo 1?
—Rise in pressure
—Decrease inflow
— Both a rise in pressure and a decrease in flow
—Absence of an auxiliary start signal
— Both the absence of an auxiliary start signal and a rise in pressure
— Both the absence of an auxiliary start signal and a decrease in flow
—All three conditions; the absence of an auxiliary start signal, rise in pressure and a decrease in flow
— Either a rise in pressure or a decrease in flow
— Either the absence of an auxiliary start signal or a rise in pressure
— Either the absence of an auxiliary start signal or a decrease in flow
—Any one of three conditions; absence in an auxiliary start signal, rise in pressure or a decrease in flow
10. Combo's 2 through 7 pump stopping:
What initiates the stopping of the pump or pumps in Combos 2 through 4?
—Rise in pressure
—Decrease inflow
— Both a rise in pressure and a decrease in flow
—Absence of an auxiliary start signal
— Both the absence of an auxiliary start signal and a rise in pressure
— Both the absence of an auxiliary start signal and a decrease in flow
—All three conditions; the absence of an auxiliary start signal, rise in pressure and a decrease in flow
—Either arise in pressure or a decrease in flow
—Either the absence of an auxiliary start signal or arise in pressure
—Either the absence of an auxiliary start signal or a decrease in flow
—Any one of three conditions; absence in an auxiliary start signal, rise in pressure or a decrease in flow
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 11

Setup Parameters
11. Pump stopping pressure set point:
If the pumps stop, based on an increase in pressure (questions #9 & #10), how far above the set
pressure (question #1) does each Combo's stopping sequence initiate?
— Combo 1: Pressure rise
— Combo 2: Pressure rise
— Combo 3: Pressure rise
— Combo 4: Pressure rise
— Combo 5: Pressure rise
— Combo 6: Pressure rise
— Combo 7: Pressure rise
Example: If the system set pressure is 120 psi and the stop pressure for Combo 1 is 130 psi the required
pressure drop is 10 psi.
apical pressure rise requirements based on a 120 psi set pressure are:
— Combo 1: Pressure rise 10 psi
— Combo 2: Pressure rise 5 psi
— Combo 3: Pressure rise 5 psi
— Combo 4: Pressure rise 5 psi
— Combo 5: Pressure rise 5 psi
— Combo 6: Pressure rise 5 psi
— Combo 7: Pressure rise 5 psi
12. Pump stopping flow set point:
If the pumps stop, based on a decrease in flow (questions #9 & #10), at what flow rate does each
Combo's stopping sequence initiate?
— Combo 1: Stopping flow
— Combo 2: Stopping flow
— Combo 3: Stopping flow
— Combo 4: Stopping flow
— Combo 5: Stopping flow
— Combo 6: Stopping flow
— Combo 7: Stopping flow
Example: Combo 1 stopping flow is 0 gpm. Please note this is an example only. There are no typical
values for stopping flow since these set points are dependent on the flow capacity of each Combo as
well as the dynamics of the system.
13. Pump stopping time delay:
If the pumps stop based on an increase in pressure (questions #9 and #10) how many seconds expire
between the time the pressure rises to the desired level question #11) and time the motor starters
are de -energized for each Combo? Or, if the pumps stop based on a decrease in flow (questions #9
& #10) how many seconds expire between the time the flow decreases to the desired level (question
#12) and time the motor starters are de -energized for each Combo?
—Combo 1: Stop time sec
— Combo 2: Stop time sec
12 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Setup Parameters
— Combo 3: Stop time sec
— Combo 4: Stop time sec
— Combo 5: Stop time sec
— Combo 6: Stop time sec
— Combo 7: Stop time sec
Typical stop time requirements are:
— Combo 1: Stop time 20 sec
— Combo 2: Stop time 30 sec
— Combo 3: Stop time 30 sec
— Combo 4: Stop time 30 sec
— Combo 5: Stop time 30 sec
— Combo 6: Stop time 30 sec
— Combo 7: Stop time 30 sec
14. Pump must run time:
How long after the start of each pump must it continue to run, regardless of the flow or pressure
conditions?
—PM Pump Must run time _sec
—Pump #1 Must run time sec
— Pump #2 Must run time sec
—Pump #3 Must run time sec
— Pump #4 Must run time sec
Typical must run time requirements are based on motor horsepower as follows: (please note some
"must run" times may be set to 0 sec if the stop flow or pressure settings preclude any chance of pump
cycling)
5 hp
30 sec
25 hp
90 sec
7.5 hp
30 sec
30 hp
120 sec
10 hp
60 sec
40 hp
150 sec
15 hp
60 sec
50 hp
180 sec
20 hp
90 sec
60 hp
210 sec
15. Low pressuresafety:
Is low-pressure safety, which protects the pump station from over demand conditions, enabled? If so,
how far below the set pressure (question #1) does the low-pressure safety become active and how long
after pressure drops to this level are the pumps retired?
—Low-pressure safety enabled (yes or no)
— Drop in pressure to activate low-pressure safety
— Time delay to initiate low-pressure safety shutdown sec
Typical low-pressure safety shutdown values are:
—Drop in pressure to activate low-pressure safety 25 psi
—Time delay to initiate low-pressure safety shutdown 120 sec
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 13

Setup Parameters
16. Low pressure safety activation method (Override/Normal):
If low-pressure safety is enabled is there an "Override/Normal' switch installed to activate the safety or
is this activation to occur through a parameter setting in the "Oasis"?
— Override/Normal switch
—Oasis Override/Normal parameter setting
17. High pressure safety:
Is high-pressure safety, which protects the pump station from pressure control failures, enabled? If so,
how far above the set pressure (question #1) does the high-pressure safety become active and how long
after pressure rises to this level are the pumps retired?
—High-pressure safety enabled
(yes or no)
— Rise in pressure to activate high-pressure safety
—Time delay to initiate high-pressure safety shutdown sec
Typical high-pressure safety shutdown values are:
—Rise in pressure to activate high-pressure safety 15 psi
— Time delay to initiate high-pressure safety shutdown 45 sec
18. Inlet water safety (low water level, loss of prime or low inlet pressure):
Is an inlet water safety such as low water level, loss of prime or low inlet pressure enabled? If so, how
long after either of these conditions are sensed does the safety de -activate the pumps?
—Inlet water safety enabled (yes or no)
• Low water level
• Loss of prime
• Low inlet pressure
— Inlet water safety time delay sec
Typical inlet water delay values are:
—Inlet water safety time delay 3 sec
19. Power failure safety (phase failure):
Is a power fault safety such as phase failure, low voltage or phase reversal enabled? If so, how long after
either of these conditions are sensed does the safety deactivate the pumps?
—Phase failure safety enabled (yes or no)
— Phase failure safety time delay sec
— Typical power fault delay values are
• Phase failure safety time delay 3 sec
20. High pump temperature safety:
Is a pump inlet temperature safety, which protects the pump from a loss of inlet water, enabled? If so,
how long after the high temperature condition is sensed does the safety deactivate the pump?
— High pump temperature safety enabled (yes or no)
— High pump temperature safety time delay sec
— Typical high pump temperature delay values are
• High pump temperature safety time delay 3 sec
14 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Setup Parameters
21. Pump cycle safety:
Oasis counts the number of times the pumps start (cycle) in any given 60-minute interval. How many
times is each pump allowed to start before the pumps shutdown on the pump cycle safety?
— PM pump starts per hour
—Pump #1
starts per hour
—Pump #2
starts per hour
— Pump #3
starts per hour
— Pump #4
starts per hour
1�pical values of maximum pump starts are based on motor horsepower and speed are as follows:
1760 RPM motors
3500 RPM motors
5 hp
16 starts per hour
8 starts per hour
1.5 hp
14 starts per hour
7 starts per hour
10 hp
12 starts per hour
6 starts per hour
15 hp
10 starts per hour
5 starts per hour
20 hp
10 starts per hour
5 starts per hour
25 hp
9 starts per hour
4 starts per hour
30 hp
8 starts per hour
4 starts per hour
40 hp
7 starts per hour
4 starts per hour
50 hp
7 starts per hour
3 starts per hour
60 hp
6 starts per hour
3 starts per hour
22. Auto restart feature:
Is the auto restart feature, which attempts to automatically restart the pump station after a safety fault
has occurred, enabled? If so, what is the minimum pres sure permitted to initiate system restart and
how many restart attempts per hour are allowed?
—Auto restart feature enabled (yes or no)
— Minimum restart pressure
— Maximum restarts per hour
apical restart values are:
—Minimum restartpressure 30 psi
—Maximum restarts per hour 5
23. Line fill feature:
If the system pressure is controlled with a VFD in the line fill feature, which repressurizes the pump
station discharge in a controlled fashion, enabled? If so, what is the minimum pressure (fill trigger
pressure) required to initiate the fill sequence, minimum speed of the VFD and the time required for
pressure and flow to stabilize (fill steady time) of each speed increment? Also, what is the VFD speed
increment required for each step during the fill process?
—Line fill feature enabled (yes or no)
— Minimum fill trigger pressure
—Minimum VFD fill speed % of full speed
—Fill steady time sec
—Fill VFD speed step % of VFD speed
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 15

Setup Parameters
Typical line fill values are:
—Minimum fill trigger pressure 30 psi
—Minimum VFD fill speed 40 % of full speed
—Fill steady time 5 sec
—Fill VFD speed step 2 % of VFD speed
24. Automatic flushing Wye strainer:
Is the system equipped with an automatically flushing Wye strainer? If so, what is the maximum
allowable the flush duration, what is the minimum time between consecutive flushes, what is the
minimum system flow allowed initiating the flush cycle and what is the minimum pump Combo to
initiate the flush cycle?
—Wye strainer flush enabled (yes or no)
—Wye strainer flush duration sec
— Wye strainer minimum off time sec
— System minimum flow to initiate Wye strainer flush-
- Minimum pump Combo to initiate Wye strainer flush
Typical Wye strainer flush values are:
— Wye strainer flush duration 15 sec
— Wye strainer minimum off time 10 min
— System minimum flow to initiate Wye strainer flush *
—Minimum pump Combo to initiate Wye strainer flush 2
* If the Wye strainer flush is to occur when the Combo 2 pumps are operating, for example, the
minimum flow to initiate Wye strainer flush is around 50% of the flow range for that Combo. As in
the scenario stated earlier, if Combo 2 flow range is 50 gpm to 250 gpm the minimum flow to initiate
the flush cycle would be 150 gpm.
25. Automatic flushing Lake Screen:
Is the system equipped with an automatically flushing lake screen? If so, what is the Combo required to
start the flushing operation, what is the minimum station flow required to permit screen flushing, what
is the time delay between the activation of the flushing Combo and the actual flushing operation, how
long is the flush duration and how long is the off time between flushes?
—Auto Lake Screen flush enabled (yes or no)
— Minimum pump Combo to initiate auto lake screen flush
— System minimum flow to initiate auto lake screen flush _
—Auto lake screen flush time delay sec
—Auto lake screen flush maximum on time min
—Auto lake screen flush minimum off time min
Typical auto lake screen flush values are:
—Minimum pump Combo to initiate auto lake screen flush 2
— System minimum flow to initiate auto lake screen flush
—Auto lake screen flush time delay 15 sec
—Auto lake screen flush maximum on time 5 min
—Auto lake screen flush minimum off time 5 min
16 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Setup Parameters
* If the auto lake screen flush is to occur when the Combo 2 pumps are operating, for example, the
minimum flow to initiate Wye strainer flush is around the low end of the flow range for that Combo.
As in the scenario stated earlier, if Combo 2 flow range is 50 gpm to 250 gpm the minimum flow to
initiate the flush cycle would be 50 gpm.
26. Flow sensing:
Is the system using a Data Industrial 220B flow sensor connected directly to the Oasis in order to
determine flow, an analog input from some other flow sensing device or simply flow switches to initiate
pump shutdown?
— Pulsed signal from a Data Industrial flow sensor
—Analog signal from another flow sensing device
— Digital flow switches to determine flow shutdown points
27. Data Industrial flow sensor:
If the system is using a Data Industrial 220B flow sensor to determine flow, what is the diameter of the
pipe in which the sensor is mounted?
— Flow meter sensor (yes or no)
—Diameter of the pipe inches (schedule 40, steel)
If the pipe is constructed from material, other than schedule 40 steel, what is the span and offset of the
sensor for the specific material? (available in charts from the sensor manufacturer)
— Span
— Offset
28. Other flow sensor:
If the system is using an analog signal from some other flow -sensing device, what is the range of the
input signal?
—0-5VDC
—0-10VDC
—4-20mA
29. Flow switches: If the pumping system utilizes digital flow switches to initiate pump shutdown, how
many switches are provided?
— Number of flow switches
30. Automatic pump alternation: Which pumps are of equal size and intended to support automatic pump
alternation?
.UT.
—Pump # 1
— Pump #2
—Pump #3
—Pump #4
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 17

Setup Parameters
4.2 Entering System Parameters
The Oasis provides a status display showing relevant system parameter when the user is not using the menu
system. The format of the display depends on the Oasis Configuration.
As noted previously, the Oasis utilizes a multi -button keypad and a liquid crystal alphanumeric display to
facilitate control setup and parameter changes. All control parameters are menu driven and accessed by
pressing the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key. When the main menu is accessed, the display shows one of the
following eleven main categories. It is a simple matter to scroll through the main menu categories by pressing
either the Scroll Up 0 or the Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to view them all.
A description of each main menu category follows:
• Totals / Hours
Total station flow, both resettable and non-resettable, is displayed. Also the accumulated run times for
each pump is recorded. It is not necessary to access this menu during the setup process.
• Pressure Setpoint
Establish the desired discharge pressure for the pump station.
• Low Pressure Safety Override
This menu sets the low-pressure safety to either the override or normal mode of operation if a remote
switch is not provided for this purpose. It is not necessary to access this menu during the setup process.
• VFD Mode
This setting is only available if VFD Pumps are defined. VFD Mode determines if the Oasis uses the VFD
for pressure control, or if the Oasis is able to operate the station without using a VFD. Use "fixed speed"
only when the VFD has failed but the station must be operational.
NOTE
For VFD systems, the Fixed Speed Mode of operation should be used in emergency situations
only. Only rudimentary on/off control of the station is provided. When in this mode of
operation, the station should be monitored closely.
• Pump Control
Establishes all pump start and stop functions such as start pressure, start flow, start times, stop pressure,
stop flow, stop times, must run times, etc.
• Safeties
Sets the parameters for safety features such as low pressure, high pressure, inlet water, power failure,
high pump temperature, and pump cycle.
• Restart/ Fill Menu
Enables or disables control functions such as auto restart and auto line fill. Also establishes the
parameters for each control function.
• Wye Filter
Establishes the flushing parameters for an automatic Wye strainer. This menu only appears if the Wye
strainer option is enabled in the Utilities menu.
18 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Setup Parameters
• Auto Lake Screen
Establishes the flushing parameters for an automatic lake inlet screen. This menu only appears if the lake
inlet screen option is enabled in the Utilities menu.
• Utilities
This menu provides such functions as flowmeter and transducer calibration, selection of appropriate
units, pump start and stop options, filter and strainer enabling, pump combination definition and input/
output definition.
• Data
This menu is for viewing certain operating conditions, such as the control cabinet temperature, the
current pump Combo called for in the control logic, and the Program Version. It is not necessary to
access this menu during the setup process.
Tip:
Each main category listed above has one or more subcategories or submenus. Some submenus are
informational, intended for viewing only, while others require specific information to be gathered in
the thirty Pump System Parameter Questions and entered.
The step-by-step procedure for entering this information is as follows:
1. Turn all Pump Switches to Off.
2. Turn power to the Oasis On.
3. Press the Off H key to permit access to all menus and submenus. The display should show the status
screen.
4. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to access the Main menu. Follow the outline of events and menus
starting with Utilities.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 19

Sequence of Operation
5.0 Sequence of Operation
An overview of the Oasis key features and sequence of operations is detailed in the following section.
5.1 Start and Stop Control
The Oasis controller uses a "state machine philosophy" for control. Each state (or "Combo") is defined
as a group of pumps that run when that particular Combo is demanded by the system. Each Combo can
be set up with adjustable start/stop parameters and assign pumps appropriate for the flow requirements.
PM and Main pump starting methods can be selected separately. Starting and Stopping methods can
be combined in either an "AND" fashion (that is, where all enabled conditions must be satisfied to start
or stop) or in an "OR" fashion (that is, where any enabled condition causes a start/stop). Each pump
Combo has an adjustable start and stop delay timer, which controls how long the start or shutoff
conditions must be present before the Combo actually initiates a start or stop.
Example 1:
An Oasis system can be configured as a Pressure On/Pressure & Flow Off controller when irrigation
demand does not exceed capacity of Combo 1. In this instance, as irrigation demand increases,
the system pressure drops below the Combo 1 start setpoint. Once the delay time has expired, the
controller starts the pumps defined for Combo 1. (Combo 1 delay time is usually is set to start in
0 -1 seconds). While running, the controller monitors flow and pressure. As demand decreases,
flow decreases and, typically, pressure increases. The Oasis is set to stop on pressure AND flow.
Therefore, pressure must exceed the Combo 1 shutoff pressure setpoint, and flow must decrease
below the Combo 1 shutoff setpoint—or drop low enough to trip the flow switch. Once these
conditions are met, the Combo 1 shutdown timer begins timing. Once this timer has expired, the
Combo retires, in this case, shutting down all the pumps.
Each Combo has an adjustable start time, start pressure, start flowrate, stop time, stop pressure, and
stop flowrate. Not all of these need to be set, if not all of these options are used. In addition to the
Analog start/stop parameters, described above, there is the Remote Relay start/stop option. Combo
1 and Combos 2+ can be separately configured to use the remote relay option both for starting
and/or stopping. This input is mapable to any 1/0 point (except for 15 that is "reserved").
Example 2:
An Oasis can also be configured as a Relay On/Relay & Pressure Off controller when irrigation
demand does not exceed capacity of Combo 1. In this instance, the irrigation system sends a
24VAC signal to the system enclosure, activating a relay that supplies a signal to the Remote Run
Relay input. The Combo 1 start timer begins timing immediately and Combo 1 starts when the
Combo 1 start timer expires. Meanwhile, the controller monitors the Remote Run Relay input
and pressure. When the irrigation controller signals the pump to stop (by shutting off the 24VAC
signal), the Oasis waits for pressure to rise above the Combo 1 stop pressure, and then the Combo
1 shutdown timer begins counting down. Once this timer has expired, the Combo retires again,
shutting down all the pumps. Table 1 shows the start/stop options available for BPC1.
Use the Oasis menus (see, Utilities>Options>Pump Start Opts) to set the Start/Stop control options:
• Pressure Start— Start pressure is adjustable for each pump Combo. This value is relative to
setpoint. For example, if the pressure setpoint is 120 psi, and the start pressure for Combo 1 is set
to -5, the PM pump starts at 115 psi.
• Flow Start— Flowrate is adjustable for each pump Combo. When used, this feature triggers the
pump Combo to start when flow exceeds the setpoint.
20 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Sequence of Operation
• Relay Start— When enabled, this feature causes the Combo to start when particular switch input
is detected. This allows the user to start the pumps remotely with a relay signal, or to attach a
pressure switch to the system for cost-effective, single -pump operation.
• Pressure Stop — Stop pressure is adjustable for each pump Combo. This value is relative to
setpoint. For example, if the pressure setpoint is 120 psi, and the stop pressure for Combo 1 is set
to 5, the PM pump stops at 125 psi.
• Flow Stop — Stop flowrate is adjustable for each pump Combo. When used, this feature triggers
the pump Combo to stop when flow drops below the setpoint.
• Relay Stop — When enabled, this feature causes the Combo to stop when particular switch input
is deactivated. This allows the user to start the pumps remotely with a relay signal, or to attach a
pressure switch to the system for cost effective, single pump operation.
NOTE
❑All start/stops use the start/stop timer settings. For VFD systems, all starts after the VFD is
running require the VFD to be at Max Speed. All stops while VFD running require VFD @
Min Speed in addition to conditions specified above (in an AND condition).
• Combining Logic — Combinations of the start/stop logic processes (shown above) can also be
made. Any or all of the conditions (Pressure, Flow, Switch) can be combined, in either AND or an
OR fashion. All conditions selected must be all AND or all OR functions. Complex combinatorial
logic (requiring mixing of both AND and OR functions) is not provided for in the Oasis controller.
• Must -Run Timers — Each pump is provided with its own individual "Must -Run Timer" (see Pump
Control>Mustrun Times). This timer requires a pump, once started, to run for a minimum period
of time, regardless of the demand, and thus prevent excessive pump cycling. Correct use of this
feature may cause confusion; so if you are having trouble with a pump shutting down, check the
Must -Run Timer settings. Minimum = 0, maximum = 255 seconds.
5.2 Overpressure Accumulator Shutdown
The Oasis provides an Overpressure Accumulator shutdown (see, Pump Control>Overpress Acc.) as
an alternate shutdown means. Overpressure Accumulator feature can be enabled for any system, but is
primarily intended for VFD stations.
When system pressure exceeds system pressure by an amount greater than "deadband," the error
amount is added to the accumulator. When the accumulator value exceeds the Preset, the Combo is
shut down.
The following items can be set on the Oasis menus for the Overpressure Accumulator:
• Op Acc. En./Dis — Enable/Disable Overpressure Accumulator shutdown
• Preset — When Overpressure Accumulator reaches this value, the station "Combos Down" (that
is, shuts off a pump). A lower value causes faster shutdown. Values range from 0 - 32767. 1�7pical
value = 250.
• Deadband — A pressure window above setpoint pressure (in psi) where the Overpressure
Accumulator is NOT be incremented.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 21

Sequence of Operation
5.3 Flow Switch Handling
You may select up to 4 flow switches: FS1, FS2, FS3 and FS4 (see, Utilities>Options>Flow Switches).
If a flow switch is defined for use with a particular Combo, it is used even when a flowmeter is used.
The flow switch and flowmeter can be combined for pump start/stop control. By defining a flow switch
for shutdown, the Combo associated with the switch uses the switch input to detect flow rather than
the flowmeter reading. If the PM Pump stop is set to use FLOW (with or without pressure or relay),
then FS1 controls the Combo 1 shutdown. Otherwise FS1 is used to control Combo 2 shutdown. The
rest of the defined flow switches control the following Combos.
Flow Switches are predefined in the I/O map at the following Inputs:
• FS1 = Input 14
• FS2 = Input 13
• FS3 = Input 12
• FS4 =Input 111
See the list below for Flow Switch assignments.
Combo 1 Stops on Flow
FS1 = Combo 1
FS2 = Combo 2
FS3 = Combo 3
FS4 = Combo 4
Combo 1 Does NOT Stop on Flow
FS1 = Combo 2
FS2 = Combo 3
FS3 = Combo 4
FS4 = Combo 5
ACAUTION
If Flow Start or Stop is specified, and no flow reading device exists, the corresponding Combo does not
see a flow reference, and may shut down prematurely. Cycling can occur, potentially causing damage to
motors and cause pressure surges on the system.
5.4 Pump, VFD, and Combo Selections
The term Combo is used to refer to a particular combination of pumps required to satisfy a specific
range of flow demands at a specified set pressure. The Oasis controller uses a state -machine system for
pump selection. Combos are defined on the Utilities>Options>Define Combos menu. Up to 8 Combos
can be defined (labeled 0 to 7).
As an example, assume a pump station is comprised of three pumps with the following performance
characteristics
• PM Pump - 3 hp producing 25 gpm at 120 psi
• Pump #1 30 hp producing 300 gpm at 120 psi
• Pump #2 30 hp producing 300 gpm at 120 psi
Atypical selection of pump combinations might be'
• Combo 1 is PM pump only, supplying demands from 0 to 30 gpm.
• Combo 2 is pump #1 only, supplying demands from 30-300 gpm.
• Combo 3 is pump #2 only, supplying demands from 300-600 gpm.
22 OASIS 9z Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Sequence of Operation
Use the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to move thru the available Combos, Pumps, VFD
Pumps, Equal Hp Pumps, and Start/Stop options. When the desired Combo or Pump Sequence is
found, use the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to accept the selection.
Another term used is "PM pump." PM or PMP is an abbreviation for "pressure maintenance pump." A
pressure maintenance pump is generally significantly smaller than the main pumps and is used to
maintain pressure in the system when the primary demand for water is not present. It is not to be
confused with a jockey pump whose size, even though smaller than the maim pumps, can still produce a
considerable contribution to the water demand. 1�pical PM pumps range from 1 to 3 HP and produce
flows in the 5-25 gpm ranges at the design pressure of the pump station. The normal sequence of
operation for the PM pump is to start on a pressure loss and stop on increasing pressure. However,
other starting and stopping sequences are possible. When a PM pump is present, Combo 1 is normally
reserved for a PM pump only Combo.
For example:
Use the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to edit values; press the Menu/Scroll Right 0
key to save, and Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to cancel.
• Combo 1 — PM only (A particular station may have a PM pump as the only pump to run, as
defined in Combo 1.
• Combo 2 — Pump #1 (1�pically defined as the first main pump).
• Combo 3 — Pumps #1, #2 (Combo 3 is often defined as both main pumps).
Other menu selections involved with Combos and pump selection:
• Max Combo: (Utilities>Options> Max Combo). Defines the maximum allowed value for Combo
Number (that is, up to 8 Combos numbered, 0 to 7)
• Pump Definitions: (Utilities>Options> Pumps). Defines the pumps to be controlled. Selection is
"PM" through "PM, #1, #2,#3,#4 in the following sequence:
PM # 1,#2,#3
#1 PM, # 1,#2,#3
PM,#1 # 1,#2,#3,#4
# 1,#2 PM # 1,#2,#3,#4
PM,#1,#2
• VFD Pump Definitions: (Utilities>Options> VFD Pumps). Defines the VFD pumps to be
controlled. Selection is "None" through "#1, #2, #3, #4 in the following sequence:
None
#4
#1
#1, #4
#2
#2, #4
#1, #2
#1, #2, #4
#3
#3, #4
#1, #3
#1, #3, #4
#2, #3
#2, #3, #4
#1, #2, #3
#1, #2, #3, #4
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 23

Sequence of Operation
Equal Hp Pumps: (Utilities>Options>Equal Hp Pumps). Defines the "lead" pumps (that is pumps
of equal capacity) to be controlled. Selection is "None" through V1, #2, #3, #4. Automatic lead
select is included for equal sized pumps. Pump run times are recorded in the unit and used for
pump selection.. These are defined similarly to the way Combos are defined. For example, a value
of [#1, #21 indicates that main pumps 1 and 2 are of equal size, "lead selected" or interchangeable
pumps.
None
#2,#4
#1,#2,#3,#4
#1,#4
#2,#3,#4
#1,#2,#3
#1,#3,#4
#2,#3
#3,#4
#1,#3
#1,#2,#4
#1,#2
Pump Start and Pump Stop Options: (Utilities>Options>Pump Start Options and
Utilities>Options> Pump Stop Options) defines the start/stop options for Combo 1 and Combo
2+ (that is, all combos numbered 2 and above). A multiple choice selection of starting methods is
presented in the following list. Note that both OR and AND combinations are available.
Pressure
Relay & Flow
Rly, Pr or Flow
Relay & Press
Relay or Flow
Relay
Relay or Press
Press & Flow
Press or Flow
Flow
Rely, Pr & Flow
5.5 Faults and Safeties
The following is an overview of the Oasis faults and safeties defined on the Safeties menu:
• Low Pressure Fault — (Safeties>Low Pressure). Shuts the pump system down when irrigation
pressure falls below the LP setpoint for the time specified. Pressure is specified relative to setpoint,
as pump start/stop pressure. This safety has an override feature that allows you to temporarily
disable the low pressure safety. This feature is called Low Pressure Override, and may be controlled
through a menu selection, or through a map -able input point (Input ON = Override)
• High Pressure Fault— (Safeties>High Pressure).Shuts the pump system down when irrigation
pressure exceeds HP setpoint for the time specified. Pressure is specified relative to setpoint, as
pump start/stop pressure.
• Inlet Water Fault — (Safeties>Inlet Water Fault).Stops pumps in the case that the inlet water supply
is faulty, such as Low Level, Loss of Prime, or Low Inlet Pressure). (Input ON = Fault Condition).
• Phase Failure Fault — (Safeties>Phase Failure). Stops pumps when the power monitoring system
determines that the power quality is out of limits. (Input ON = Fault Condition)
• Inverter Fault— (Safeties>Inverter Fault). Indicates the drive (also known as an inverter) has failed
and initiates a drive shutdown. (Input ON = Fault Condition).
❑ NOTE
An Inverter Fault can also be caused by all VFD-capable pumps being faulted.
24 OASIS 9z Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Sequence of Operation
• High Pump Temp Fault — (Safeties>HiPump Temp). Designed for single pump systems. Stops the
pump after high temperature switch input senses excessive pump volute temperature. (Input ON =
Fault Condition).
• Max Restarts/Hr (Pump Cycle Fault) — (Safeties/Pump Cycle Fault). This safety protects individual
pumps from excessive cycling. Each pump is provided with an adjustable preset value for pump
starts per hour. If a pump starts more than the preset number of times per hour, the pump faults.
The "cool -off' period is defined as the number of 1/starts/hr. For instance, assume that the PM
pump is set for 10 starts/hr max. Each time the PM pump starts, 1i s added to the "starts" counter.
If the pump either runs, or is at "rest" (that is, no starts or stops) for 6 minutes (60 minutes/10
starts), then subtract 1 from the starts counter (until counter = 0). Power to the Oasis must be
cycled to clear these counters.
• Max Restarts/Hr (Restart Fault) — (Safeties>Max Restarts/Hr). If enabled, when the number of
restarts exceeds the Restarts/Hr value specified by the user (default is 5), then the system aborts the
restart and shuts down. Feature is found on the Rstrt/Fill menu.
• Fault Signal Output — When a station fault is tripped, the Oasis can output a signal to indicate the
fault to remote equipment. This can trigger a relay to turn on a fault light, send a signal overland to
a remote site, trigger an auto -dialer, shut valves, or signal the irrigation controllers to shut down, as
defined by the user.
5.6 Totalizers and Timers
The following Totalizers and Timers are available on the Oasis:
• Flow Totalizers — The Oasis provides two flow totalizers, the Flow Total Totalizer and the User
Total Totalizer (Totals/Hours>Flow Total and Totals/Hours>User Total). The first totalizer is the
"grand total totalizer" and is called simply, "Flow Total."
The second totalizer acts more like a "trip odometer." Called the "User Total", this totalizer can be
cleared at -will by the user by selecting the Reset User Total menu entry. Each totalizer is good to
4 billion gallons (4294967295), or approximately 2147 Days (5.8 years) when pumping 2 million
gallons per night.
View totals by using the menu. The User Total can be reset from this menu, by selecting
Totals>Reset User Total.
• Pump Hours — Pump hours (runtimes) are maintained to 1-second resolution. Hours are recorded
up to 1 million hours (1193046.47 to be exact). View pump run times through the menu in Totals/
Hours>Pump Hours and select pump type: PM Pump Hours, Pump 1 Hours, Pump 2 Hours,
Pump 3 Hours, and Pump 4 Hours.
5.7 Outputs and Inputs
• I/O Mapping — Each option and most safety I/O (input/output) can be mapped to one of 15
inputs, 7 outputs, or disabled. How I/O can actually be used depends on physical availability.
Pump I/O is fixed, and depends on how pumps are defined in the system. PM pump I/O is always
allocated as out 0 (Contactor), in 7 (Switch) and In 8 (Feedback). Pump 1 follows up through 4
main pumps. VFD contactor outputs start at output 4 (thus, making a fourth main VFD "illegal").
— Outputs
Output 7 1 VFD Start run Output 7 1 VFD Start run
Output 6 1 Option out Output 6 1 Option out
Output 5 1 Option out Output 5 Pump 2 VFD Output
Output 4 Pump 1 VFD Output Output 4 Pump 1 VFD Output
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 25

Sequence of Operation
Output 3 Pump 3 Output
Output 2
Pump 2 Output
Output 1
Pump 1 Output
Output 0
PM Pump Output
Output 7
I Option out
Output 6
I Option out
Output 5
I Option Out
Output 4
Pump 4 Output
Output 3
Pump 3 Output
Output 2
Pump 2 Output
Output 1
Pump 1 Output
Output 0
PM Pump Output
— Inputs
Input 15 Power fail detect.
Vin connected here
Input 14 Open
Input 13 Open
Input 12 Pump 4 Feedback
Input 11 Pump 3 Feedback
Input 10 Pump 2 Feedback
Input 9 Pump 1 Feedback
Input 8 PM Pump Feedback
Output 3 I Option Out
Output 2 Pump 2 Output
Output 1 Pump 1 Output
Output 0 PM Pump Output
Output 7 I VFD Start run
Output 6 Pump 3 VFD Output
Output 5 Pump 2 VFD Output
Output 4 Pump 1 VFD Output
Output 3 Pump 3 Output
Output 2 Pump 2 Output
Output 1 Pump 1 Output
Output 0 PM Pump Output
Input 7 PM Pump Switch
Input 6 Pump 1 Switch
Input 5 Pump 2 Switch
Input 4 Pump 3 Switch
Input 3 Pump 4 Switch
Input 2 1 In 0 - 2, available for option switch inputs and faults.
Input 1 I Available for option switch inputs and faults.
Input 0 1 Available for option switch inputs and faults.
• All options are mapable. However, take care that the inputs and outputs align properly for
PLCBypass. Unused I/O can be used as option I/O. However, the PM and pump locations are
permanently reserved and can not be reassigned to option I/O. VFD Contactor I/O locations follow
pump XL (across -the -line) Contactor I/O. One feedback input is required per pump. XL and VFD
feedback share the same I/O input. The following list shows available combinations:
PM, 1 Wye ALS
PM, 1 ,2
Wye
ALS
PM, 1 ,2, 3
Wye
ALS
PM, 1 ,2, 3, 4
Wye
ALS
The following combinations assure two contactors are required for a VFD pump (indicated by V
notation)
PM, 1V Wye ALS
PM, 1V ,2V Wye ALS
PM, 1V ,2V 3 Wye only or ALS without auto flash.
PM, 1V ,2V 3V NO Option Outputs.
• For cases where a VFD pump does not run XL (one VFD per pump), the I/O requirements are the
same as for purely fixed speed systems, except that an analog output is used. VFD supplies the "run
signal' for each pump as feedback, similar to contactor feedback.
26 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Sequence of Operation
5.8 Unit Selection
• Units selection —The user can select from US (English) (psi/gpm) units or European (EU) Metric
(Meters, M3/Hr) through the in Utilities>Units menu. The underlying control setpoints are not
modified when the units system are changed. The conversion is made at the display level, so that the
user can switch back and forth between units systems without changing start/stop parameters.
Tip:
When switching unit type, in order to load the proper characters for screen display, the Oasis must be
Reset (that is, cycle the Oasis power off and then back on).
5.9 Restart and Fill Mode
The Oasis attempts to restart the pump station after power up, or after a system fault if certain
conditions are met. The Auto -Restart system must first be enabled (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Auto
Restart). Pressure must be above the restart minimum pressure (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Restart Min
Prs). If the system was in Automatic mode when power was lost, or when the fault occurred, the Oasis
enters restart mode, indicated by "Rstr" in the display.
If pressure remains above restart minimum pressure for 10 seconds (verifying the presence of a good
pressure reading), then the system enters "Automatic" mode. When this occurs, the enabled pumps
run as required to maintain irrigation pressure. On VFD systems that use Line Fill/Ramp Up, restart
is attempted even if pressure is below the restart minimum pressure setpoint. This setpoint is used to
trigger the end of Line Fill/Ramp Up mode.
For VFD Systems, another method of recovery is provided by the Restart/Fill system, Line Fill. When
enabled (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Line Fill En/Dis), the Restart/Fill system ramps up the pump station
capacity, using the VFD to match the demand required by the irrigation system. For fill mode to occur,
pressure must be below the Fill Trigger Pressure (see, Rstrt/ Fill Menu>Fill Trig Press) while the
system is in Automatic mode. When ramp -up begins, the system starts the VFD and holds the speed
to the Minimum Fill Speed (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Min Fill Speed). This speed is maintained until
pressure and flow stabilize for a time (in seconds) defined by the Fill Steady Time variable (see, Rstrt/
Fill Menu>Fill Steady Time). After this time, the system incrementally increases the VFD speed by the
amount defined in the Fill Speed Step (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Fill Speed Step).
The following are used during the Restart and Fill:
• Auto Restart— (Rstrt/Fill Menu>Auto Restart). Enable/Disable auto restart
• Restart Min Prs — (Rstrt/Fill Menu>Restart Min Prs). Fixed speed systems do not restart below
this pressure. VFD systems end fill/ramp mode when pressure is reached (between 0 and Setpoint
pressure).
• Max Restarts/Hr— (Maximum Restarts/Hr). Maximum number of restarts that the system allows
in an hour (1 -255).
• Crnt Restarts/Hr— (Current Restarts/Hr ). (View only) The number of restarts currently calculated
in the "restarts" counter. If this number exceeds the Max Restarts/Hr value, the system not restart.
• Line Fill En/Dis — (Rstrt/Fill Menu>Line Fill En/Dis). Enable/Disable Line Fill Mode. To access the
following parameters, VFD pumps must be defined and Line Fill enabled.
• Fill Trig Press— (Rstrt/FillMenu>Fill Trig Press). If pressure drops below this value during
automatic operation while entering "Automatic" mode, the line fill mode is triggered (between 0
and Restart Min Pressure).
• Fill Steady Time — (Rstrt/Fill Menu>Fill Steady Time). The time (in seconds) that pressure/flow
must be stabilized before line fill ramps up to next step.
• Min Fill Speed — (Rstrt/Fill Menu>Min Fill Speed). Percent of VFD maximum speed used at the
start of fill mode.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 27

Sequence of Operation
• StdyPress DdBand — (Steady Pressure Dead Band). Band or range that the pressure must stay
within to be considered "stable." A value of 1 creates a 2 psi deadband.
• StdyFlow DdBand — (Steady Flow Dead Band). Band or range that the flow must stay within to be
considered "stable." A value of 1 creates a 20 gpm deadband.
• Fill Speed Step — (Rstrt/FillMenu>Fill Speed Step). Percent of the drive speed increased each step
during fill mode.
5.9.1 Fill Speed Step
Fill Speed Step is a register (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Fill Speed Step) requiring the entry of a
percentage of the VFD drive speed W. This percentage represents the fill -speed "step" that is used
during the line -fill process. This speed step is the incremental change in VFD speed that occurs over
time, as defined by the Fill Steady Time register (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Fill Steady Time).
The following example demonstrates the procedure for calculating the fill -speed step
1. Assume the following conditions:
• VFD maximum speed = 60 Hz
• VFD minimum speed = 15 HZ
• Fill Steady Time = 5 seconds
• Max time allowed to complete the fill process = 3 minutes
2. Calculate the number of steps required:
• 180 seconds (3 minutes) / 5 seconds per step = 36 steps
3. Calculate the speed range of the VFD:
• 60 Hz (max) - 15 Hz (min) = 45 Hz
4. Calculate the Hz change per step:
• 45 Hz / 36 steps = 1.25 Hz/step
5. Calculate the % speed change per step:
• 1.25 Hz/step / 45 Hz x 100 = 2.78% / step
Based on this calculation the VFD increments its speed by 2.78% every 5 seconds during the line
fill process.
5.10 PID Control
Oasis can operate up to 3 Main pumps using a VFD. The PID loop consists of all three PID factors,
Proportional, Integral, and Derivative coefficients. Coefficients are provided for both high -flow and
low -flow domains. If a single set of PID parameters is sufficient, set the Low/ High Switch Flow (see,
Pump Control>VFD Parameters) to a value much greater than the station can produce.
• Minimum Speed — (VFD Parameters Minimum Speed). The minimum speed (in percent) that the
VFD is allowed to reach during normal station automatic operation: During Line Fill, this value is
ignored. This value should be adjusted to allow the VFD pump by itself to produce system pressure
under true "no -flow" conditions. Use manual mode with the station isolation valve shut to
determine this value.
• Starting Speed — (VFD Parameters Starting Speed).The speed (in percent) that the VFD is forced to
when any pump starts while the VFD Pump is running.
28 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Sequence of Operation
• Starting Speed Time — (VFD Parameters Starting Speed Time). The time (in seconds) the VFD
holds at starting speed after starting apump (1-2 seconds generally is adequate).
• Stopping Speed — (VFD Parameters Stopping Speed). The speed (in percent) that the VFD is forced
to when any lag pump stops while the lead pump is running the VFD. This value should be higher
than minimum speed but lower than maximum speed.
• Stopping Speed Time — (VFD Parameters Stop Speed Time). The time (in seconds) VFD holds at
stopping speed after stopping a pump (1-2 seconds generally is adequate).
Also consider the following Low Flow PID coefficients:
• Proportional — (see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Fill Steady Time)(see, Rstrt/Fill Menu>Fill Steady Time)
Increase to increase VFD control sensitivity.
• Integral — Is a time constant. Increase to match irrigation system capacity. Slowly
responding systems have a higher value.
• Derivative — Increase to "step on the brake," as pressure approaches setpoint pressure. Decrease
to "iron out" instability around the setpoint.
And the High Flow PID Coefficients (similar to the above coefficients but are used at higher flow rates)
and the following setpoint:
• Low/High Flow Setpoint — (VFD Parameters Hi/Lo Switch Flow). Switchover point for High-
Flow/Low Flow coefficients.
5.10.1 Tuning and Procedures
Proper tuning of the PID loop is essential for smooth, effective station operation. The tuning
operation can be confusing because of the number of variables involved. Irrigation system
size, pump capacity, pump curves all play a part in the determining the best settings for the
PID parameters. Unfortunately there is no formula to apply to produce good results without
experimentation. However, there are steps to follow to obtain effective results without much
confusion. These steps assume that the VFD analog input has been calibrated to work with the full
range of the Oasis analog output (see, VFD setup procedures).
• Step 1: Set the Low Flow PID Derivative value to 0. Set the Low Flow PID Integral term to
—50%. Set the Low Flow PID Proportional term to --'25%
• Step 2: Set the Low/High Flow Setpoint to a value that allows tuning of the Low Flow PID
parameters. If a low flow rate below 150 gpm can be maintained, then the default value can be
used. Establish a flowrate (in automatic or VFD operation) of less than this value (150 gpm).
• Step 3: Adjust only the proportional term to minimize 'overshoot" while still keeping good
response. Make sure that the PID corrects for a 1 psi difference between the setpoint and actual
pressure. The PID should not "stall" at the low values of error. Create a "dump" valve by opening
and closing 1 or 2 heads to cause changes that allow you can to see how the PID reacts.
• Step 4: On large systems, the irrigation may "lag' behind the PID, causing oscillations and
overshoot. If this occurs, increase the integral term to eliminate the oscillations, and then return
to step 3.
NOTE:
Some overshoot is likely to occur until the derivative value is adjusted. Even then, it is desireable
to allow some small overshoot and undershoot. Too -tight pressure control can actually cause
oscillations in flow, regardless of the controller.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 29

Sequence of Operation
• Step 5: After the Proportional and Integral values are adjusted, adjust the Derivative value so that
the PID can "put on the brakes" or slow down when pressure approaches setpoint. If you see the
PID drop the pressure while pressure is climbing toward the setpoint, decrease the derivative
term. If you see overshoot, increase the term. Start with a value of 3%.
• Step 6: Repeat steps 2 through 5 for flowrates at the upper end of the station capacity. Start with
the values determined for the low -flow PID (these values should be very close). Start with D = 0
while tuning the Proportional and Integral value).
5.11 Optional Equipment
1. Wye Strainer:
The WYE strainer system (Wye Filter) is activated whenever the systems is in Automatic, the
WYE switch is On, the Combo # is greater than "Flush Min Combo," and flowrate is greater
than (or equal) to "Flush Min Combo." The WYE strainer begins the flush cycle after the time
period defined in the "Flush Off Mins." The time is cumulative, so that if the WYE conditions
are met for a total of "Flush Off Min" minutes, even a few minutes at a time, the flush occurs.
(The cumulative time is lost when power is removed).
WYE Strainer controls are:
• Flush On Sec — (Wye Filter Flush On Sec). Time (in seconds) that the strainer flushes
• Flush Off Min — (Wye Filter Flush Off Min). Time (in Minutes) between flushes
• Run Flush — (Wye Filter Run Flush Flow). Flow Minimum Flow rate for Flush
• Flush Min Combo — (Wye Filter Flush Min Combo). Minimum Combo that must be active
for flush to occur
2. Automatic Lake Screen:
The ALS system (Auto Lake Screen) is activated whenever the systems is in automatic, the ALS
switch is On, the Combo # is greater than "ALS Run Combo," and flowrate is greater (or equal)
to "ALS Run Flow". The ALS "Run" output starts the "ALS Start Delay" timer (in seconds) after
these conditions are met. The ALS then flushes after the time period set in the "Flush Off Time"..
The flush continues for the number of seconds defined in the "Flush On Time".
Automatic Lake Screen (ALS) controls are
• ALS Run Combo Minimum — (ALS Run Combo). The Combo that must be in effect for
ALS to run
• ALS Run Flow Minimum — (ALS Run Flow). flow rate to run ALS.
• ALS Start Delay — (ALS Start Delay). The time to start ALS after run conditions are met.
• Flush On Time Time — (ALS Flush On Time). Time (in seconds) that the ALS supply line
strainer flushes.
• Flush Off Time Time — (ALS Flush Off Time). Time (in Minutes) between flushes.
3. Fertigation:
The Oasis system can be readily used for fertilizer injector control by setting "ALS Run Flow" to
the flow value required for fertilizer/chemical injection. "ALS Run Combo" should be set to the
first Combo capable of handling the irrigation requirements when using the injection system.
30 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Totals/Hours Menu
6.0 Totals/Hours Menu
• Description:
The Oasis provides two Flow Totalizers, Flow Total and User Total, and a Pump Hours display of each
pump's runtime hours. The displays in this section are ready -only with no parameters that require entry.
However, you can clear the User Total totalizer by pressing the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key (see, Flow
Totalizers).
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows,
"Totals/Hours." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys to display and select, "Flow Totals," "User Totals," "Reset User Total" or "Pump Hours." Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Main menu.
6.1 Flow Totalizers
Description:
The Oasis provides two Flow Totalizers. One is the grand total and is simply called Flow Total. The
second totalizer, User Total, can be cleared at will by selecting the Reset User Total. Both totalizers can
display over 4 billion gallons (4,294,967,295). If station flow is set at 2 million gallons per night, the
totalizer would not have to be reset for 2147 days, or 5.8 years.
• Procedure:
From the Totals/Hours menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display
shows the read-only, "Flow Totals," "User Totals," or "Reset User Total."
When Reset User Totals selection is displayed, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 to reset flow total.
"Done" is displayed in the bottom of the screen. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to
the Main menu.
6.2 Pump Hours
• Description:
The Oasis maintains pump runtimes at 1 second resolution. View runtimes up to 1 million hours
(1193046.47). Runtime is not resettable.
• Procedure:
From the Totals/Hours menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display
reads, "Pump Hours." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys to view the selections: "PM Pump," "Pump 1," "Pump 2," "Pump 3," "Pump 4" runtime hours. Press
the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to Main menu.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 31

Pressure Setpoint Menu
7.0 Pressure Setpoint Menu
• Description:
This menu allows the operator to set the desired operating pressure of the pump station. If the system
uses a VFD to control discharge pressure, this setpoint provides the necessary operating parameter for
the drive. If the system uses constant speed pumps and a pressure -regulating valve to control
discharge pressure, a pressure setpoint is still required to establish pressure oriented conditions. The
answer to question #1 in the Pump System Parameter Questions is required in this register.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Pressure Setpoint." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads "Pressure Setpoint - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX
being a numerical value representing pressure setpoint in the units selected by the user (see,
Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EUA Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys to scroll through these options until the correct setpoint appears on the display. Press Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to Save the desired pressure. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Main
menu.
32 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

LP Saf Override Menu
8.0 LP Saf Override Menu
• Description:
This menu allows you to override the Low Pressure Safety (see also, Low Pressure Safety. To override the
Low Pressure safety, select "Override." To retain the Low Pressure Safety, select "Normal".
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "LP Saf Override." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until either, "Normal' or "Override" is displayed on the bottom line of display.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Main menu.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 33

VFD Mode Menu
9.9 VFD Mode Meru
• Description:
This menu establishes whether the system controls pressure with a VFD (variable speed drive), or a
pressure control valve for a station with constant speed pumps. Refer to the answer in question #2 in the
Pump System Parameter Questions for the parameters required in this register.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the display
reads, "VFD Mode." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys until either, "Fixed Speed" or "VFD" is displayed on the bottom line of display. Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Main
menu.
34 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Pump Control Menu
10.0 Pump Control Menu
a Description:
The pump control menu defines and quantifies the starting and stopping pressures, flows, and times for
every pump Combo.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the display
reads, "Pump Control". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys until the top line of the display reads, "Start Pressure", "Start Flow Stpt", "Start Times", "Stop
Pressure", "Stop Times", "VFD Parameters", "Overpressure Ace." or "Mustrun Times".
10.1 Start Pressure
• Description:
If any of the Combos start on a drop in pressure, as detailed in the Utilities menu, then the start pressure
values must be set in this Start Pressure menu. The start pressure value, as detailed in question #6 in
the Pump System Parameter Questions, is defined as the difference between the setpoint pressure,
established previously, and the actual start pressure of the pump.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Start Pressure". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the Combo selection menu is displayed and reads, "Combo X Strt
Pr" (where X represents a Combo number, 0 - 7). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to
select the Combo number (such as, Combo 1 Strt Pr). Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save
selection and display "Combo X Strt Pr - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value
representing the pressure needed to start the Combo in the units selected by the user (see,
Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys until the display reaches the required starting pressure. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save
selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo Selection menu and select the next Combo
using the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. Repeat this procedure for all available Combos.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.2 Start Flow Setpoint
• Description:
If any of the Combos start on an increase in flow as detailed in the Utilities menu, then the start flow
values must be set in this Start Flow Setpoint menu. The start flow value, as detailed in question #7
in the Pump System Parameter Questions, is defined as the actual flow rate when the pump starting
sequence initiates.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 35

Pump Control Menu
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the
display reads "Start Flow Setpt." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the top line of the display reads,
"Combo X Strt Flo" (where X represents a Combo number, 0 - 7). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down
0 arrow keys to select the Combo number (such as, Combo 1 Strt Flo) on the Combo Selection menu.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection and display "Combo X Strt Fl - Up/Dn XXX gpm"
(with XXX being the flow rate needed to start the Combo in the units selected by the user (see,
Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys until the display reaches the required starting flow setpoint. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to
Save selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo Selection menu and select the next Combo
using the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. Repeat this procedure for all available Combos.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.3 Start Times
• Description:
When the pump start pressure drops to a specified level, or the pump start flow rises to a specified level,
the actual energization of the motor starters for each Combo is delayed. The start time value, as detailed
in question #8 in the Pump System Parameter Questions, is defined as the actual time in seconds each
Combo delays starting.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the
display reads "Start'hmes." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the top line of the display reads,
"Combo X Strt Ti" (where X represents a Combo number, 0 - 7). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys to select the Combo number (such as, Combo 1 Strt Tim) on the Combo Selection menu.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection and display "Combo X Strt Ti - Up/Dn XX sec"
(with XX being a delay time in seconds before the Combo starts). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys until the displays the required delay time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save
selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo Selection menu and select the next Combo
using the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. Repeat this procedure for all available Combos.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.4 Stop Pressure
• Description:
If any of the Combos stop on a increase in pressure, as detailed in the "Utilities" menu, then the stop
pressure values must be set in this Stop Pressure menu. The stop pressure value, as detailed in question
#11 in the Pump System Parameter Questions, is defined as the difference between the setpoint
pressure, established previously, and the actual stop pressure of the pump.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Stop Pressure". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the Combo selection menu is displayed and reads, "Combo X
Stop Pr" (where X represents a Combo number, 0 - 7). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys to select the Combo number (such as, Combo 1 Stop Pr). Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to
Save selection and display "Combo X Stop Pr - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value
representing the pressure needed to stop the Combo in the units selected by the user (see,
36 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Pump Control Menu
Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys until the display reaches the required stopping pressure. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save
selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo Selection menu and select the next Combo
using the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. Repeat this procedure for all available Combos.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.5 Stop Flow
• Description:
If any of the Combos stop on a decrease in flow as detailed in the Utilities menu, then the stop flow
values must be set in this Stop Flow menu. The stop flow value, as detailed in question #12 in the
Pump System Parameter Questions, is defined as the actual flow rate when the pump stopping sequence
initiates.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the
display reads "Stop Flow Setpt." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the top line of the display
reads, "Combo X Stop Flo" (where X represents a Combo number, 0 - 7). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys to select the Combo number (such as, Combo 1 Stop Flo) on the Combo Selection
menu. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection and display "Combo X Stop Fl - Up/Dn XXX
gpm" (with XXX being the flow rate needed to stop the Combo in the units selected by
the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required stop flow setpoint. Press the Menu/Scroll
Right 0 key to Save selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo Selection menu and select the next Combo
using the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. Repeat this procedure for all available Combos.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.6 Stop Times
• Description:
When the pump stop pressure rises to a specified level, or the pump stop flow drops to a specified
level, the actual de-energization of the motor starters for each Combo is delayed. The stop time value,
as detailed in question #13 in the Pump System Parameter Questions, is defined as the actual time in
seconds each Combo delays stopping.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Stop Times". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the top line of the display
reads, "Combo X Stop Ti " (where X represents a Combo number, 0 - 7). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the Combo number (such as, Combo 1 Stop TO on the Combo
Selection menu. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection and display "Combo X Strt Ti -
Up/Dn XX sec" (with XX being a delay time in seconds before the Combo starts). Press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the required delay time. Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to Save selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo Selection menu and select the next Combo
using the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys. Repeat this procedure for all available Combos.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 37

Pump Control Menu
10.7 VFD Parameters Menu
• Description:
Oasis can operate up to 3 Main pumps using a VFD. The PID loop consists of all three PID factors,
Proportional, Integral, and Derivative coefficients. Coefficients are provided for both high -flow and low -
flow domains. If a single set of PID parameters is sufficient, set the Low/High Switch Flow (see, Pump
Control>VFD Parameters) to a value much greater than the station can produce (See also, PID Control).
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the
display reads "VFD Parameters". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the displays one of the following: "Starting Speed", "Start Speed Time",
"Stopping Speed", "Stop Speed Time", "Minimum Speed", "Low Flow PID", "High Flow PID", "HI/LO
Switch Flo", "Spd Tst Delay", "Spd Tst IntrvP and "D-Zbrm Deadband". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key
to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.1 VFD Parameters Starting Speed
• Description:
The speed (in percent) that the VFD is forced to when any pump starts running while in VFD mode is
shown in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Starting Speed". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display "Starting
Speed - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed used to start). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting
percentage. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.2 VFD Parameters Starting Speed Time
• Description:
The time (in seconds) the VFD holds at starting speed after starting a pump (1-2 seconds generally is
adequate) is shown in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line
of the display reads "Start Speed Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display "Start
Speed Time - Up/Dn XX sec" (with XX being a time in seconds the VFD holds after starting a
pump). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required
time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the VFD Parameters menu.
38 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Pump Control Menu
10.7.3 VFD Parameters Stopping Speed
• Description:
The speed (in percent) that the VFD is forced to when any pump stops while running the VFD is
stored in this register. This value should be higher than minimum speed but lower than stopping
speed.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line
of the display reads "Stopping Speed". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display
"Stopping Speed - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed when
a pump stops). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the
required percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.4 VFD Parameters Stop Speed Time
• Description:
The time (in seconds) VFD holds at stopping speed after stopping a pump (1-2 seconds generally is
adequate) is stored inthis register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Stop Speed Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display, "Stop Speed
Time - Up/Dn XX sec" (with XX being the time in seconds the VFD holds after stopping a pump).
Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required time. Press
the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.5 VFD Parameters Minimum Speed
• Description:
The minimum speed (in percent) that the VFD is allowed to reach during normal station automatic
operation is stored in this register. Note that this value is ignored during Line Fill. This value should be
adjusted to allow the VFD pump by itself to produce system pressure under true "no -flow" conditions.
Use manual mode with the station isolation valve shut to determine this value.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line
of the display reads "Minimum Speed". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display
"Minimum Speed - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed used as
a minimum speed). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches
the required starting speed percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the
Escape/ Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 39

Pump Control Menu
10.7.6 VFD Parameters Low Flow PID
• Description:
Set the Proportional, Integral, and Derivative coefficients used during Low Flow in three Low Flow
PID registers.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Low Flow PID". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and the displays
"Proportional K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed used to
stop). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required
starting percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0
key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.6.1 Low Flow Proportional
• Description:
Increase the Low Flow Proportional coefficient percentage to increase VFD control sensitivity. Store
the Low Flow Proportional value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Low Flow PID menu, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key when the display shows
"Proportional K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting
percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the VFD Low Flow PID menu.
10.7.6.2 Low Flow Integral
• Description:
The Low Flow Proportional coefficient is a time constant. Increase time percentage to match the
irrigation system capacity. Slowly responding systems should be set with a higher percentage. Store
the Low Flow Integral value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Low Flow PID menu, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key when the display shows
"Integral K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD time constant). Press the Scroll
Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting percentage. Press
the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/ Scroll Left 0 key once to return to
the VFD Low Flow PID menu.
10.7.6.3 Low Flow Derivative
• Description:
Increase the Low Flow Derivative percentage to "step on the brake," as pressure approaches the
setpoint pressure. Decrease percentage to "iron out" instability around the setpoint. Store the Low
Flow Derivative value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Low Flow PID menu, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key when the display shows
"Derivative K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD derivative speed). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting
percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
to return to the VFD Low Flow PID menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key again to return to
the VFD Parameters menu.
40 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Pump Control Menu
10.7.7 VFD Parameters High Flow PID
• Description:
Set the Proportional, Integral, and Derivative coefficients used during High Flow in three High Flow
PID registers.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line
of the display reads "High Flow PID". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and the display shows
"Proportional K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed used to
stop). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required
starting percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/ Scroll Left
0 key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.7.1 High Flow Proportional
• Description:
Increase the Proportional coefficient percentage to increase VFD control sensitivity when there is
High Flow. Store the High Flow Proportional value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD High Flow PID menu, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key when the display shows
"Proportional K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD maximum speed). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting
percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the VFD High Flow PID menu.
10.7.7.2 High Flow Integral
• Description:
The High Flow Proportional coefficient is a time constant. Increase time percentage to match the
irrigation system capacity. Slowly responding systems should be set with a higher percentage. Store
the High Flow Integral value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD High Flow PID menu, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key when the display shows
"Integral K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD time constant). Press the Scroll
Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting percentage. Press
the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/ Scroll Left 0 key once to return to
the VFD High Flow PID menu.
10.7.7.3 High Flow Derivative
• Description:
Increase the High Flow Derivative percentage to "step on the brake," as pressure approaches the
setpoint pressure. Decrease percentage to "iron out" instability around the setpoint. Store the High
Flow Derivative value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the VFD High Flow PID menu, press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key when the display shows
"Derivative K - Up/Dn XX W (with XX being a percentage of the VFD derivative speed). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required starting
percentage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0
key to return to the VFD High Flow PID menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key again to return
to the VFD Parameters menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 41

Pump Control Menu
10.7.8 VFD Parameters Hi/Lo Switch Flow
• Description:
The flow setpoint stored in this Hi/Lo Switch Flow register is the switchover point for High/ Flow/
Low Flow PID coefficients.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of
the display reads "Hi/Lo Flow." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and the display shows "Hi/Lo
Flow - Up/Dn XXX gpm" (with XXX being a numerical value representing flow in the units selected
by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU.) Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the desired switchover point in the units selected
for high and low flow. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/ Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.9 VFD Parameters Speed Test Delay
• Description:
Speed lbst is the method used to shut down the lead VFD during when low -flow situations occur
during normal automatic Automatic operation. When only one VFD pump is running, once the speed
fall below the setpoint, and the flow meter indicates low flow, a stop command is issued after a delay
time. This register establishes the delay time beforestop.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line
of the display reads "Spd Tst Delay." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and the display reads,
"Spd Tst Delay - Up/Down XXXsec" (where X represents a delay time in seconds before Speed Test
starts. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the required
delay time in seconds. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll
Left 0 key once again to return to the VFD Parameters menu.
10.7.10 VFD Parameters Speed Test Interval
• Description:
The time between PID output reductions during speed test. Decrease this value to quicken the speed
reduction during speed test. This occurs after the speed test delay.
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line
of the display reads "Spd Tst Intrvl." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key and the top line of the display
reads, "Spd Test Intrvl - Up/Down X" (where X represents an interval value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reaches the appropriate interval. Press the Menu/Scroll
Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once again to return to the VFD
Parameters menu.
10.7.11 VFD Parameters D-Term Deadband
• Description:
Used with the PID coefficients, the D-term Deadband is a register requiring the entry of a value (in
psi or kg/M3), representing the Derivative pressure "dead band" used during the PID process. Pressure
must stay within this dead -band range to be considered stable.
42 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Pump Control Menu
• Procedure:
From the VFD Parameters menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top
line of the display reads "D-Term Deadband." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that
the display reads, "D-Term Deadband Dead Band - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being the
Derivative pressure "dead band" in the units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or
Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows
the desired deadband pressure. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the VFD Parameters menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0
key once again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.8 Overpressure Accumulator Menu
• Description:
The Oasis incorporates a unique feature that monitors how fast the system pressure increases as
the demand decreases. This feature called the "Overpressure Accumulator" can accelerate the pump
shutdown sequence if system pressure increases too rapidly. In order for this feature to be active, the
"Overpressure Accumulator" menu must be enabled (see below).
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the
display reads "Overpressure Accumulator". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display the following options: "Op Ace - Enable/Disable", "Preset" or
"Deadband".
10.8.1 Op Acc - Enable/Disable
• Description:
This menu is used to either enable or disable the Overpressure Accumulator.
• Procedure:
From the Overpressure Accumulator menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until
the top line of the display reads either, "OP Ace. En/Dis - Enabled" or "OP Ace. En/Dis - Disable".
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once to Save one of these selections. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0
key once to return to the Overpressure Accumulator menu.
10.8.2 OPA Preset
• Description:
This value is one of two required to calibrate Overpressure Accumulator. The OPA Preset value is
typically set at the factory. However, should changes be required, the operator is encouraged to
contact the factory product support.
• Procedure:
From the Overpressure Accumulator menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until
the top line of the display reads "Preset". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Preset - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the value in the display reaches the required value. Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Overpressure Accumulator menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 43

Pump Control Menu
10.8.3 OPA Deadband
• Description:
This value is the second required to calibrate Overpressure Accumulator. The OPA Deadband value
is typically set at the factory. However, should changes be required, the operator is encouraged to
contact the factory product support.
• Procedure:
From the Overpressure Accumulator menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until
the top line of the display reads "Deadband". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the
display reads, "Deadband - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a pressure "dead band" in the units
selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll
Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the value in the display reaches the required deadband
pressure. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save one of these selections. Press the Escape/Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the Overpressure Accumulator menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
again to return to the Pump Control menu.
10.9 Must -Run Times Menu
• Description:
In some systems, it may be advantageous to force one or more pumps to operate for a minimum time,
every time the pump starts. This minimum runtime is termed a "Must -Run Time", and is established
for each pump, through the Oasis setup procedure, as detailed in question #14 in the Pump System
Parameter Questions.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Control menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads," Mustrun Times." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display the following options: "PMP Mustrun", "Pump 1 Mustrun", "Pump
2 Mustrun", "Pump 3 Mustrun" or "Pump 4 Mustrun."
10.9.1 PMP Mustrun
• Description:
The PMP Mustrun register establishes the Must -Run time for the pressure maintenance pump.
• Procedure:
From the Mustrun Times menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, 'PMP Mustrun". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"PMP Mustrun - Up/Dn XXXsec" (where X is a numerical value representing seconds that the PM
pump must run). Press press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys again until the value in the
display reaches the required must -run time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save the selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Mustrun Times menu.
10.9.2 Pump 1 Mustrun
• Description:
The Pump Mustrun register establishes the Must -Run time for pump 1.
44 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Pump Control Menu
• Procedure:
From the Mustrun Times menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Pump 1 Mustrun". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Pump 1 Mustrun - Up/Dn XXXsec" (where X is a numerical value representing seconds representing
seconds that the pump must run). Press press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys again until
the value in the display reaches the required Must -Run time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save
the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Mustrun Times menu.
10.9.3 Pump 2 Mustrun
• Description:
The Pump 2 Mustrun register establishes the Must -Run time for pump 2.
• Procedure:
From the Mustrun Times menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, 'Pump 2 Mustrun". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Pump 2 Mustrun - Up/Dn XXXsec" (where X is a numerical value representing seconds representing
seconds that the pump must run). Press press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys again until
the value in the display reaches the required Must -Run time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save
the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Mustrun Times menu.
10.9.4 Pump 3 Mustrun
• Description:
The Pump 3 Mustrun menu establishes the Must -Run time for pump 3.
• Procedure:
From the Mustrun Times menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, 'Pump 3 Mustrun". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Pump 3 Must Run - Up/Dn XXXsec" (where X is a numerical value representing seconds representing
seconds that the pump must run). Press press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys again until
the value in the display reaches the required Must -Run time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save
the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Mustrun Times menu.
10.9.5 Pump 4 Mustrun
• Description:
The Pump 4 Mustrun register establishes the Must -Run time for pump 4.
• Procedure:
From the Mustrun Times menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, 'Pump 3 Mustrun". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Pump 3 Must Run - Up/Dn XXX" (where X is a numerical value representing seconds representing
seconds that the pump must run). Press press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys again until
the value in the display reaches the required Must -Run time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save
the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Must Run Times menu. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Main menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 45

Safeties Menu
11.0 Safeties Menu
• Description:
There are six safety registers, requiring delay time settings in order to function properly. These safeties
include: "Low Pressure", "High Pressure", "Inlet Water", "Phase Failure", "Hi Pump Temp" or "Pump Cycle".
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Safeties". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Low
Pressure". Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select one of the following safeties: "Low
Pressure", "High Pressure", "Inlet Water Fault", "Phase Fault", "Hi Pump Temp", "Inverter Fault", "Max
Restarts/Hr" or "Pump Cycle".
11.1 Low Pressure Safety
• Description:
The purpose of Low Pressure Safety is to shutdown all pumps if the system is in an over- demand
or an under -supplied situation. If the Low Pressure Safety is in the Normal mode and the pumps are
operating at the maximum number of Combos, the Oasis activates the Low Pressure Safety alarm
when either of these situations occur. Should the system pressure drop below a specified level (that is,
below the setpoint pressure) for a preset time, the pumps shut down and a Low Pressure Safety alarm is
annunciated. The answers to question #15 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered
into the Preset Time and Setpoint Pressure registers in order for the Low Pressure Safety to function.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Low Pressure". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads either,
"Preset Time" or "Setpoint Pressure".
11.1.1 Low Pressure Safety Preset Time
• Description:
The Low Pressure Preset Time register requires the entry of a delay time in seconds. Once the
Oasis detects a pressure drops to the low-pressure setpoint, the Preset Time is the time delay before
the system issues the Low Pressure Safety and begins shut down. The Preset Time delay works in
conjunction with the Setpoint Pressure value.
• Procedure:
From the Low Pressure menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Preset Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Preset Time - Up/Dn XXX sec" (with XXX being a delay time value in seconds). Press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the value equals the desired delay time. Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to Save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Low Pressure
menu.
46 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Safeties Menu
11.1.2 Low Pressure Safety Setpoint Pressure
• Description:
The Low Pressure Setpoint Pressure register requires the entry of a differential pressure value (in psi or
kg/M2) that is needed before initiating a Low Pressure Safety. Please note that this pressure value is not
absolute. It is the difference between the system pressure setpoint (refer to question #1 in the Pump
System Parameter Questions) and the desired pressure when the Low Pressure Safety is activated.
• Procedure:
From the Low Pressure menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Setpoint Press". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Setpoint Press - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value for differential pressure in the
units selected previously (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired pressure
differential. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
twice to return to the Safeties menu.
11.2 High Pressure Safety
• Description:
The purpose of High Pressure Safety is to shutdown all pumps in the event the system pressure control
device fails. Should the system pressure rise above a specific level, called a "setpoint pressure" for a
"preset time" the pumps shutdown and a high-pressure safety alarm is issued. The answers to question
#17 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the Preset Time and Setpoint
Pressure registers in order for the high-pressure safety to function properly.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "High Pressure". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads either,
"Preset Time" or "Setpoint Pressure".
11.2.1 High Pressure Safety Preset Time
• Description:
The High -Pressure Preset Time register requires the entry of a delay time in seconds. Once the
Oasis detects a pressure rises to the high-pressure setpoint, the Preset Time is the time delay before
the system issues the low-pressure safety and begins shut down. The Preset Time delay works in
conjunction with the Setpoint Pressure value.
• Procedure:
From the High Pressure menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Preset Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Preset Time - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being a numerical time in seconds). Press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired time. Press the Menu/
Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the High
Pressure menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 47

Safeties Menu
11.2.2 High Pressure Safety Setpoint Pressure
• Description:
The High Pressure Setpoint Pressure register requires the entry of a differential pressure value (in
psi or kg/M2) that is needed before initiating a high-pressure safety shutdown. Please note that this
pressure value is not absolute. It is the difference between the system pressure setpoint (refer to
question #1 in the Pump System Parameter Questions) and the desired pressure when the High
Pressure Safety is activated.
• Procedure:
From the High Pressure menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Setpoint Press". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Setpoint Press - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value for differential pressure
in the units selected previously (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired differential
pressure. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice
to return to the Safeties menu.
11.3 Inlet Water Safety
• Description:
The purpose of Inlet Water Safety is to shutdown all pumps in the event a detrimental inlet water
condition (such as low level, low inlet pressure, or loss of prime). Should the Oasis receive an input from
an inlet water sensor for a "preset time", the pumps shutdown and an Inlet Water Safety alarm is issued.
The answers to question #18 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the Preset
Time register in order for the Inlet Water Safety to function properly.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Inlet Water". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads, "Preset Time".
11.3.1 Inlet Water Safety Preset Time
• Description:
The Inlet Water Preset Time register requires the entry of a delay time in seconds, once the Oasis
receives input from an inlet water sensor, such as a liquid level relay or pressure switch. The Preset
Time is the time delay before the system issues a Inlet Water Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Inlet Water menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, 'Preset Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads, "Preset
Time - Up/Dn XXX sec" (with XXX being a numerical value in seconds). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired time. Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Safeties menu.
48 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Safeties Menu
11.4 Phase Failure Safety
• Description:
The purpose of Phase Failure Safety is to shutdown all pumps in the event of a detrimental power
condition (loss of phase, low voltage, or phase reversal). Should the Oasis receive an input from a power
sensor for a "preset time", the pumps shutdown and an Phase Failure Safety alarm is issued. The answers
to question #19 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the Preset Time register
in order for the Phase Failure Safety to function properly.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Phase Failure". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads "Preset
Time".
11.4.1 Phase Failure Safety Preset Time
• Description:
The Phase Failure Preset Time register requires the entry of a delay time in seconds, once the Oasis
receives input from an power sensor, such as F1oBoy phase monitor or voltage monitor. The Preset
Time is the time delay before the system issues a Phase Failure Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Phase Failure menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Preset Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads, "Preset
Time - Up/Dn XXX sec" (with XXX being a numerical value in seconds). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired time. Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Safeties menu.
11.5 High Pump Temperature Safety
• Description:
The purpose of High Pump Temperature Safety is to shut down all pumps if any one pump experiences
high temperature at its inlet. Should the Oasis receive an input from a temperature sensor for a "preset
time", the pumps shutdown and an High Pump Temperature Safety alarm is issued. The answers to
question #20 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the Preset Time register in
order for the High Pump Temperature Safety to function properly. The Hi Pump Temp Fault is designed
to work with single pump systems. The fault stops the pump after high -temperature switch input senses
excessive pump volute temperature (that is Input ON = Fault Condition).
• Procedure:
From the Phase Failure menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Preset Time" or "Holdoff Time". Select one and press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Safeties menu.
11.5.1 Hi Pump Temp Preset Time
• Description:
The Hi Pump Temp Preset Time register requires the entry of a delay time in seconds. Once the Oasis
receives input from an temperature sensor, such as a clamp -on thermostat or an immersion probe, the
Hi Pump Temperature Preset Time is the time delay before the system issues a High Pump
Temperature Safety and begins shut down.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 49

Safeties Menu
• Procedure:
From the Hi Pump Temp Fault menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until
the top line of the display reads, "Preset Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display
reads, "Preset nine - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being a numerical time in seconds). Press the Scroll
Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired time. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Hi
Pump Temp Fault menu.
11.5.2 Hi Pump Temp Holdoff Time
• Description:
The Hi Pump Temp Holdoff Time register requires the entry of a time in seconds. Once the Oasis
detects a temperature rise, the Holdoff Time is the time after a pump starts but before the Hi Pump
Temp fault is recognized. This feature is designed to handle those cases where the inlet piping is
exposed to direct sunlight and a high temperature may be detected even when the pump is not
running.
• Procedure:
From the Hi Pump Temp Fault menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until
the top line of the display reads, "Preset Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display
reads, "Holdoff Time - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being a numerical time in seconds). Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired time. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return
to the Hi Pump Temp Fault menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Safeties
menu.
11.6 Inverter Fault
• Description:
The Inverter Fault register requires the entry of a delay time in seconds. Once the Oasis fails to receive
feedback from a drive, indicating that a drive (also known as inverter ) has failed, the Inverter Time
registers established the time delay before the system issues an Inverter Fault and shuts down.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Inverter Fault". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads, "Inverter
Fault - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being a numerical time in seconds). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the desired time. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key
to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Safeties menu.
11.7 Max Restarts/Per Hr Fault
• Description:
If enabled, when the number of restarts by the system exceeds the Max Restarts/Hr value specified by the
user (default is 5), then the system aborts the restart, shuts down, and issues a restart failure.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads, "Max
Restarts/Hr." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads, "Max Restarts/Hr - Up/ Dn
XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value that represents the number of starts). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the maximum allowable starts per hour. Press
the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to save this value.
50 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Safeties Menu
11.8 Pump Cycle Safety
• Description:
The purpose of Pump Cycle Safety is to shutdown pumps individually, if a pump experiences a tendency
to cycle (that is, start and stop rapidly). The Oasis counts the number of times each pump starts in a
given 60-minute interval. If a pump exceeds the maximum Max Restarts/Per Hour value, Pump Cycle
Safety fault is issued for the pump and it is shut down. The cool -off period is defined as the number of 1/
starts/hour.
For example, each time the PM pump starts, 1 is added to the "starts counter." If the pump either runs or
is at rest (no starts or stops) for 6 minutes (60 minutes/lOstarts), then subtract 1 from the starts counter
until the counter = 0.
The answers to question #21 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the Preset
Time register for each pump in order for the Pump Cycle safety to function properly.
• Procedure:
From the Safeties menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Pump Cycle". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys to make a selection of one of the following options: "PMP Starts/Hr", "Pump 1
Starts/Hr", "Pump 2 Starts/Hr", "Pump 3 Starts/Hr" or "Pump 4 Starts/Hr".
11.8.1 PMP Starts/Hr
• Description:
The PMP Starts/Hr register requires the entry of a value representing the maximum number of starts
per hour for the PM pump. Once the PM pump exceeds the maximum number of allowable starts per
hour, the Oasis issues a Pump Cycle Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Cycle menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "PMP Starts/Hr." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"PMP Starts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the maximum allowable starts per hour. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Pump Cycle menu.
11.8.2 Pump 1 Starts/Hr
• Description:
The Pump 1 Starts/Hr register requires the entry of a value representing the maximum number of
starts per hour allowable for pump #1. Once pump #1 exceeds the maximum number of allowable
starts per hour, the Oasis issues a Pump Cycle Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Cycle menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, 'Pump 1 Starts/Hr". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, 'Pump 1 Starts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the maximum allowable starts per hour.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return
to the Pump Cycle menu.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 51

Safeties Menu
52
11.8.3 Pump 2 Starts/Hr
• Description:
The Pump 2 Starts/Hr register requires the entry of a value representing the maximum number of
starts per hour allowable for pump #1. Once pump #2 exceeds the maximum number of allowable
starts per hour, the Oasis issues a Pump Cycle Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Cycle menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Pump 2 Starts/Hr". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Pump 2 Starts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the maximum allowable starts per hour.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return
to the Pump Cycle Safety menu.
11.8.4 Pump 3 Starts/Hr
• Description:
The Pump3 Starts/Hr register requires the entry of a value representing the maximum number of starts
per hour allowable for pump #1. Once pump #1 exceeds the maximum number of allowable starts
per hour, the Oasis issues a Pump Cycle Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Cycle menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Pump 3 Starts/Hr". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Pump 1 Starts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the maximum allowable starts per hour.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return
to the Pump Cycle menu.
11.8.5 Pump 4 Starts/Hr
• Description:
The Pump 4 Starts/Hr register requires the entry of a value representing the maximum number of
starts per hour allowable for pump #1. Once pump #1 exceeds the maximum number of allowable
starts per hour, the Oasis issues a Pump Cycle Safety and begins shut down.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Cycle menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Pump 4 Starts/Hr". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key so that the display reads,
"Pump 1 Starts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the numerical value equals the maximum allowable starts per hour. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the
Safeties menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Restart/Fill Menu
12.0 Restart/Fill Menu
• Description:
There are two features of the Oasis control that dictate pump disposition following a safety shutdown —
Auto Restart and Line Fill. The first, Auto Restart, if enabled, attempts to restart all pumps in a sequential
manner. The second, Line Fill, dictates the rate pressure is increased during the pump starting sequence.
Line Fill is used only on variable speed, VFD systems. The answers to question #22, for auto restart, and
#23, for line fill in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the appropriate registers
for each control parameter for the restart and fill features to function.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the display
reads, "Restart/Fill Menu". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Auto
Restart", "Restart Min Pressure", "Max Restarts/Hr", "Current Restarts/Hr", "Line Fill", "Fill Trig Pressure",
"Fill Steady Time", "Min Fill Speed", "Steady Pressure Dead Band", "Steady Flow Dead Band" or "Fill Speed
Step".
12.1 Auto Restart
• Description:
Auto Restart is a register that either enables or disables the control feature to automatically start pumps
in a sequential manner following a safety shutdown. This feature can be used on both constant speed
and variable speed systems.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads either, "Auto Restart Enabled" or "Auto Restart Disabled". Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired enabled or disabled status. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Restart/Fill menu.
12.1.1 Restart Min Pressure
• Description:
Restart Min Pressure is a register requiring the entry of a pressure value, in psi or kg/M2, that stops
the initiation of the auto restart sequence.
NOTE:
The Restart Min Pressure is an absolute value and not a differential, as was the case in pump starting
and safety parameters. The auto restart feature is rendered non -operational if the system pressure
falls below the value entered in this register.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Restart Min Pressure". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Restart Min Pressure - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value representing
pressure in the units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units
EUA Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired
pressure. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to Save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the Restart/Fill menu.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 53

Restart/Fill Menu
12.1.2 Maximum Restarts/Hr
• Description:
Maximum Restarts/Hr is a register requiring the entry of a value for the maximum number of restart
attempts in any 60-minute interval. If the pump system repeatedly experience safety conditions that
occur more often than this maximum restart value, the pumps are not allowed to restart.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Max Restarts/Hr". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Max Restarts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value representing the number of start
attempts). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows
the desired maximum restart limit. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Restart/Fill menu.
12.1.3 Current Restarts/Hr
• Description:
Current Restarts/Hr is a register that shows the current number of restarts per hour as recorded by
Oasis. This read-only register does not require any parameter settings.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Crnt Restarts/Hr". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Crnt Restarts/Hr - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value representing the number of start
attempts). The value displayed in this register is changed automatically by the Oasis when
the system attempt additional auto restarts. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Restart/Fill menu.
12.2 Line Fill
• Description:
Line Fill is a register that either enables or disables the control feature that allows the Oasis to
repressurize the system at a controlled rate. This feature is used only on variable speed systems.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Line Fill En/Di". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Line
Fill En/Dis." Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired
enabled or disabled status. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the Restart/Fill menu.
12.2.1 Line Fill Trigger Pressure
• Description:
Fill Trigger Pressure is a register requiring the entry of a pressure value, in psi or kg/M2, to allow the
initiation of the line fill function.
NOTE:
The Fill Trigger Pressure is an absolute value and not a differential, as was the case in pump starting
and safety parameters. The line fill feature is not operational until the system pressure drops below
the value entered in this register.
54 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Restart/Fill Menu
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Fill Trig Press". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Fill Trigger Pressure - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value representing pressure
in the units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)).
Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired pressure.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the Restart/Fill menu.
12.2.2 Fill Steady Time
• Description:
Fill Steady Time is a register requiring the entry of the minimum time needed (in seconds) to stabilize
pressure and flow prior to each speed increment of the VFD.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Fill Steady Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Fill Steady'Eme - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being a time value in seconds). Press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired minimum time. Press the Menu/Scroll
Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Restart/Fill
menu.
12.2.3 Minimum Fill Speed
• Description:
Minimum Fill Speed is a register that requires entry of a percentage (%) of the VFD maximum speed.
Prior to initiating the line fill process, the drive is limited to operation at this minimum speed. For
example, if the maximum speed of a VFD is 60 Hz, and the value of this register is 25%, the resulting
minimum allowable drive speed prior to line fill is15Hz.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Min Fill Speed". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Minimum Fill Speed - Up/Dn XXX%" (with XXX being a percentage value of the drive speed). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired percentage. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Restart/ Fill menu.
12.2.4 Steady Pressure Dead Band
• Description:
Steady Pressure Dead Band is a register requiring the entry of a value (in psi or kg/M3), representing
the pressure "dead band" for the line -fill process. Pressure must stay within this dead -band range to be
considered stable. For example, a value of 1 psi creates a 2 psi dead band.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "StdyPress DbBand". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"StdyPress DbBand - Up/Dn XXX psi" ((with XXX being a numerical value representing pressure in
the units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired percentage. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Restart/Fill menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 55

Restart/Fill Menu
12.2.5 Steady Flow Dead Band
• Description:
Steady Flow Dead Band is a register requiring the entry of a flow rate (in gpm or M3/m), representing
the flow "dead band" for the line fill process. Flow must stay within this dead- band range to be
considered stable. For example, a value of 10 gpm creates a 20 gpm dead band.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "StdyFlow DbBand". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "StdyFlow DbBand - Up/Dn XXX gpm" (with XXX being a flow rate in gpm or M3/m (see,
Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys until the display shows the desired flow. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this
value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Restart/Fill menu.
12.2.6 Fill Speed Step
• Description:
Fill Speed Step is a register requiring the entry of a percentage of the VFD drive speed W. This
percentage represents the fill -speed "step" that is used during the line -fill process. This speed step is the
incremental change in VFD speed that occurs over time, as defined by the Fill Steady Time register.
• Procedure:
From the Restart/Fill menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Fill Speed Step". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Fill
Speed Step - Up/Dn XXX%" (with XXX being a percentage value of the drive speed). Press the Scroll
Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired percentage. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Restart/Fill menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key again to return to the Main menu.
56 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Wye Filter Menu
13.0 Wye Filter Menu
• Description:
This menu only appears if the Wye Filter option is enabled in the Utilities menu. The Wye Filter is an
inline strainer that has a self-cleaning mechanism that uses a flush sequence. The parameters setting the
flush sequence are entered on the Wye Filter menu. The answers to question #24 in the Pump System
Parameter Questions must be entered into the appropriate registers for the Wye filter features to function
properly.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the display
reads, "Wye Filter". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys so that the display reads, "Flush On," "Flush Off," "Run Flush Flow," or "Flush Min Combo."
13.1 Wye Filter Flush On Sec
• Description:
The Wye Filter Flush On Sec is a register requiring the entry of a minimum duration time (seconds) for
the Wye filter flush.
• Procedure:
From the Wye Filter menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Flush On Sec". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Flush
On Sec - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being minimum duration time in seconds). Press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired minimum time. Press the Menu/Scroll
Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Wye Filter
menu.
13.2 Wye Filter Flush Off Min
• Description:
The Wye Filter Flush Off Sec is a register requiring the entry of an "off " time (in minutes) that is a time
between the flush cycles of the Wye filter. In other words, after the Wye filter flush is complete, this is
the minimum "off' time required before another flush cycle can be initiated.
• Procedure:
From the Wye Filter menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Flush Off Mins". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Flush
Off Min - Up/Dn XXXmin" (with XXX being the time in minutes between flush cycles). Press the Scroll
Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired minimum time. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Wye
Filter menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 57

Wye Filter Menu
13.3 Wye Filter Run Flush Flow
• Description:
The Wye Filter Run Flush Flow is a register requiring the entry of a minimum flow value (in gpm or
M3/m). If the pump station is equipped with a flow meter or sensor, a minimum flow rate must be set
in order for the Wye Filter flush cycle to initiate. For those systems without flow input, the value of this
register should be set to 0 (zero).
• Procedure:
From the Wye Filter menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Run Flush Flow". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Run
Flush Flow- Up/Dn XXXgpm" (with XXX being a flow rate in gpm or M3/m (see, Utilities>Units>Units
US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display
shows the desired flow rate. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the Wye Filter menu.
13.4 Wye Filter Flush Min Combo
• Description:
The Flush Min Combo is a register requiring the entry of a Combo number that is the minimum pump
Combo to be used when running the Wye Filter. This pump Combo (or greater) must be in operation
before the Wye Filter flushing cycle can start.
• Procedure:
From the Wye Filter menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Flush Min Combo". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Flush Min Combo - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being the minimum Combo number). Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired Combo number. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the
Main menu.
58 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Auto Lake Screen Menu
14.0 Auto Lake Screen Menu
• Description:
This menu only appears if the Auto Lake Screen option is enabled in the Utilities menu. The Auto Lake
Screen is a rotating, self-cleaning screen located on the inlet flume of the pump station intake structure. Its
self-cleaning mechanism is a series of back flush jets that automatically operate based on an output from
the Oasis. This menu permits the establishment of the back flushing parameters. The answers to question
#25 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered into the appropriate registers for the ALS
features to function properly.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the display
reads, "Auto Lake Screen". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys to select: "ALS Run Combo", "ALS Run Flow", "ALS Start Delay", "Flush On Time" or "Flush
Off Time".
14.1 ALS Run Combo
• Description:
The ALS Run Combo is a register requiring the entry of a Combo number that is the minimum pump
Combo to be used when running the Auto Lake Screen. This pump Combo (or greater) must be in
operation before the ALS flushing cycle can start.
• Procedure:
From the Auto Lake Screen menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "ALS Run Combo". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"ALS Run Combo - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being the minimum Combo number). Press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired minimum Combo number. Press the
Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Auto
Lake Screen menu.
14.2 ALS Run Flow
• Description:
ALS Run Flow is a register, requiring the entry of a value, in gpm or M3/m, for the Auto Lake Screen
minimum flow. If the pump station is equipped with a flow meter or flow sensor, a minimum flow that is
the value of this register must be set in order for the flush operation to initiate.
NOTE:
For those systems without a flow input, the value of the ALS Run Flow register should be set to zero.
• Procedure:
From the Auto Lake Screen menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top
line of the display reads, "ALS Run Flow". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "ALS Run Flow - Up/Dn XXX gpm" (with XXX being a flow rate in gpm or M3/m (see,
Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EUA Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys until the display shows the desired minimum flow. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to
save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Auto Lake Screen menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 59

Auto Lake Screen Menu
14.3 ALS Start Delay
• Description:
ALS Start Delay is a register, requiring the entry of a delay time (in seconds) before the ALS starts. Once
the ALS run Combo and run flow conditions are met, the actual start of the back flushing is delayed by
the value in this register.
• Procedure:
From the Auto Lake Screen menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "ALS Start Delay". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"ALS Start Delay - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being the minimum delay time in seconds). Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired delay time. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Auto
Lake Screen menu.
14.4 ALS Flush On Time
• Description:
The ALS Flush On Time is a register requiring the entry of a duration time (in seconds) for the auto lake
screen flush. This is the maximum allowable flush duration time in any flush cycle.
• Procedure:
From the Auto Lake Screen menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Flush On Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Flush On Time - Up/Dn XXXsec" (with XXX being the minimum duration time in seconds).
Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired flush duration.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return
to the Auto Lake Screen menu.
14.5 ALS Flush Off Time
• Description:
The ALS Flush Off Time is a register requiring the entry of an elapsed time (in minutes) for the auto lake
screen flush to be off. After the auto lake screen flush is complete, this is the minimum time required
before another flush cycle can be initiated.
• Procedure:
From the Auto Lake Screen menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Flush Off Time". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, "Flush Off Time - Up/Dn XXXmin" (with XXX being the minimum time in minutes between
flush cycles). Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired
elapsed time between cycles. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/
Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Auto Lake Screen menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key again
to return to the Main menu.
60 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
15.0 Utilities Menu
• Description:
The Utilities menu provides the means to calibrate pressure transducer analog inputs, flow meter analog
inputs and flow sensor pulsed inputs. It also establishes the units of pressure and flow data, as well as, sets
pump, filter, intake screen, and input/output options.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Utilities". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads, "Calibration",
"Units", "Options" or "Advanced".
15.1 Calibration
• Description:
The Calibration menu is designed to calibrate flow sensors using published calibration data, as well as,
fine-tune the analog inputs (pressure transducers and flow meters) by using field monitoring techniques.
• Procedure:
From the Utilities menu, press the up or down arrow keys until the top line of the display reads
"Calibration." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once, so that the display reads, "Flowmeter", "Analog
Inputs" or Averaging". Use the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select.
15.1.1 Flowmeter
• Description:
If the system uses a pulse -type flowmeter sensor to measure flow through the Oasis, the sensor must be
calibrated in one of two ways. One way is to pick the appropriate pipe size from a table provided by
the manufacturer and assuming the sensor is a Data Industrial model 220B that is properly mounted in
schedule 40 steel pipe. The other way is to enter the appropriate span and offset values for the sensor
and pipe size being utilized. The answers to question #27 in the Pump System Parameter Questions
must be entered into the following registers in order for the flowmeter to be properly calibrated.
• Procedure:
From the Calibration menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Flowmeter". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once then press the Scroll Up 0 and
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select "Pick from Table", "Span" or "Offset".
15.1.1.1 Pick From Table
• Description:
Pick from Table is a register requiring the selection of a value representing the pipe size in which a
Data Industrial model 220B flow sensor is mounted. This flow sensor provides a pulsed signal
proportional to flow, which the Oasis uses to calculate instantaneous flow rates. These flow rates are
displayed in the status screen and used to provide pump on and off parameters.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 61

Utilities Menu
• Procedure:
From the Flowmeter menu press the up or down arrow keys until the top line of the display reads,
"Pick from Table". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the display reads, "Pick from Table
- XX, Sch 40", (with XX representing a numerical value, which is, in this case, a steel pipe size
ranging from 3 inches to 18 inches, as shown on the "Chose From Table" list below). Press the Scroll
Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the proper pipe size is shown on the top line of the display
. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key again to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the Flowmeter menu.
• The following option are available on the Choose From Table:
— 3"
sch 40
—10"
sch 40
— 4"
sch 40
— 12"
sch 40
— 5"
sch 40
— 14"
sch 40
— 6"
sch 40
—16"
sch 40
— 8"
sch 40
—18"
sch 40
15.1.1.2 Span
• Description:
Span is a value representing the flow velocity through a pipe of a specific size (as defined in the Pick
From Table menu).
• Procedure:
From the Flowmeter menu press the up or down arrow keys until the top line of the display reads,
"Span". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the display reads, "Span - Up/Dn XX (with XX
representing a numerical value, which is the pipe span)". Press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0
arrow keys until the proper span is shown on the top line of the display. Press the Menu/Scroll
Right 0 key again to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Flowmeter menu.
15.1.1.3 Offset
• Description:
Offset is a value representing the offset used for a Data Industrial model 220B flow sensor. This flow
sensor provides a pulsed signal proportional to flow, which the Oasis uses to calculate flow rates.
These flow rates are displayed in the status screen and used to confirm pump start conditions and/or
stop conditions exists.
• Procedure:
From the Flowmeter menu press the up or down arrow keys until the top line of the display reads,
"Offset". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the display reads, "Offset - Up/Dn XX (with XX
representing a numerical value, which is the offset)". Press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys until the proper offset is shown on the top line of the display. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0
key again to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Flowmeter
menu.
62 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
15.1.2 Analog Inputs (Analog Connections)
• Description:
The Oasis is equipped with four (4) analog inputs labeled 0 through 3. The first analog input, #0, is
dedicated to the downstream pressure transducer. On some systems equipped with a pressure control
valve, a pressure transducer located between the valve and the pump discharge manifold is connected
to analog input #1. Analog input #2 can be connected to a flowmeter delivering an analog signal
proportional to flow. Finally, analog input #3 is reserved for future use by any other analog signal of
unidentified origin.
The Analog Input menu is designed to calibrate each input signal with actual values measured from
some other source. For example, in the case of pressure transducers, the analog input signal, scaled in
psi, should be compared to a calibrated pressure gage close to the systems normal operating pressure.
If the gage reading does not match the scaled reading of the Oasis, the Oasis can be adjusted to
comply.
A CAUTION
The Oasis is equipped with four inputs and two outputs on the same terminal strip. Make certain
you have identified which connections are the inputs and which are outputs before attempting to wire
components. The labeling is similar and may be easily confused.
• Procedure:
From the Calibration menu press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "Analog Inputs". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that that the display
reads, "DnStrm Span", "DnStrm Bias", "UpStrm Span", "UpStrm Bias", "Flow Span" and "Flow Bias".
15.1.2.1 Analog Downstream Bias
• Description:
The Downstream Bias sets the zero point by matching the analog input signal from a pressure
transducer to the pressure reading from a calibrated pressure gage, showing 0 psi or the minimum
reading. The pressure transducer must be calibrated, and confirming by a pressure gage from the
downstream side of the pressure control valve on constant pressure systems, or from the discharge
manifold on variable speed systems. Commonly, the downstream transducer is used for safeties on a
fixed -speed systems. On VFD- equipped stations, the single downstream transducer is used for both
start/stop and safeties.
• Procedure:
From the Analog Inputs menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "DnStrm Bias". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"DnStrm Bias - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value representing pressure
in the units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EUA Press
the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the pressure shown on the display matches that
shown on the pressure gage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to accept this value. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Analog Inputs menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 63

Utilities Menu
15.1.2.2 Analog Downstream Span
• Description:
The Downstream Span sets pressure range of the transducer by matching the analog input signal from
a pressure transducer to the pressure reading from a calibrated pressure gage at a nominal or normal
operating pressure. The pressure transducer must be calibrated, and confirming by a pressure gage
from the downstream side of the pressure control valve on constant pressure systems, or from the
discharge manifold on variable speed systems.
• Procedure:
From the Analog Inputs menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top
line of the display reads, "DnStrm Span". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display
reads, 'DnStrm Span - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value representing pressure
in the units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EUA
Press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the pressure shown on the display
matches that shown on the pressure gage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to accept this value.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left () key once to return to the Analog Inputs menu.
15.1.2.3 Analog Upstream Bias
• Description:
Analog Upstream Bias sets the zero point by matching the analog input signal from a pressure
transducer to the pressure reading from a calibrated pressure gage. The pressure transducer must
be calibrated, and confirming by a pressure gage from the downstream side of the pressure control
valve on constant pressure systems, or from the discharge manifold on variable speed systems.
Commonly, the upstream transducer is used for system start/stop.
• Procedure:
From the Analog Inputs menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "UpStrm Bias". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"UpStrm Bias - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value representing pressure in the
units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EUA Press
the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the pressure shown on the display matches that
shown on the pressure gage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to accept this value. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Analog Inputs menu.
15.1.2.4 Analog Upstream Span
• Description:
Analog Upstream Span sets pressure range by matching the analog input signal from a pressure
transducer to the pressure reading from a calibrated pressure gage. The pressure transducer must
be calibrated, and confirming by a pressure gage from the downstream side of the pressure control
valve on constant pressure systems, or from the discharge manifold on variable speed systems.
Commonly, the upstream transducer is used for system start/stop.
• Procedure:
From the Analog Inputs menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "UpStrm Span." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"UpStrm Span - Up/Dn XXX psi" (with XXX being a numerical value representing pressure in the
units selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). With
pressure holding steady at a normal operating level, as read on a calibrated pressure gage, press the
Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the pressure shown on the display matches that
shown on the pressure gage. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to accept this value. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Analog Inputs menu.
64 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
15.1.2.5 Flow Bias
• Description:
Bias is the zero value representing the offset used for a Data Industrial model 220B flow sensor. This
flow sensor provides a pulsed signal proportional to flow, which the Oasis uses to calculate flow
rates. These flow rates are displayed in the status screen and used to confirm pump start conditions
and/or stop conditions exists.
• Procedure:
From the Analog Inputs menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Flow Bias". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Flow Bias - Up/Dn XXX gpm" (with XXX being a numerical value representing flow in the units
selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EU)). Press the Scroll
Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the correct flow shown on the display. Press the Menu/
Scroll Right 0 key to accept this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return
to the Analog Inputs menu.
15.1.2.6 Flow Span
• Description:
Flow Span is a value representing the pipe size in which a Data Industrial model 220B flow sensor
is mounted. This flow sensor provides a pulsed signal proportional to flow, which the Oasis uses to
calculate flow rates. These flow rates are displayed in the status screen and used to confirm pump
start conditions and/or stop conditions exists.
• Procedure:
From the Analog Inputs menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Flow Span". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Flow Span - Up/Dn XXX gpm" (with XXX being a numerical value representing flow in the units
selected by the user (see, Utilities>Units>Units US or Utilities>Units>Units EUA Press the Scroll
Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the correct flow is shown on the display. Press the Menu/
Scroll Right 0 key to accept this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Analog Inputs menu.
15.1.3 Averaging
• Description:
The number of samples used for creating an averaged value for flow and pressure are entered in the
averaging registers.
• Procedure:
From the Utilities menu press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Averaging'. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the display reads, "Press Avg Count" or "Flow Avg Count".
15.1.3.1 Pressure Averaging Count
• Description:
The number of samples used for creating an averaged pressure value is entered in this register. The
default number of samples for pressure is commonly 5 counts.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 65

Utilities Menu
• Procedure:
From the Averaging menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, 'Press Avg Count". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Press Avg Count - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being anumerical value representing ?). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired count. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Averaging menu.
15.1.3.2 Flow Averaging Count
• Description:
The number of samples used for creating an averaged pressure flow is entered in this register. The
default number of samples for flow is commonly 15 counts.
Procedure:
From the Averaging menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Flow Avg Count". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once so that the display reads,
"Flow Avg Count - Up/Dn XXX" (with XXX being a numerical value representing ?). Press
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the desired count. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this value. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Averaging menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Utilities menu.
15.2 Units
• Description:
Use the Units menu to select the type of units displayed on the Oasis. The choices are US (such as, gpm,
psi, ft) and EU (such as M3/m, kg/M2, M).
• Procedure:
From the Utilities menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Units".
15.2.1 US Units
• Description:
Use the Units menu to select the type of units displayed on the Oasis (such as, gpm, psi, ft for US
units) .
• Procedure:
From the Units menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the bottom line of
the display reads, "US (psi/gpm)." Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this selection. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Utilities menu.
15.2.2 EU (European) Units
• Description:
Use the Units menu to select the type of units displayed on the Oasis (such as, M3/m, kg/ M2, M for EU
units.)
• Procedure:
From the Units menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the bottom line of
the display reads, "EU (M, MA3)". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this selection. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Utilities menu.
66 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
15.3 Options
• Description:
The Options menu defines the pump station configuration and all pump start/stop characteristics. It
establishes pump nomenclature and identifies the pump alternating and speed control characteristics.
• Procedure:
From the Utilities menu, press Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Options". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys and select one of the following: "Max Combo", "Pumps", "VFD Pumps", "Equal HP Pumps", "Pump
Start Options", "Pump Stop Options", "Combo 1 Options", "Flowmeter", "Flow Switches", "Upstream
Transducer", "WYE Enable/Disable", "ALS Enable/Disable" and "Define Combos".
15.3.1 Max Combo
• Description:
Each combination of pumps in the starting sequence is referred to as a "Combo". The Maximum
Combo is the highest Combo number achievable when the station is supplying maximum demand. The
answer to question #3 in the Pump System Parameter Questions must be entered in this register.
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Max Combo". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key until the display reads, "Max Combo
- Up/Dn X", (where X represents the maximum number of Combos). Press either press the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display shows the correct maximum Combo number. Press
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Options menu.
15.3.2 Pumps
• Description:
The Oasis controller can operate one pressure maintenance pump and up to four (4) main pumps in
any one of eight arrangements. This menu selects the appropriate arrangement of pumps in order to
establish proper pump sequencing and I/O configuration. Refer to the answer in question #3 in the
Pump System Parameter Questions for further details.
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Pumps". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys the until the bottom line of the display shows one of the possible combinations from
"PM" to "PM, #1, #2, #3, #4" (see the list of Pump Definitions in Pump, VFD, and Combo
Selections). Press either press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to position the selected
combination on the bottom line of the display. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save selection. Press
the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Options menu.
15.3.3 VFD Pumps
• Description:
If the pump station controls pressure with a variable frequency drive, Oasis needs to know which
pumps are designated as VFD pumps. The answer to question #2 in the Pump System Parameter
Questions is entered in this register. There are fifteen possible combinations ranging from "None" to
"#1, #2, #3, #4".
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 67

Utilities Menu
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "VFD Pumps". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once.
Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys the until the bottom line of the display shows one of
the possible combinations (see the list of VFD Pump Definitions in Pump, VFD, and Combo
Selections). Press Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the Options menu.
15.3.4 Equal HP Pumps
• Description:
The Oasis controller monitors the run times of each pump and automatically alternates all pumps
of equal size according to accumulated runtime. In every starting sequence, the pump with the least
amount of operating time is the first to start and the last to stop. To do this, the Oasis controller needs
to know which pumps are designated as equal HP (Horsepower) pumps. The answer to question
#29 in the Pump System Parameter Questions provides this information. There are eleven possible
combinations ranging from "None" to "#1, #2, #3, #4".
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, "Equal Hp Pumps". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys the until the bottom line of the display shows one of the possible
combinations from "None" to "#1, #2, #3, #4" (see the list of VFD Pump Definitions in Pump,
VFD, and Combo Selections). Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save selection. Press the Escape/
Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Options menu.
15.3.5 Pump Start Options
• Description:
There are eleven different ways to start the pumps. Starting methods include a drop in pressure,
increase in flow, remote relay (irrigation controller), or any combination of the three. The pump or
pumps in Combo 1 (such as a PM or jockey pump) can start in a different manner than the pump
or pumps in the remaining 6 Combos. The answers to questions #4 and #5 in the Pump System
Parameter Questions provide the necessary information for the starting selections.
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Pump Start Opts". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display and select either "Combo 1 Start" or "Combo 2+ Start".
15.3.5.1 Combo 1 Start
• Description:
"Combo 1 Start" is the register requiring selection of the method used to start the pumps in Combo 1.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Start Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys
until the top line of the display reads "Combo 1 Start". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once.
Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display and select one of the eleven
combinations of pump starting requirements on the bottom line of the display (see the Pump Start
and Pump Stop Options list in Pump, VFD, and Combo Selections). Press Menu/Scroll Right
0 key once to save the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Pump Start
Options menu.
68 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
15.3.5.2 Combo 2+ Start
• Description:
"Combo 2+ Start" is the register requiring selection of the method used to start the pumps in
Combo 2 or greater.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Start Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the
top line of the display reads "Combo 2+ Start". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display and select one of the eleven combinations of
pump starting requirements on the bottom line of the display (see the Pump Start
and Pump Stop Options list in Pump, VFD, and Combo Selections). Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key
once to save the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Options menu.
15.3.6 Pump Stop Options
• Description:
There are eleven different ways to stop the pumps. Stopping methods include arise in pressure,
decrease in flow, remote relay (irrigation controller) or any combination of the three. The pump or
pumps in Combo 1 (such as a PM or jockey pump) can stop in a different manner than the pump
or pumps in the remaining 6 Combos. The answers to questions #9 and #10 in the Pump System
Parameter Questions provide the necessary information for the stopping selections.
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Pump Stop Opts". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display and select either "Combo 1 Stop" or "Combo 2+ Stop".
15.3.6.1 Combo 1 Stop
• Description:
"Combo 1 Stop" is the register requiring selection of the method used to stop the pumps in Combo 1.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Start Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys
until the top line of the display reads "Combo 1 Stop". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once.
Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display and select one of the eleven
combinations of pump starting requirements on the bottom line of the display (see the Pump Start
and Pump Stop Options list in Pump, VFD, and Combo Selections). Press Menu/Scroll Right 0
key once to save the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Pump Start
Options menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 69

Utilities Menu
15.3.6.2 Combo 2+ Stop
• Description:
"Combo 2+ Stop" is the register requiring selection of the method used to stop the pumps in Combo 2
or greater.
• Procedure:
From the Pump Stop Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the
top line of the display reads "Combo 2+ Stop". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display and select one of the eleven
combinations of pump stopping requirements on the bottom line of the display (see the Pump Start
and Pump Stop Options list in Pump, VFD, and Combo Selections). Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key
once to save the selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Options menu.
15.3.7 Combo 1 Options
• Description:
The Combo 1 Options menu requires two option selections to identify the start and stop sequencing
and pressure sensing requirements for the pump or pumps only in Combo 1. Often, Combo 1 is used
as a PM pump only combo.
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Combo 1 Options". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys to display one of the options on the bottom line of the LCD, either "No PM on
Down Sequence (No PM on Dn Seq)" or "Downstream Pressure Sense (DNSTRM Pr Sens)".
15.3.7.1 No PM on Down Sequence
• Description:
In most systems, a pressure maintenance (PM) pump or jockey pump is the first pump to start (Combo
1), followed by the remaining main pumps in a specific sequence. Pumps usually retire in the reverse
order from starting. If this is the case, the PM or jockey pump should restart after the last main pump
retires. Enable the No PM on Down Sequence to exclude the PM or jockey pump from restarting
during the shut off sequence.
• Procedure:
From the Combo 1 Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top
line of the display reads "No PM on Dn Seq". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until either "Enable" or "Disable" is shown on the bottom
line of the display. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to Save your selection. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key to return to the Combo 1 Options menu.
15.3.7.2 Downstream Pressure Sensing
• Description:
Most pump stations use a pressure control valve to regulate system pressure and start pumps by
sensing pressure on the upstream side of the valve. However, in some cases, it may be necessary to
start the Combo 1 pump using pressure sensed downstream of the valve. To provide the station with
downstream pressure sensing start and/or stop for the PM or jockey pump enable this register.
70 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
• Procedure:
From the Combo 1 Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top
line of the display reads "DNSTRM Pr Sens". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until either "Enable" or "Disable" is shown on the bottom
line of the display. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key to Save your selection. Press the
Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Options menu.
15.3.8 Flowmeter
• Description:
The Oasis can measure and display flow in one of two ways. The first method uses a pulsing type flow
sensor, such as a Data Industrial model 220B connected directly to the sensor -input terminals, (refer
to question #25 in the Pump System Parameter Questions). The second method is to sense an analog
input signal that is proportional to flow and connected to the analog input 2 terminals (refer to the
answer to question #26 in the Pump System Parameter Questions).
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Flowmeter". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to display once. Press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display one the following options on the bottom line of the LCD:
"Analog 2", "Pulsed" or "None". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save one of these selections.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left () key once to return to the Options menu.
NOTE:
The selection, "None," must be chosen and saved if the pump station does not use a flowmeter.
15.3.9 Flow Switches
• Description:
Some systems retire pumps by sensing changes in flow with digital flow switches. These switches can
be either the paddle or thermal type, mounted directly in the discharge manifold, or they can be the
micro or proximity type, mounted on a pressure control valve. If the Flow Switch method is used to
stop pumps, the number of switches used (up to a maximum of four) must be entered into this Oasis
register (refer to the answer to question #29 in the Pump System Parameter Questions).
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Flow Switches". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to display once. Press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to display one of the options on the bottom line of the LCD: "None",
11FS111, 11FS211, 11FS311, "FST' (see also, Flow Switch Handling in the Sequence of Operation section). Press
the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save one of these selections. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the Options menu.
NOTE:
The selection, None, must be chosen and saved even if the pump station does not use Flow Switches.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 71

Utilities Menu
15.3.10 Upstream Transducer
• Description:
Systems utilizing a pressure control valve to regulate system pressure may start or stop pumps by
sensing pressure on the upstream side of the valve. An upstream pressure transducer is used for this
purpose and must be enabled in the Oasis menu to be functional.
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Upstrm Txducer". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads either, "Enable" or "Disable". Press the Menu/ Scroll
Right 0 key to save one of these selections. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the
Options menu.
15.3.11 Wye Strainer Enable/Disable
• Description:
Some systems are equipped with an optional auto -flushing Wye Strainer. This strainer uses the logic
programmed in the Oasis to establish flushing sequences. In order for this logic to be activated, the
Wye Strainer option must be enabled (refer to the question #24 in the Pump System Parameter
Questions to provide the necessary parameters).
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "WYE Enable/Disable". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads either, "Enable" or "Disable". Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save one of these selections. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the Options menu.
15.3.12 ALS Enable/Disable
• Description:
Some systems are equipped with an Auto -flushing Lake Screen(ALS). This screen uses the logic
programmed in the Oasis to establish flushing sequences. In order for this logic to be active the
ALS option must be enabled (refer to the question #25 in the Pump System Parameter Questions to
provide the necessary parameters).
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "ALS Enabl/Disabl". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads either, "Enable" or "Disable". Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save one of these selections. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the Options menu.
15.3.13 Define Combos
• Description:
The Oasis can control up to four (4) main pumps and one pressure maintenance pump. These pumps
sequence on and off in a series of combinations or Combos. There are seven possible Combos in the
Oasis control logic and thirty-one possible pump selections for each Combo. The Define Combos
menu defines which pumps are used in each Combo (refer to the question #3 in the Pump System
Parameter Questions to provide the necessary parameters).
72 OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
• Procedure:
From the Options menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads, 'Define Combos". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the press the Scroll Up 0
or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads, "Combo X Pumps", (with X being a Combo
number from 1 to 7) that you want to define.
15.3.13.1 Combo 1 Pumps
• Description:
This register sets the "identity" of the pumps in Combo 1. Thirty-one possible selections range from
"PM" to "PM, #1, #2, #3, #4".
• Procedure:
From the Define Combos menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Combo 1 Pumps". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to display one of the
thirty-one possible combinations of pumps on the bottom line of the LCD. Press the Scroll Up 0 or
Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the correct combination is shown on the bottom line of the display.
Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once to save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to
return to the Options menu.
15.3.13.2 Combo 2+ Pumps
• Description:
This register sets the "identity" of the pumps in Combo 2. Thirty-one possible selections range from
"PM" to "PM, #1, #2, #3, #4" (see complete list in Pump, WD, and Combo Selections).
• Procedure:
From the Define Combos menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the
top line of the display reads, "Combo 2 Pumps". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once to display
one of the thirty-one possible combinations of pumps on the bottom line of the LCD. Press the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the correct combination is shown. Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once to save selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to
the Options menu.
Up to seven Combos can be defined in the Oasis (numbered 0-7); the total number is set in the
Utilities>Options>Max Combo register. The number of Combos shown in Define Combo section
also depend on the number entered in the Max Combo register. Use the same procedure shown in
Combo 2 to define the remaining combos.
15.3.14 Advanced Menu
• Description:
This Advanced menu determines input and output locations, as well as, provides certain diagnostic
functions. The Oasis setup procedure is only concerned with input and output functions called "I/O
Mapping".
• Procedure:
From the Utilities menu, press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of the
display reads "Advanced". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Press the Scroll Up 0 and Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys until the display reads either, "IO Mapping" or 'Diagnostics". Press the
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once to select.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 73

Utilities Menu
15.3.14.1 1/0 Mapping
• Description:
The Oasis supports fifteen (15) digital inputs and eight (8) digital outputs. Some of these inputs and
outputs are dedicated, while others are optional. The optional inputs and outputs can be programmed
to operate various non-standard devices such as Wye Strainers, Automatic Lake Screens, Fault Lights,
Safeties, and so forth. The pre -defined inputs and outputs are as follows: Input 0 - optional
Input 1 - optional
Input 2 - optional
Input 3 - pump #4 on/off switch or optional
Input 4 - pump #3 on/off switch or optional
Input 5 - pump #2 on/off switch or optional
Input 6 - pump #1 on/off switch or optional
Input 7 - PM pump on/off switch
Input 8 - starter feedback for the PM pump
Input 9 - starter feedback for pump #1 or optional
Input 10 - starter feedback for pump #2 or optional
Input 11 - starter feedback for pump #3, flow switch #4 or optional
Input 12 - starter feedback for pump #4, flow switch #3 or optional
Input 13 - flow switch #2 or optional
Input 14 - flow switch #1 or optional
Output 0 - PM pump starter
Output 1 - pump #1 constant speed starter or optional
Output 2 - pump #2 constant speed starter or optional
Output 3 - pump #3 constant speed starter or optional
Output 4 - pump #4 constant speed starter, pump #1 VFD starter or optional
Output 5 - pump #2 VFD starter or optional
Output 6 - pump #3 VFD starter or optional
Output 7 - VFD run signal or optional
Please note there are thirteen (13) possible input locations for optional devices and seven (7) possible
output locations for optional devices, depending upon the number of pumps in the system. Also note
certain combinations of pumps are limited by the dedicated input/ output allocations. Some examples
of these limitations are:
• Three (3) pumps can operate as VFD pumps
• When a PM pump and three VFD pumps are used, there are no available optional outputs
• Three (3) (or Four (4) if one pump is used on the PM Pump circuit) constant speed pumps can be
used, if three or less flow switches are required
• Every pump requires both a pump on/off switch input and a starter feedback input
• Every variable speed pump requires both a VFD starter output and a constant speed starter output
except when there is a dedicated VFD for every pump
When programming the optional input/output locations in the IO Mapping menu, make certain the
required pump input and output allocations are reserved first and then proceed with the IO Mapping
on the remaining optional locations. In the "IO Mapping" menu, there are seven (7) optional IO
Mapping sub -menus.
74 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
• Procedure:
From the Advanced menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line of
the display reads, "I0 Mapping". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the Scroll Up
0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select one of the following I/ 0 Mapping options: NNE IO
Mapping", "ALS IO Mapping", WFD IO Mapping", "Safety IO Mapping", "Run Relay Input", "System
Fault Output" or "Pump Fault Output".
15.3.14.1.1 WYE 1/0 Mapping
• Description:
Automatic Wye Strainer flushing requires one input and one output terminal. The "WYE Switch
Input" is usually powered from a two -position, on/off switch. The "WYE Flush Output" usually
energizes an interface relay, which in turn energizes a flushing solenoid valve. This menu selects the
input and output terminals to make this feature functional. Determine which of the optional input
and output terminals are available for these functions.
• Procedure:
From the IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top
line of the display reads, "WYE IO Mapping". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and
display "WYE Switch Input" on the top line of the LCD. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key
again to access one of sixteen choices for the input location. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys to select the input number choice on the bottom line of the display. Press
Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save this selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to position
"WYE Flush Output" on the top line of the display. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key again to
access one of sixteen choices for the input location. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys to select the input number choice on the bottom line of the display. Press Menu/Scroll Right
0 key to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key two times to return to the "IO
Mapping" menu.
15.3.14.1.2 ALS 1/0 Mapping
• Description:
Automatic Lake Inlet Screen flushing requires one input and one output terminal. The "ALS Switch
Input" is usually powered from a two -position, on/off switch. The "ALS Run Output" usually
energizes an interface relay, which in turn energizes a flushing solenoid valve. This menu selects the
input and output terminals to make this feature functional. Determine which of the optional input
and output terminals are available for these functions.
• Procedure:
From the IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "ALS IO Mapping". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display "ALS
Switch Input" on the top line of the LCD. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key again to access one of
sixteen choices for the input location. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select
the input number choice on the bottom line of the display. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to save
this selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to position
"ALS Run Output" on the top line of the display. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key again to
access one of sixteen choices for the input location. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow
keys to select the input number choice on the bottom line of the display. Press Menu/Scroll Right
0 key to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key two times to return to the "IO
Mapping" menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 75

Utilities Menu
15.3.14.1.3 VFD 1/0 Mapping
• Description:
This menu maps the I/O locations for VFD Fault Input and VFD Run Output.
• Procedure:
From the IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "VFD IO Mapping." Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once and display
"VFD Fault Input" on the top line of the LCD. Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key again to access
one of sixteen choices for the input location. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to
select the input number choice on the bottom line of the display. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key
to save this selection.
Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to position
"VFD Run Output" on the top line of the display. Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key again to
access one of sixteen choices for the input location. Press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0
arrow keys to select the input number choice on the bottom line of the display. Press Menu/Scroll
Right 0 key to save this selection. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key two times to return to the
"IO Mapping" menu.
15.3.14.1.4 Safety 1/0 Mapping
• Description:
Safety conditions such as low-pressure override/normal, inlet water (low water level, loss of prime or
low inlet pressure), phase failure and high pump temperature requires one input terminal for each.
This menu selects the input terminals to make these features functional.
• Procedure:
Determine which of the optional input and output terminals are available for these functions.
From the IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys until the top line
of the display reads, "Safety IO Mapping". Press the Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key display once. Use
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select one of the following options: "LP
Ovrd/Norm Input", "LL/LOP/LIP Input", "Phase Fail Input", "Hi Pump Temp Input" or "Hi Pump
Temp State".
15.3.14.1.4.1 LP OV/Norm Input
• Description:
The standard low-pressure safety can be placed in either an active or an override state. In the
active (or normal) state, the safety is armed and retires all pumps when a low-pressure condition
meets all the safety shutdown requirements. In the override mode, the low-pressure safety is not
active, as would be the case during initial pressurization and line fill. There are two ways to place
the low-pressure safety in either the override or normal state. One method is to activate the low-
pressure safety through a special Oasis menu described later. The other method uses an external,
two -position switch. If the switch option is chosen a dedicated input is required.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the
top line of the display reads, "LP Ovrd/Norm Input". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once.
Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen
input locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/ Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
76 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Utilities Menu
15.3.14.1.4.2 LL/LOP/LIP Input
• Description:
The inlet water safety can safeguard against one of three conditions: low water level, loss of prime
or low inlet pressure. Any of these conditions require a sensing device (such as a pressure switch,
level switch), resulting in a single input to the Oasis. If the safety option is chosen, a dedicated
input is required.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the
top line of the display reads, "LL/LOP/LIP Input". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen input
locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
15.3.14.1.4.3 Phase Fail Input
• Description:
Phase failure, low voltage safety requires an input from a sensor such as a phase monitor or a
voltage monitor. If the Phase Fail safety option is chosen a dedicated input is required.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the
top line of the display reads, "Phase Fail Input". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen input
locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
15.3.14.1.4.4 High Pump Temp Input
• Description:
This menu maps the I/O locations for High Pump Temperature Input (HiPumpTemp Input).
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the
top line of the display reads, "HipumpTemp Input". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once.
Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen
input locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/ Scroll
Left 0 key once to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
15.3.14.1.4.5 High Pump Temp State
• Description:
Some thermally activated switches are supplied with normally open contacts while others are
normally closed. In order to initiate the high pump temperature safety, the Oasis requires a
positive input when a high temperature condition exists. However, if the temperature sensor in
use is supplied with a normally closed contact, the control logic can be modified in this menu.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the
top line of the display reads, "Hi Pump Temp State". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once.
Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select either "Hi Pump Temp State ON =
Active" or "Hi Pump Temp State OFF = Active". Press Menu/ Scroll Right 0 key
to Save this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Safety IO Mapping
menu. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key twice to return to the Advanced menu.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 77

Utilities Menu
15.3.14.1.5 Run Relay Input
• Description:
If the pump system uses an external digital signal to start the pump, as would be the case with an
irrigation controller, the proper input allocation must be identified. A dedicated input terminal is
required for this feature.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top
line of the display reads, "Pump Relay Input". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen input
locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
15.3.14.1.6 System Fault Output
• Description:
There are two fault alarms available with Oasis. One is a system fault alarm, which can energize a
beacon, pilot light, horn, siren or auto dialer in the event the system experiences a safety condition
which requires the shutdown of all pumps. The other alarm can provide the same signaling based
on an individual pump failure, such as an overload trip. Both fault conditions require output
allocations.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top
line of the display reads, "System Fault Out". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the
Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen input
locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key
once to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
15.3.14.1.7 Pump Fault Output
• Description:
The second fault alarm available with Oasis is a pump fault alarm, which can energize a beacon,
pilot light, horn, siren or auto dialer in the event an individual pump failure, such as when an
overload trip occurs. This Pump Fault Output condition requires output allocation.
• Procedure:
From the Safety IO Mapping menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so
the top line of the display reads, "Pump Fault Out". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use
the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to select the number of one of the sixteen input
locations. Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once
to return to the Safety IO Mapping menu.
15.3.14.2 Diagnostics
• Description:
Diagnostics is a read-only register that shows Inputs Tests and Analog Inputs.
• Procedure:
From the Advanced menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the
display reads, 'Diagnostics". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll
Down 0 arrow keys to select "Inputs Tests" or "Analog Tests." Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save
this choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Advanced menu.
78 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Data Menu / Chip Program
16.0 Data Menu
• Description:
"Diagnostics" is a read-only register that shows the Cabinet Temperature, Current Combo called for in the
control logic, and the current Oasis software revision.
• Procedure:
From the Main menu, press the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys so the top line of the display
reads, "Data". Press the Menu/Scroll Right 0 key once. Use the Scroll Up 0 or Scroll Down 0 arrow keys to
select "Cabinet Temp", "Current Combo" or "Oasis Revision". Press Menu/Scroll Right 0 key to Save this
choice. Press the Escape/Scroll Left 0 key once to return to the Advanced menu.
17.0 Chip Program
The Oasis g2 no longer has a separate UVPRom program chip. Update is made via special programming
software and hardware and is not supported for field upgrade at this time.
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance 79

Oasis Register List
18.0 Oasis Register List
Pressure Setpoint: 120 Low Flow PID:
LP Saf Override: Normal Proportional K:23.5%
VFD Mode: VFD Integral K: 19.6%
Pump Control: Derivitave K:9.8%
Start Pressure:
Combo 1:-3
Combo 2:-5
Combo T-5
Combo 4:-5
Start Times:
Combo 1:0
Combo 2:6
Combo 3:8
Combo 4:10
Stop Pressure:
Combo 1:-1
Combo 2:-1
Combo 3:-1
Combo 4:-1
Stop Flow:
Combo 1:5
Combo 2:50
Combo 3:250
Combo 4:500
Stop Times:
Combo 1:20
Combo 2:30
Combo 3:30
Combo 4:30
VFD Parameters: Starting
Speed: 9.8% Starting
Speed Time: 3s Stopping
Speed: 58.8% Stopping
Speed Time:3s
Minimum Speed: 9.8%
3
High Flow PID:
Proportional K:23.5%
Integral K: 19.6%
Derivitave K:9.8%
High/Low Swtich Flow: 500
Speed Test Delay: 20s
Speed Test Interval: 10
D-Term Deadband: 3psi
Overpressure Accumulator:
Enable/Disable: Disabled
Preset: 750
Deadband: 2psi
Mustrun Times:
PM Pump: Os
Pump #1: Os
Pump #2: Os
Pump #3: Os
Safeties:
Low Pressure:
Preset Time: 120s
Setpoint: -25
High Pressure:
Preset Time 60s
Setpoint: 15
Inlet Water:
Preset Time 5s
Phase Fault:
Preset Time: 5s
OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Oasis Register List
High Pump Temp:
Options:
Preset Time: 60s
Max Combo: 4
Holdoff Time:60s
Pumps: PM,#1,#2,#3
Inverter Fault:
VFD Pumps: #1,#2
Preset Time: 10s
Equal HP Pumps: #1,#2
Pump Start Options:
Max Restarts/Hr:
Combo 1: Pressure
Preset Time: 5
Combo 2+: Pressure
Pump Cycle:
Pump Stop Options:
PM Pump Starts/Hr: 255
Combo 1 Stop: Pressure and Flow
Pump #1 Starts/Hr: 255
Combo 2+ Stop: Pressure and Flow
Pump #2 Starts/Hr: 255
Speed Test: Disabled
Pump #3 Starts/Hr: 255
Shutoff Tracking: Disabled
Restart/Fill Menu:
VFD 9 Min Speed: Disabled
Auto Restart: Disabled
Combo 1 Options:
Restart min Pressure: 80psi
No PM on Down Sequence: Disabled
Max Restarts/Hr: 5
Downstream Pressure Sensing: Disabled
Crnt Restarts/Hr: (Read only)
Flowmeter: Analog 2
Line Fill Enable/Disable: Disabled
Flow Switches: None
Wye Filter:
Upstream Transducer: Disabled
Flush On Sec: 10s
Wye Enable/Disable: Enabled
Flush Off Mins: 45m
ALS Enable/Disable: Disabled
Run Flush Flow: 150gpm
Define Combos:
Flush Min Combo: 2
Combo 1 Pumps: PM
Combo 2 Pumps: #1
Automatic Lake Screen:
Combo 3 Pumps: #1,#2
ALS Run Combo: 2
Combo 4 Pumps: #1,#2,#3
ALS Run Flow: 150gpm
ALS Start Delay: 10s
Advanced:
Flush On Time: 5s
IO Mapping
Flush Off Time Time: 60m
WYE IO Mapping
Utilities:
Wye Switch Input: Disabled
Calibration: (Pressure 0-250,
Wye Flush Output: Disabled
Flow 0-1250 analog)
ALS IO Mapping
pp g
Units: US (psi/gpm)
ALS Switch Input: Disabled
ALS Run Output: Disabled
ALS Flush Output: Disabled
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance
81

Oasis Register List
VFD IO Mapping
VFD Faultinput: Disabled
VFD Run Output: Disabled
Safety IO Map:
LP Ov/Norm Input: Disabled
LL/LOP/LIP Input: Disabled
Phase Fail input: Disabled
HPT Input: Disabled
HPT State: ON=Active
Run Relay Input: Disabled
System Fault Out: Disabled
Pump Fault Out: Disabled
82 OASIS gz Installation, Operation and Maintenance

Product Warranty
COMMERCIAL WARRANTY
Warranty. For goods sold to commercial buyers, Seller warrants the goods sold to Buyer hereunder
(with the exception of membranes, seals, gaskets, elastomer materials, coatings and other "wear parts"
or consumables all of which are not warranted except as otherwise provided in the quotation or sales
form) will be (i) be built in accordance with the specifications referred to in the quotation or sales form, if
such specifications are expressly made a part of this Agreement, and (ii) free from defects in material and
workmanship for a period of one (1) year from the date of installation or eighteen (18) months from the
date of shipment (which date of shipment shall not be greater than thirty (30) days after receipt of notice
that the goods are ready to ship), whichever shall occur first, unless a longer period is specified in the
product documentation (the "Warranty").
Except as otherwise required by law, Seller shall, at its option and at no cost to Buyer, either repair
or replace any product which fails to conform with the Warranty provided Buyer gives written notice
to Seller of any defects in material or workmanship within ten (10) days of the date when any defects
or nonconformance are first manifest. Under either repair or replacement option, Seller shall not be
obligated to remove or pay for the removal of the defective product or install or pay for the installation
of the replaced or repaired product and Buyer shall be responsible for all other costs, including, but not
limited to, service costs, shipping fees and expenses. Seller shall have sole discretion as to the method
or means of repair or replacement. Buyer's failure to comply with Seller's repair or replacement directions
shall terminate Seller's obligations under this Warranty and render the Warranty void. Any parts repaired
or replaced under the Warranty are warranted only for the balance of the warranty period on the parts
that were repaired or replaced. Seller shall have no warranty obligations to Buyer with respect to any
product or parts of a product that have been: (a) repaired by third parties other than Seller or without
Seller's written approval; (b) subject to misuse, misapplication, neglect, alteration, accident, or physical
damage; (c) used in a manner contrary to Seller's instructions for installation, operation and maintenance;
(d) damaged from ordinary wear and tear, corrosion, or chemical attack; (e) damaged due to abnormal
conditions, vibration, failure to properly prime, or operation without flow; (f) damaged due to a defective
power supply or improper electrical protection; or (g) damaged resulting from the use of accessory
equipment not sold or approved by Seller. In any case of products not manufactured by Seller, there is no
warranty from Seller; however, Seller will extend to Buyer any warranty received from Seller's supplier of
such products.
THE FOREGOING WARRANTY IS EXCLUSIVE AND IN LIEU OF ANY AND ALL OTHER EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, GUARANTEES, CONDITIONS OR TERMS OF WHATEVER NATURE
RELATING TO THE GOODS PROVIDED HEREUNDER, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
WHICH ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE
REQUIRED BY LAW, BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND SELLER'S AGGREGATE LIABILITY
FOR BREACH OF ANY OF THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE LIMITED TO REPAIRING OR
REPLACING THE PRODUCT AND SHALL IN ALL CASES BE LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT PAID BY
THE BUYER FOR THE DEFECTIVE PRODUCT. IN NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR
ANY OTHER FORM OF DAMAGES, WHETHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, LIQUIDATED, INCIDENTAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE, EXEMPLARY OR SPECIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING BUT NOT
LIMITED TO LOSS OF PROFIT, LOSS OF ANTICIPATED SAVINGS OR REVENUE, LOSS OF
INCOME, LOSS OF BUSINESS, LOSS OF PRODUCTION, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY OR LOSS OF
REPUTATION.
OASIS g2 Installation, Operation and Maintenance 83

AMC Oq , "
RMARMEU
1) The tissue in plants that brings water upward from the roots;
2) a leading global water technology company.
We're a global team unified in a common purpose: creating innovative solutions to
meet our world's water needs. Developing new technologies that will improve the
way water is used, conserved, and re -used in the future is central to our work. We
move, treat, analyze, and return water to the environment, and we help people use
water efficiently, in their homes, buildings, factories and farms. In more than 150
countries, we have strong, long-standing relationships with customers who know us
for our powerful combination of leading product brands and applications expertise,
backed by a legacy of innovation.
For more information on how Motor Controls can help you, go to www.motorcontrols.com
iv�cid
FLOWTRMEK
Phone: [phone] xl

High -quality pressure transmitter
For general industrial applications
Model S-20
C @uS C92
Cr
LISTED
Applications
■ Critical industrial applications
■ Demanding applications in research and development
■ Harsh environments in the process industry
Special features
■ Measuring ranges from 0 ... 10 to 0 ... 20,000 psi
(0 ... 0.4 to 0 ... 1,600 bar)
■ Non -linearity of up to 0.125 % of span
■ Different output signals, e.g. 4 ... 20 mA, DC 0 ... 10 V,
DC 1 ... 5 V and others
■ Market -standard electrical connections, e.g.
DIN EN 175301-803 A angular connector
■ Common international process connections
Description
The model S-20 pressure transmitter for general industrial
applications is the ideal solution for customers with demand-
ing measuring requirements. It features a very good accura-
cy, a robust design and an exceptional number of variants,
meaning it can be suited to the widest range of applications.
Versatile
The model S-20 offers continuous measuring ranges between
0 ... 10 to 0 ... 20,000 psi (0 ... 0.4 and 0 ... 1,600 bar) in all the
major units.
These measuring ranges can be combined in almost any
way with all the standard industry output signals, the most
common international process connections and a wide
number of electrical connections.
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017
Data sheets showing similar products:
Pressure transmitter for general industrial applications; model A-10; see data sheet PE 81.60
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61
Pressure transmitter model S-20
Furthermore, it offers numerous options, such as different
accuracy classes, extended temperature ranges and custom-
er -specific pin assignments.
High quality
The robust design turns the model S-20 into a very high
quality product, which even the most adverse environmental
conditions cannot affect. Whether with the lowest tempera-
tures when used outdoors, with extreme shock and vibration
in machine building or with aggressive media in the chemical
industry, this transmitter can meet all requirements.
Availability
All variants described in this data sheet are available on very
short lead times. For particularly urgent demands, there is a
sizeable stock available.
Page 1 of 13
W I KA
9■ Part of your business

Measuring ranges
psi
0...10
0...15
0...25
0...30
0...50
0...60
0...100
0...150
0...160
0...200
0...250
0...300
0...400
0...500
0 ... 600
0 ...
750
0 ...
1,000
0 ...
1,500
0
... 2,000
0 ...
3,000
0 ...
4,000
0... 5,000
0...
6,000
0...
7,500
0...
10,000
0
... 15,000
0...
20,000
bar
0...0.4
0...0.6
0...1
0...1.6
0...2.5
0...4
0...6
0...10
0...16
0...25
0...40
0...60
0...100
0...160
0 ... 250
0 ....
400
0 ...
600
0 ...
1,000
0
... 1,600
Absolutepressure
psi
0...10
0...15
0...25
0...30
0...50
0...60
0...100
0...150
0...160
0...200
0...250
0...300
0...400
0...500
bar
0...0.4
0...0.6
0...1
0...1.6
0...2.5
0...4
0...6
0 ... 10
0 ...
16
0 ...
25
0 ...
40
Vacuum
psi
and +/- measuring
-30 inHg ...0
range
-30 inHg ...+15
-30 inHg
...+30
-30 inHg ...+45
-30 inHg ...+60
-30 inHg ...+100
-30 inHg ...+160
-30 inHg
...+200
-30 inHg ...+300
-30 inHg ...+500
bar
-0.4 ... 0
-0.6 ... 0
-1 ... 0
-1 ... +0.6
-1 ... +1.5
-1 ... +3
-1 ... +5
-1 ... +9
-1 ... +15
-1 ... +24
-1 ... +39
-1 ... +59
The given measuring ranges are also available in kg/cm2, kPa and MPa.
Special measuring ranges between 0 ... 10 bis 0 ... 20,000 psi (0 ... 0.4 and 0 ... 1,600 bar) are available on request
Special measuring ranges have a reduced long-term stability and increased temperature errors.
Overpressure limit
The overpressure limit is based on the sensor element used. Depending on the selected process connection and sealing,
restrictions in overpressure safety can result.
A higher overpressure limit will result in a higher temperature error.
Available overpressure limits IL
Measuring range < 150 psi (10 bar) �! 150 psi (10 bar)
Standard 3 times 2 times 1)
Option 5 times 3 times 2) 3)
1) Restriction: max.870 psi (60 bar) with absolute pressure
2) Only possible for gauge pressure measuring ranges s 5,800 psi (400 bar)
3) Only possible for absolute pressure measuring ranges < 220 psi (16 bar)
Vacuum tightness
Yes
Reference conditions (per IEC 61298-1)
Temperature: 59 ... 77 °F (15 ... 25 °C)
Atmospheric pressure: 12.5 ... 15.4 psi (860 ... 1,060 mbar)
Humidity: 45 ... 75 % r. h.
Power supply: DC 24 V, DC 5 V with ratiometric output
Mounting position: Calibrated in vertical mounting position with pressure connection facing downwards.
Page 2 of 13 WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017

Output signal
Current (2-wire)
4 ... 20 mA
20 ... 4 mA
Voltage (3-wire)
DC 0 ...10 V
DC 0 ... 5 V
DC 1 ... 5 V
DC 0.5 ... 4.5 V
DC 1 ... 6 V
DC10... OV
Ratiometric (3-wire)
DC 0.5 ... 4.5 V
Other output signals on request.
Permissible load in f2
■ Current output (2-wire)
< (power supply - 7.5 V) / 0.023 A
with optional settling time of 1 ms:
< (power supply - 11.5 V) / 0.023 A
■ Voltage output (3-wire)
> maximum output voltage / 1 mA
■ Ratiometric output (3-wire):
> 4.5k
Signal limiting (option)
4 ... 20 mA: Zero point:3.6 mA 4) / 3.8 mA / 4.0 mA
Full scale: 20 mA / 21.5 mA / 23 mA
DC 0 ... 10 V: Full scale: DC 10 V / DC 11.5 V
4) Not possible in combination with zero point adjustment by the customer
Time response
Voltage supply
Power supply
Maximum power supply for cULus approval: DC 35 V (DC 32
V with heavy-duty connector)
■ Current output (2-wire)
4 ... 20 mA: DC 8 ... 36 V (DC 12 ... 36 V with optional
settling time of 1 ms)
20 ... 4 mA: DC 8 ... 36 V
■ Voltage output (3-wire)
DC 0 ...
10 V:
DC 12
... 36 V
DC0...
5V:
DC8...
36V
DC1...
5V:
DC8...
36V
DC 0.5
... 4.5 V:
DC8...
36V
DC1...
6V:
DC9...
36V
DC 10 ...
0 V:
DC 12
... 36 V
■ Ratiometric output (3-wire):
DC 0.5 ... 4.5V: DC5V±10%
Dissipation loss
■ Current output (2-wire)
828 mW (22 mW/K derating of the dissipation loss with
ambient temperatures >_ 100 oC (212 °F))
■ Voltage output (3-wire)
432 mW
Current supply
Current output (2-wire): Current signal, max. 25 mA
Voltage output (3-wire): max. 12 mA
Current (2-wire) 3 ms 1 ms 10 / 50 / 100 / 500 / 1,000 / 5,000 ms
Voltage (3-wire) 2 ms 1 ms 10 / 50 / 100 / 500 / 1,000 / 5,000 ms
Ratiometric (3-wire) 2 ms 1 ms 10 / 50 / 100 / 500 / 1,000 / 5,000 ms
5) 3 dB limit frequency:500 Hz
6) 3 dB limit frequency:1,000 Hz
7) Alternative specifications for 4 ...20 mA output signal
Load: s (power supply - 11.5 V) / 0.023 A
Powersupply: DC12 ... 36V
Switch -on time
150 ms
Switch -on drift
5 s (60 s with optional zero point adjustment 0.1 %)
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017 Page 3 of 13

Accuracy data
Standard <_ ±0.25 % of span <_ ±0.5 % of span <_ ±0.5 % of span
Option 1 <_ ±0.5 % of span <_ ±1.0 % of span <_ ±1.0 % of span
Option 2 <_ ±0.125 % of span 8) <_ ±0.25 % of span 8) <_ ±0.25 % of span 8)
8) Restrictions for the non -linearity of 0.125 % BFSL or 0.25 %with terminal method
Available output signals:4 ...20 mA and DC 0 ... 10 V
Available measuring ranges: All measuring ranges specified in the data sheet
For further output signals or measuring ranges, please ask the manufacturer
Standard
(59 ...77 T)
15 ...25 °C
Option 1
(39.2 °F ±41 °F)
4 °C ±5 oC
Option 2
(104 °F ±41 °F)
40 °C ±5 °C
Option 3
(140 °F ±41 °F)
60 °C ±5 °C
Option 4
(176 °F ±41 °F)
80 oC ±5 oC
Standard 5 ±0.2 % of span, factory setting
Option 1 <_ ±0.1 % of span, factory setting 9)
Option 2 ±10 % of span, customer setting 10)
(stepwise 0.05 %)
9) Restrictions for the zero point adjustment of 0.1 %(factory setting):
Available output signals: 4...20 mA and DC 0... 10 V
Available measuring ranges: All relative pressure measuring ranges specified in the data
sheet
Not available in combination with optional calibration temperatures.
10) The customer zero point adjustment is not available for all variants of electrical
connection, see "Electrical connections'.
Relationship to the mounting position
For measuring ranges < 15 psi (1 bar), an additional zero offset of up to 0.15 % applies
Non -repeatability
< ±0.1 % of span
Temperature hysteresis
0.1 % of span at > 176 °F (80 °C)
Long-term drift (per IEC 61298-2)
■ < ±0.1 % of span
■ < ±0.2 % of span (with special measuring ranges and measuring ranges < 15 psi (1 bar))
Temperature error (for calibration temperature 59 ... 77°F (15 ... 25 °C))
For measuring ranges < 15 psi (1 bar), special measuring ranges and instruments with an increased overpressure limit the
respective temperature error increases by 0.5 % of span
+2
+1,5
+1
-2
-30 -20 0 +20 +40 +60 +80 +100
Medium temperature [°C]
Page 4 of 13 WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017

Operating conditions
Permissible temperature ranges
Standard
-22
... +212 T (-30
... +100 °C)
-22
... +212 T (-30
... +100 °C)
Option 1
-40...
+257 °F (40 ...
+125 °C)
-40...
+257 °F (40 ...
+125 °C)
Option 2
-40...
+302 °F (-40 ...
+150 °C)
-40...
+257 °F (-40 ...
+125 °C) 11) with integrated cooling element 5,800 psi (400 bar)
Option 3
-40
...+392 °F (40 ...+200
°C)
-40
...+257 °F (40 ...+125
°C) 11) with integrated cooling element 5,800 psi (400 bar)
Option 4
-4 ...+140
°F (-20 ...+60
°C)
-4 ...+140
°F (-20 ...+60
°C) Oxygen application -
Option 5
-4 ...+176
°F (-20 ...+80
°C)
-4 ...+176
°F (-20 ...+80
°C) Performance level
11) Derating curve and formula (see following diagram)
Depending on the choice of sealing on the process connection and the electrical connection, there may be limitations in the
medium and the ambient temperatures (for restrictions see "Process connections, sealings" and "Electrical connections").
Derating curve for cooling elements
150
125
U
100
a�
75
aL
n
aa) 50
n 25
E
Q
0
25
50
75
100
125
150
175
200
Medium temperature [°C]
Maximum permissible ambient temperature
Tamb (Tmed < 25TF (125 °C)) = 257°F (125 °C)
Tamb (Tmed >— 257°F (125 °C)) = -0.62 x Tmed + 396°F (202 °C)
Tamb = Ambient temperature [°C]
Tmed = Medium temperature [°C]
Storage and transport conditions
Permissible temperature range: -40 ... +158 °F (-40 ... +70 °C)
Maximum humidity (per IEC 68-2-78):
67 % r. h. at 104 °F (40 °C) (in accordance with 4K4H per
EN 60721-3-4)
Climate class
Storage: 1 K3 (per EN 60721-3-1)
Transport: 2K3 (per EN 60721-3-2)
Operation: 4K4H (per EN 60721-3-4, without condensation
or icing)
Vibration resistance (per EC 60068-2-6)
20 g, 10 ... 2,000 Hz
(40 g, 10 ... 2,000 Hz for circular connector M12 x 1, metallic)
For instruments with cooling elements a limited vibration
resistance of 10 g, 10 ... 2,000 Hz, applies
Maximum permissible medium temperature
Tmed (lamb < 176°F (80 °C)) = 392T (200 °C)
Tmed (lamb >— 176°F (80 °C)) = -1.61 x Tamb + 619T (326 °C)
Continuous vibration resistance (per IEC 60068-2-6)
10g
Shock resistance (per EC 60068-2-27)
100g,6ms
500 g, 1 ms for circular connector M12 x 1, metallic
EM field
30 Wm (80 ... 1,000 Mhz)
Service life
100 million load cycles (10 million load cycles for measuring
ranges > 7,500 psi/600 bar)
Free -fall test (following IEC 60721-3-2)
Individual packaging: 5 ft (1.5 m)
Multiple packaging: 1.6 ft (0.5 m)
PE bag: 1.6 ft (0.5 m)
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017 Page 5 of 13

Process connections
Available connections
ANSI/ASME B1.20.1
1/8 NPT
15,900 psi (1,100 bar)
1/4 NPT
21,700 psi (1,500 bar)
0.3 mm / 0.6 mm / 6 mm 14)
(0.01 in/0.02in/0.24in14))
1/4 NPT female
21,700 psi (1,500 bar)
1/2 NPT 12)
21,700 psi (1,500 bar) (1.4404)
0.3 mm /0.6 mm / 12 mm 14)
40,600 psi (2,800 bar) (1.4542)
(0.01 in / 0.02 in / 0.48 in 14))
SAE J514 E
7/16-20 UNF BOSS
8,700 psi (600 bar)
0.3 mm / 0.6 mm / 6 mm 14)
(0.01 in/0.02in/0.24in14))
7/16-20 UNF J514 sealing cone
15,900 psi (1,100 bar)
74°
9/16-18 UNF BOSS
8,700 psi (600 bar)
EN 837
G 1/8 B
11,600 psi (800 bar)
G 1/4 B 12)
20,300 psi (1,400 bar)
0.3 mm / 0.6 mm / 6 mm 14)
(0.01 in/0.02in/0.24in14))
G 1/4 female
20,300 psi (1,400 bar)
G 1/2 B 12)
26,100 psi (1,800 bar) (1.4404)
0.3 mm /0.6 mm
46,400 psi (3,200 bar) (1.4542)
(0.01 in / 0.02 in)
G 3/8 B
20,300 psi (1,400 bar)
DIN 3852-E
G 1/4 A 12) 8,700 psi (600 bar)
0.3 mm / 0.6 mm
(0.01 in/ 0.02in)
G 1/2 A 8,700 psi (600 bar)
0.3 mm / 0.6 mm / 12 mm 14)
(0.01 in/0.02in/0.48in14))
M14 x 1.5 8,700 psi (600 bar)
DIN 16288
M20 x 1.5
26,100 psi (1,800 bar) (1.4404)
47,800 psi (3,300 bar) (1.4542)
M12 x 1.5
20,300 psi (1,400 bar)
12) For medium temperatures up to 302 °F (150 °C) or 392 T (200 °C) available with cooling element.
13) Pressure port 2.5 mm as standard
14) Wider pressure port with 0.24 in (6 mm) or 0.48 in (12 mm) only feasible for measuring ranges up to and including 0...500 psi (0 ...40 bar)
Other process connections on request.
Sealings
EN 837 Standard Option
DIN 3852-E Standard Option Option
DIN 16288 Standard Option
SAE J514 E Standard Option
Page 6 of 13 WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017

Electrical connections
Available connections
Angular connector DIN EN r
:r
with mating connector
IP 65
max. 1.5 mm2
6 ... 8 mm
-22 ... +212 °F
(-30 ... +100 °C)
with mating connector (conduit)
IP 65
max. 1.5 mm2
-
-22 ... +212 °F
(-30 ... +100 °C)
with mating connector with moulded
IP 65
3 x 0.75 mm2
6 mm
PUR
(-22 ... +212 T (cULus: -4... +185 °F))
cable
-30 ... +100 °C (cULus: -25 ... +85 °C)
with mating connector with moulded
IP 65
6 x 0.5 mm2
6.8 mm
PUR
-4 ...+185 °F
cable, shielded
Angular connector DIN EN r
:r
(-25 ...+85 °C)
with mating connector
IP 65
max. 0.75 mm2
4.5 ... 6 mm
-
-22 ... +212 T (-30... +100 °C)
with mating connector with moulded
IP 65
4 x 0.5 mm2
6.2 mm
PUR
-4 ...+185 °F
cable
(-25 ...+85 °C)
without mating connector
IP 67
-
-
-22 ... +212 T
(-30 ... +100 °C)
with mating connector, straight, with
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.3 mm
PUR
-4 ...+176 °F
moulded cable
(-25 ...+80 °C)
with mating connector, straight, with
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.3 mm
PUR
-4 ... +176 °F
moulded cable, shielded
(-25 ...+80 °C)
with mating connector, angled, with
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
5.5 mm
PUR
-4 ... +176 T
moulded cable
(-25 ... +80 °C)
Circular connector M1 2 x 1 (4-pin,
without mating connector
metallic)
IP 67
-
-
(-40 ... +257 T (cULus: +185 °F))
-40 ... +125 °C (cULus: +85 °C)
with mating connector, straight, with
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.3 mm
PUR
-4 ... +176 T
moulded cable
(-25 ... +80 °C)
with mating connector, straight, with
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
4.3 mm
PUR
-4... +176 T
moulded cable, shielded
(-25 ... +80 °C)
with mating connector, angled, with
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
5.5 mm
PUR
-4 ... +176 T
moulded cable
(-25 ... +80 °C)
Bayonet connector (6-pin)
IP 67
40 ... +257 °F
(-40 ... +125 °C)
Field case
IP 6K9K
7... 13 mm
4 ...+212 T
(-25 ... +100 °C)
Cable outlet
Cable outlet IP 67 15)
IP 67
3 x 0.34 mm2
5.5 mm
PUR
-22 ... +212 T
(-30 ... +100 °C)
Cable outlet 1/2 NPT conduit
IP 67
6 x 0.35 mm2
6.1 mm
PUR
(-22 ... +212 T (cULus: +194 °F))
-30 ... +100 °C (cULus: +90 °C)
Cable outlet IP 68
IP 68
6 x 0.35 mm2
6.1 mm
PUR
(-22 ... +257 °F (cULus: +194 °F))
-30... +125 °C (cULus: +90 °C)
Cable outlet IP 68, FEP
IP 68
6 x 0.39 mm2
5.8 mm
FEP
(-40 ... +257 T (cULus: +221 °F))
-40 ... +125 °C (cULus: +105 °C)
Cable outlet IP 6K9K
IP 6K9K
6 x 0.35 mm2
6.1 mm
PUR
(-22 ... +257 T (cULus: +194 °F))
-30... +125 °C (cULus: +90 °C)
Heavy-duty connector
with mating connector with cable
IP 68
6 x 0.14 mm2
6.5 mm
PUR
(-40 ... +257 T (cULus: -22 ... +194 °F))
-40 ... +125 °C (cULus: -30 ... +90 °C)
15)Customer zero point adjustment available as an option.
16)Only applies when plugged in using a suitable mating connector that has the appropriate ingress protection
Other connections on request.
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017 Page 7 of 13

Assembly configurations of the cable outlets
Cable outlet IP 67
Standard
Option
Option
Cable outlet 1/2 NPT conduit
Option
Standard
Cable outlet IP 68
Option
Standard
Cable outlet IP 68, FEP
Option
Standard
Cable outlet IP 6K9K
Option
Standard
Cable lengths of 6 ft, 15 ft, 2 m or 5 m are available, further cable lengths on request
Electrical protective measures
The electrical protective measures are not valid for ratiometric
output signals. 2-Wire Configuration 3-Wire Configuration
■ Short-circuit resistance: S+ vs. U- (Signal vs. V-) Transmitter Transmitter
■ Reverse polarity protection: U+ vs. U- (V+ vs. V-) u.tv. + VDC Power "Measuring
D-(v-) _ SuPPIY ■ Resistance to overvoltage: DC 40 V■ Insulation voltage: DC 750 V
- / Measuring
+ Device
Connection diagrams
Angular connector DIN 175301-803 A Heavy-duty connector
2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire
U+ (V+) 1 1 U+ (V+) 1 1
`3 I U- (V-) (S-) 2 2 1° o° 4 U- (V-) (S-) 2 2
2 S+ (Signal) - 3 2° ° 3 S+ (Signal) - 3
.... Shield (option) 4 4 Shield Case Case
_ U+ (V+) 1 1 U+ (V+) 1 1
1 U- (V-) (S-) 2 2 4• • 3 U- (V-) (S-) 3 3
13� �
2 S+ (Signal) - 3 1 • • 2 S+ (Signal) - 4
Shield (option) 4 4 Shield (option) Case Case
Bayonet connector (6-pin) Connection head terminal block
2-wire 3-wire 2-wire 3-wire
U+ (V+) A A U+ (V+) 1 1
' F A 8U- (V-) (S-) B B U- (V-) (S-) 2 2
.E D C. S+ (Signal) - C 1 2 3 4 5 S+ (Signal) - 3
Shield Case Case Shield 5 5
Cable outlet I r "r 2-wire 3-wire Cable outlet (US code) 2-wire 3-wire
U+ (V+) brown (BN) brown (BN) U+ (V+) red (RD) red (RD)
U- (V-) (S-) blue (BU) blue (BU) U- (V-) (S-) black (BK) black (BK)
S+ (Signal) - black(BK) S+ (Signal) - white(WH)
Shield 1) grey (GY) grey (GY) Shield grey (GY) grey (GY)
1) With cable outlet IP 67 and cable outlet / NPT conduit the shield is optional
Mating connector with moulded cable U+ (V+) Power supply positive terminal
2-wire 3-wire U- (V-) (S-) Power supply negative terminal
U+(V+) brown (BN) brown (BN) S. (Signal) Analog output
U- (V-) (S-) blue (BU) blue (BU)
S+ (Signal) - black (BK) Other pin assignments on request.
Page 8 of 13 WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017

Materials
Wetted parts
■ Relative measuring ranges:
Measuring ranges < 150 psi (10 bar): 316L
Measuring ranges > 150 psi (10 bar): 316L + 13-8 PH
Measuring ranges > 10,000 psi (1,000 bar): ASTM 630 and 13-8 PH
■ Absolute pressure measuring ranges: 316L
■ Sealing materials: See "Process connections"
Non -wetted parts
■ Case: 316 Ti
■ Zero point adjustment ring: PBT/PET GF30
■ Electrical connections:
Angular connector DIN 175301-803 A:
PBT/PET GF30
Angular connector DIN 175301-803 C:
PBT/PET GF30
Circular connector M12 x 1 (4-pin):
PBT/PET GF30
Circular connector M12 x 1 (4-pin,
metallic):
316L
Bayonet connector (6-pin):
316L + Al
Field case:
316L, 316Ti
Heavy-duty connector:
316L
Cable outlet IP 67:
PA66, PBT/PET GF30
Cable outlet 1/2 NPT conduit:
316L
Cable outlet IP 68:
316L
Cable outlet IP 68, FEP:
316L
Cable outlet IP 6K9K:
316L
Pressure transmission fluid
Synthetic oil (for measuring ranges < 150 psi (10 bar) gauge pressure, and all absolute pressure measuring ranges)
Options for specific media
Food Food -compatible transmission fluid
Oil and grease free Residual hydrocarbon: < 1,000 mg/m2
Packaging: Protection cap on the process connection
Oxygen, oil and grease free Residual hydrocarbon (measuring range < 30 bar (435 psi)): < 500 mg/m2
Residual hydrocarbon (measuring range > 30 bar (435 psi)): < 200 mg/m2
Packaging: Protection cap on the process connection, instrument sealed in a PE bag
Maximum permissible temperature -4 ...+140 °F (-20 ... +60 °C )
Elastomer sealing: Only FKM possible, max. 5 ...140 °F (-15 ... +60 °C) and max. 435 psi (30 bar) measuring
range.
Not possible with process connections with female thread
Hydrogen On request
Measuring ranges: from 362 psi (25 bar) gauge
Wetted parts: 316L and Elgiloy® (2.4711)
Maximum permissible temperature: -22 ...+86 °F (-30 ...+30 °C)
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017 Page 9 of 13

CE conformity
Pressure equipment directive
97/23/EC
EMC directive
2004/108/EC, EN 61326 emission (group 1, class B) and
interference immunity (industrial application)
Manufacturer's declaration
RoHS conformity
2011 /65/E U
Performance level (per EN ISO 13849-1:2008)
Performance level: PL = b
Category: Cat. = B
Diagnostic coverage: DC = none
MTTF: > 100 years
Operating temperature: -4 ... 174 °F (-20 ... +80 °C)
Further informations see safety manual on functional safety
Approvals
■ cULus, Safety (e. g. electrical safety, overpressure, ...),
USA
■ GOST R, import certificate, Russia
■ GOST, metrology/measurement technology, Russia
Dimensions
Pressure transmitter model S-20
Certificates (option)
2.2 test report
State-of-the-art manufacturing
Wetted metallic parts
Confirmation of the class and indication accuracy
3.1 inspection certificate
Wetted metallic parts
Wetted metallic parts with suppliers' certificate
Confirmation of the class and indication accuracy
List of single measured values
DKD/DAkkS calibration certificate
Approvals and certificates, see website
Scope of delivery
Test report
■ Non -linearity 0.5 % 3 points
■ Non -linearity 0.25 % 5 points
■ Non -linearity 0.125 % 5 points
Standard Individual packaging
Option Multiple packaging (up to 20 pieces)
Standard WIKA label lasered
Option Customer -specific label on request
with angular connector DIN EN 175301- with angular connector DIN EN 175301-
803 A 803 C
S116" (29.5)
i
21.16"
M
co
(29.5)
co
W
M
01.05..
01.05" (26.7)
a
(26.7)
01.06" (27)
E
g
01.06"
(27)
o
LoLo
o
G1/4A
y
G1/4A
DIN3852-E
o
DIN3852-E
Weight: approx. 0.331 Ibs (150
g)
Weight: approx. 0.331 Ibs (150 g)
with bayonet connector (6-pin)
0 1.06"
(26.9)
i
g
E 01.06" o
E (27) N
o
y
E G1/4A
o DIN3852-E
Weight: approx. 0.331 Ibs (150 g)
Page 10 of 13 WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017

with circular connector M12 x 1 (4-pin)
I
0(26 7)
01.06" N
(27)LO
0 r
with M12 x 1 circular connector
(4-pin, metallic))
III
II v
E 01.06"
E (27)
5
C
C
O
I
O
I
G1/4A
E
G1/4A
DIN3852-E
o DIN3852-E
Weight: approx. 150 g (0.331 Ibs)
Weight: approx. 150 g (0.331 Ibs)
connection head with terminal block
with cable outlet IP 68, FEP, IP 6K9K
c3.66" (93)
c2.24" (57)
g2
I
�
R.
I
0(26
o
9)
to
_
00.94" I
r
-
v r;
(24)
Lo
O
N
01.05"
N
n
(26.7)
01.06 "
01.06"
E
E
(27)
(27)Lo
d
O
C
L
O
I
G1/4A
C
I
G 1 /4A
DIN3652-E
E DIN3852-E
0
Weight: approx. 290 g (0.639 Ibs)
Weight: approx. 220 g (0.485 Ibs)
with angular connector DIN 175301-803
with cable outlet IP 67
A and cooling element
1.5i
G1/4A
DIN3852-E
Weight: approx. 360 g (0.794 Ibs)
E
E
N
5
C
C
C
0
c
E
E
0
O 1.06"
G1/4A
DIN3852-E
Weight: approx. 150 g (0.331 Ibs)
E
d
5
C
O
c
E
0
E
E
N
5
C
C
C
0
c
E
E
0
with heavy-duty connector
G 1 /4A
DIN3852-E
Weight: approx. 150 g (0.331 Ibs)
with cable outlet 1/2 NPT conduit
E
d
L
7
C
O
G1/4A
DIN3852-E E
0
Weight: approx. 220 g (0.485 Ibs)
with angular connector DIN 175301-803
A and zero point adjustment
01.31 "
(33.4) N
ri
R
01.05"
(26.7)
01.06"
(27) E
i E
LL] L
O � C
� C
G1/4A o
DIN3852-E c
E
E
0
Weight: approx. 150 g (0.331 Ibs)
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017 Page 11 of 13

Process connections
Dimensions in mm (inch)
G 1/4 A 14 (0.55)
G 1/2 A 17 (0.67)
M14 x 1.5 14 (0.55)
G 1/8 B 10 (0.39)
7/16-20 UNF BOSS 12.06 (0.47)
9/16-18 UNF BOSS 12.85 (0.51)
7/16-20 UNF J514 15 (0.59) G 1/4 25 20 13 10 1/4 NPT 25 20 14
sealing cone 74' female (0.95) (0.79) (0.51) (0.39) female (0.98) (0.79) (0.55)
1/8 NPT 10 (0.39)
1/4 NPT 13 (0.51)
1/2 NPT 19 (0.75)
G1/4B
13(0.51)
G 1/2 B
20 (0.79)
G 3/8 B
16 (0.63)
M12 x 1.5
15 (0.59)
M20 x 1.5
20 (0.79)
For information on tapped holes and welding sockets, see Technical information IN 00.14 at www.wika.com.
Page 12 of 13 WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017

Accessories and spare parts
Mating connector
Angular connector DIN EN 175301-803 A
r with cable gland, metric 11427567
with cable gland, conduit 11022485
Angular connector DIN EN 175301-803 C 1439081
Circular connector M12 x 1 (4-pin)
■ straight -
■ angled
Sealings for mating connectors
11225793
11250186 14100465
11225823
11250194 -
11250780
11250259 14056584
11250798
11250232 -
Angular connector DIN EN 175301-803 A 1576240 11437902
Angular connector DIN 175301-803 C 11169479 11437881
Sealings for process connection
G1/8B
11251051
-
G 1/4 B
11250810
11250844
G 1/2 B
11250861
11251042
G 3/8 B
11250861
-
M12 x 1.5
11250810
11250844
M20 x 1.5
11250861
11251042
G 1/4 A
-
-
1537857
1576534
1576534
G 1/2A
1039067
1039075
-
M 14 x 1.5
1537857
1576534
7/16-20 UNF BOSS
14057554
11472022
9/16-18 UNF BOSS
14057555
2063240
Ordering information
Model / Measuring range / Overpressure limit / Output signal / Non -linearity/ Calibration temperature / Zero point adjustment
/ Process connection / Pressure channel / Sealing / Electrical connection / Assembly / Cable length / Shielding / Certificates /
Packaging / Instrument labelling / Accessories and spare parts
© 2017 WIKA Alexander Wiegand SE & Co. KG, all rights reserved.
The specifications given in this document represent the state of engineering at the time of publishing.
We reserve the right to make modifications to the specifications and materials.
WIKA data sheet PE 81.61 • 03/2017
Page 13 of 13
IWIKA11
WIKA Instrument, LP
1000 Wiegand Boulevard
Lawrenceville, GA 30043-5868
Tel: 888-WIKA-USA • 770-513-8200
Fax:[phone]
[e-mail]
www.wika.com

Section Ten: Existing NPW/RCW Pump and
Valve Shop Drawings

,
Centrifuge: :mp Buildup
• i L t
Job No.: Job Name:
Motors:
VAC: (575 /� / 380 / 240 / 230 / 208 :0 /Other _
HP: 6r2� RPM:( ,6 / 3000 / 18;: 1500 /Other
Frame Size: 3��� r7' Brand:
Qty:
Motor Serial No(s):
Hz:( 50 / (�P_ Phase;( 1
V
Pumps:
GPM: !2 / 3
S.vste—,n Pressure PSI: _ - ( onv - !0 p;: :TD, LPS - 5 osi / Other ) X 2.307 = TDH
TDH: a•
Nfanufacturer: ( Berkeley Cornell / ether )
Model No.: ( B-series / D- :2 / Other ­ )
Size: � Y
Parts Kit: JW- S 7 Casing Ki_:
Impeller Trim:
Qty: /
Pump Serial Nio(s): _ "2 /% O-? _
f . Assembly:
Mount Assembly: ( Hari / Ver
Rotate Volute: Y Rotation: ?�7_/0_(Couriter-Clockwise / Clockwise)
Air release drilling: Y
Special dotes:
Modell
Size
P� 0--)
�lXY
Serial NO,
7--
cl-ez
Dsgn Press
- Imp Dia
�S
7 f 6 .

2012-8 Page 16
October 1983
Original
4 x 3 x 8 D-800
"') CYCLE
LOSEDIMPELLER
NPSH
FEET
20
15
10
5
0
TH
FEET
CustomeraL,�YC7 z-- Worthington S.O.
Project / Proposal/Order No.
Cust. Proposal/Order No, Certified By
Customer Item No. Date —
Liquid/Service Sp. Gr. Visc. _
Capacity—ZZ/� Head ,—Temp. —._ °F/°C Consistency_
WORTHINGTON PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA TH NPSH
CAPACITY M3/HR METERS METERS
®®®m_
a
MEN®®
®�
MEN
®
®®No
M
®®
®®®®®
E®
APACITY PM
MODES SIZE RPM CURVE NO. MAX. SOLIDS
it-800 4x3x8 3552 R-19468 .63 dia
1001
80
60
40
20
_SSU
SP GR 1.0
1-2
FOR MOTORS WITH
1.15 S.F.
MOTOR SIZE
IMP. DIA.
10
60
8
50
7.70
B
40
7.20
30
6.90
6
25
6.50
20
6.20
4
15
5.80
10
5.30
2
NPSH TH WORTHINGTON PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA TH NPSH
FEET NIET CAPACITY M3/HR METERS METERS
B Ft. 40 60 80 100
4 1
ONE
60=�
�
40
\i
�►
®��
12
0
..
..
•••
• •
D:..
4
2
SP GR 1.0
FOR MOTORS WITH 1.15 S.F.
MOTOR SIZE IMP. DIA.
7.5 8
5 7.30
3 6.10
2 5.60
I ilho'd. in U.S.A. WORTHINGTON PUMP

Centrifuga.: :mp Buildup
• ; 1 r
Job No.: ,,'IjO/ Job Name- _ %IIE
Motors:
VAC: (575 / 45 1 380 / 240 / 230 / 208 :0 / Other _
HP: � O RPM: ( a 60 / 3000 / 18 1500 / Other
Frame Size: Brand:
Qty:
Motor Serial No(s): —
Hz:( 50 /l_ 0r Phase:( 1
_ 7
Pumps:
Gr M: �2 —2S
Svstem Pressure PSI: ( onv -r psi TD, LPS - 5 osi I Other ) X 2.307 = 7 DH
TDH:
Manufacturer: ( Berkeley / IDZ /Cornell / )ther _ )
Model No.: ( B-series / D-824 / Other— )
Size: �2 X
Parts Kit: C^ Casina Ki
Impeller Trim: „ 2—
Qty=
Pump Serial No(s):
{ - Assembly:
Mount Assembly: ( Hori- / Ver< )
Rotate Volute: Y Rotation:(Cea nter Clockwise / Clock -wise )
Air release drilling: Y
Special Noies:
Model
Size
X.2 k
Serial.No.
Matl
CI-8z
Dsgn Press
- Imp/Dia

Customer_f T' Worthington S.O.
Project_ / �_ Proposal/Order No.
Cust. Proposal/Order No. Certified By
Customer Item No. Date. LI
Liquid/Service 5p. Gr, Visc. SSU
Capacity Head --2�Temp. °F/°C Consistency %
NPSH
FEET
20
15
10
5
0
N
FEET
20
15
10
5
0
TH WORTHINGTON PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA TH
FEET CAPACITY M3/HR METERS
325DIR'-in' 20 40 60 80 -100
300
275
250
225
200
175
I50
�
NW!MENOMONEE
e Dig IUta IOU euu
CAPACITY
MODEL ISIZE RPM
. D-800 I 3x2x8�1 3550
TH
EET
IA.-in10
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
90
80
70
60
50
40
250 300 350 400
WORTHINGTON PUMP PERFORMANCE DATA
CAPACITY M3/HR
Pa 14a AM M
NPSH
METERS
2012-8 Page 15
October 1983
Original
3 x 2 x 8 D-800
60 CYCLE
CLOSED IMPELLER
SP GR 1.0
FOR MOTORS WITH 1.15 S.F.
MOTOR SIZE IMP. DIA.
30 8
25 7.70
20 7.20
6 15 6.80
10 6.10
4
2
dfa
NPSH
M ERS ETERS
aF
�.:iC
.�'•
OEMIBM
®gig
®
Eli
I�*"R
K
®
MEMO
ME
V
®A®®®®®®®®®
25
;)0
15
10
i
40 80 120 160 200 240
:.CAP I TY US-GPM
MODEL SIZE• RPM cuRVE NO MAX. SOLIDS
D-806 3x2x8�I 1740 FI-1S467 _.60 dia
SP GR 1.0
FOR MOTORS WITH 1.15 S.F.
MOTOR SIZE IMP. DIA.
5 8
3 7.60
2 1 7.10
4
2
Worthington Division, McGraw -Edison Company, East Orange, NJ WORTHINGTON

ry
w
F-
F
F
w
U
Q
U
Q
Q
Q
F
F
A
ry
¢
o
u
W
w
O
w
A of(Y
AO
a
F
Z
=
_
LLJf-
0
OCL
J
U�
w
0 z
w
Z=
ww
(n m
z
0
W
Z
F-
CL
�
0 Li
LJ
��
U
J�
I
H
U O
O
U
LD
I
Z
¢w
F- F-
¢w 0
FF U
>-O >-O
>-4
>-Q
Q
0
F
L-3
Z�
`i Q�
Z
ry
OJ
0J W
J F J F-
JU JU
J J
Jw
J J
JVJ
-C
z
�W
am
W
Pq
P:l
�¢
�x
X¢ U
gym"-
¢¢ ¢¢
¢
¢
Hf
LLJ Q�
W Q>
�F- ZF-
Q:: ZQ:f Z
EQ
rrZ
FA
Q::Z
W
F-
A Q
V)
W
O
=0
=0 W
0En 00
00
00
J
Z
o
F-
F-
F-Z
F-Z A
ZU zU
Zk
Z
¢
�Q
6�
CY o
=
O
6
V
0O °
ti
0
V)
w
w
0
V)
u
Cl
Zu
u
LLJ
LLJ
0
z
~
A H H
H
A
=
_�
0
Ld
Ld
w
0
0w 3: 3
can
z
�.
�
��
U
a
~
a'
F
J
Cl C/) Ld
J �
F
LLJ
=
El
J=
LD
3Z
,-4
A
w
M
Q
I
Uzoz
0 0
U
W
❑F-
F
U�
F-
0-0
00
U3
F-0
�3
!'0
W
Q
�
JFJF-
W
J>
J3
��
Q
Ld�
�-J
3�
Z
LL
A
LL.
O
JZ)JD
(A
J
J0
zU
ZU
LL
Vi
�
w z
A
�i�=
ra
m
�E--
V)i-
0p
3zz
3zz
0
v, a
Cl
z
a0wV)
a
Ef
w
w
0
0
W
A
0 2
L� F-
a
L7
Q
=
0000
Z CL Z a_
W
J
0
z J
o y
z J
a
d O
0'z
Cl- O
JZ
LL. ❑
Jz
Li O
i • • . •
1P1 ', • • .�
U _ _
U
F J H Fr W
v3iQ a 3 3J �a
0 0 W r Q H
� J � Q > O
�IJ LLj
w�zw J Ij W}Q�� U
ZW-JLd vJ
� 2:.rM rQ F-a�� -LLJ¢w
F>-UU 0�DUw
WQUF-J WLdF-" +2'J '-
LL- LLJF-LdL' 0LiW1717EJ0: ,"U,F-UL7>
d>—Li> QQL.L.00F1-i-100gZJQ
(�Ov3ic¢i�J�VirQJ I MO-J -J >
!n 1 1 1 1 (� 1 NI 1 1 1 1 >
� F- J x Q- 0- - J � F- Vi V�
0C= 0-1CL MViJJEOJJJ J

J w
o
o
¢
_
U
�
w
�
M
a
w
J
Y
W
�
1H/A
0
0
co
Li
>
P H-
U
O ¢ mc-u
M
W a q
Li.
a
< O
isF—
cy-
N
d �
r a-G
W
W ID
a-
J LO
r,
pp
U
F- 2
N
=
2
2 W
d ���M
ni,l
�' IUM
Ld
Ix J
W U
or
as w
U
O
N
0
cd
�-I
A

0
()
=
u
=
z
O
U 3
Q
u
U
W
Pq
Pl W
3
J
Q
w
N
CU
(U
cu J
(U
m:
0-
M:
a-
E a
E
31IHM
CL
IL
a- a
o
_
�
o
m
Z
p ClJ p � p d
In [U r N
fl! a_ T Q w
o
D a,
¢_ o
O
~ ~ S
U D U
I- a Y ~+
z z U 3
= o Q
U () W W F7
F- 0 A W
3 = w =
W ¢ a w H
a CL a 0-
IL
:DD >
m
31IHM I a_ a
x
.4
o � o
P
v
y
In
N
.--i
U
.--I
C]
h
0
ti
z
a
0
x
w
CL
L,
0
i@A/and
-4- 1 x
7-TQ
UU
J J
0- n-
W W
� Q
W W
PU 4n
S_ 7-
J Q
Z Z
LJ W
33
wLd
W W
0 0
0 0
.--i CU
W
U
W
OJ
W
m

U
H
Q
W
U
V)
U
F-i
n/
F—
U
W
J a
W >
CD
W
UC3w
CQ
w
H
a
H
awa
O
Fq
0
oc
> �
d
w
EL
Q
U
d
W Z
w
w
W
x
W
Co z
U
a
D
>
o
J_
U
`
U
a
Ll
U
H
J
IQ
Q
Y
z
=
a~
0
E-
Z w
0>
F J
Q Q
J >
0
N
Wz W
K >
u C3
U y �
U W
0 Q�
R
4- 14
¢
r
J
A '
W
O W
E
W Z
0
(
Ix J Z
CL E
N O
LL
a w
N
Z
O
w
¢>
J J
O Q
3q
Fa
w
n
z
w
x
0
U
Z w
x
m
W >
LLJ w R a
�W > w
�L :L R
�OL ¢Ld
2
> L)Xrn
o > L, LD
J o
N c� m
W
�m
Lo
L Elf
EL
w
I�q0
fy
CL
U
r—I
❑
4-) �1!
.r-1
(� w�-I
Qi
N z
o E-I c
I-
O
U]
U)
CNC �
7-i
O
U
o
Q
o
LU
N
U
I
CIO
WzW
>
0
d
E-
U]
r
W
Fz
W
J
Z Lq
r
c
C
w M
�3 N
U
Z
a
'�
�w
�0I
qg
�t Q
a+z
M M A
q
Q�w
Y 0 A
o a
zA
H U
0 Lj
x Z
^
a
o Z
> W
- m
f/1 Z
J
Q > H
> ¢ Z�U
❑1.
m
F
Q R
R >
�Q
tl
0
0 J A
a2 E
M
� F w
�
0 0
V = Z
}
J
f
M
Z U
4H
AJ
Ld
� F
O
¢
> w
�
Q

Q3N
C
O
NO
4
o
0
r-
0
V'
[U
cL
4
,Itv
O
�
o
CU
o
OO
o
—
CU
�I
oo
a
o
(�
CD
CD
O
CDv-
z
CU
o
d
r +
(U
�
CU
Ri
O
O
O
(�
CU
CD
CD
�
cu
O
N�
>--
a.
J
W �
w
C> � z
J �
�
y
W CD
ti
J IL
❑ u cu h
�
v
W
Z
Q J
Q
Q� >
WW
"J
U
0�U
DQ
zC=l
3af
��
o�
QD
LMI
WU
o
C�
4-)
CO
a_ o
-'
W
,
W
>
w
E-,
a
z
WW
_
�]
a
M
Z
P-
�U
W
N
z
_
rV)q
r�
W
W
J W z
a_ Z
�❑
,
W'Q
W�
WV
d O
as
z
0
U
J
Q
�
z
Q
�
w
a
E.
w
x
E-
U
U]
�
�
o
w
e.
i
b
z
z
moa
a j4
Nil�
w��
IA
� �
a
�p�
a
r
az�
a
E9
❑
a
gh
ORIN
V-
m
r
co

v
I
pq
0i cu
LLJ
CJ
Vb
SOD
aFa 0 -2�2
F7
LJ
CLJ A
0
It
�o V)
Ri V)
a
-t- ?
of
Q l�

w
7
0
Z
0
g
z
h
cu
cu
Ov
0
0
o
a
s
F-:
z
Z
a
a
Z
a
z
x
a
H
�
J
®
Z
4
© ®
0
o
k
O+
`d
m
I
m
C) B
Z
k-ff
U
�
8EE38�
Q
x
d
1+7
N
L
®®L�©(U
NN(U
�XNNEl
cu
N
013 El¢�N
CO
M
8 g
w
¢
rX
oN 2~3cu
,N^c^NQN�(0
cU
N
Ucu
oN
cu
,- p P 11 g
5,A < li w
E,®®®©
�NNN�rxtVNgN'gell
E 8 E3 El
w
z e e® EJ
— a
.Nr
v,�
z
ram^
z .N-1
rncu
z .N-i
a .fir
_M
:.m-i
z X
o
(U
cu
"I cu
'r
cu
0
cu °O
co
cu
o
a m
N
= CTl
v
= m
N
>G
®®®©
Mcn
p
p
m p
Z ElBREl
N
vo
�o
co
mc>X
NQ
El8881
z
p
Z
1:�::!
_
0
FU
■
•...
J
z f z
Vl
K L g R,
W
�7
EE T.
uj
Z
Q110
ii
m
_z
c� LLJ
H I.I
Lipq
-
CD
z � I
� 0 �
z o
W o
� � I
Ln
Q
WI CO
J #nn
L. L
z
J U
z Q
z CL_
3 W LLJ
LIJ
C� W <1
CK
Ld
LIJ
P:lWQ
H
I—
LLL LL_J LIJ

A
W }
r J
z
U � ❑
r U w
S � �
w�3
az
waw
N 2 d
�d
V p
r fh U
�WW
R J (/
Z O 7
O
U Z Z
R W
r�oaPy
J
al r W �-
0 j W
wr(4�
N3❑
cq r
Mti
Nr3
0
Mom x
�}L7�
WQ�W
.N.ZQd
W NI 04
Lir^¢�
¢urz
J W
o7 Wq
¢�W
Li
„
DW Q
C3tYNr
z
zww7
7 0� W J
K
U
wzO�U
0
¢�r�
W�
z<'
Q3
3 �w
z
v=i3wa
C:, W w
W">w
r
v1 W U ""
N J
r (4 0
aW�
Z . W z
M u
~s
U
W �
z�A
U p
U Z
IL
R LZ
Z p
Q
E o
O
N
V92
Q b'Ob
W
W
Y �
u
V7 W
1� o
d
a
0
> i i p
o Q W U
W y
z
WDW
UUQ
W7y
�W
¢Ua
O
J
O
F
Q)
o E-
ti
L -
-4
C\2
Q0
x

,'lowtronex-PSI
Ltd.
06-27-1996 Register List - V6.ORC
The Tradition GC
Station No. 6217
Reg
Value
Description
------------------------------------------------------------
N20:0
145
psi
Normal Pressure Setpoint
N20:1
3
Max Combo, Normal
N20:3
145
psi
Setpoint Lockout Period 1
N20:4
3
Max Combo, Lockout Period 1
N20:5
145
psi
Setpoint Lockout Period 2
N20:6
3
Max Combo, Lockout Period 2
N21:3
0
psi
Pressure Below Setpt to Start Combo 1
N21:4
0
sec
Delay time to start Combo 1
N21:5
35
psi
Pressure Above Setpt to Stop Combo 1
N21:6
20
sec
Delay time to Stop Combo 1
N21:7
5
psi
Pressure Below Setpt to Start Combo 2
N21:8
5
sec
Delay time to start Combo 2
N21:9
30
psi
Pressure Above Setpt to Stop Combo 2
N21:10
30
se.c
Delay time to Stop Combo 2
N21:11
5
psi
Pressure Below Setpt to Start Combo 3
N21:12
5
sec
Delay time to start Combo 3
N21:13
14
psi
Pressure Above Setpt to Stop Combo 3
N21:14
30
sec
Delay time to Stop Combo 3
N23:1
0
gpm
Flow Setpoint to Stop Combo 1
N23:2
180
gpmFlow
Setpoint to Stop Combo 2
N23:3
576
gpm
Flow Setpoint to Stop Combo 3
N71:0
25
psi
PSI Below Setpoint for Low Press Fault
N70:0
300
sec
Time until Low System Press Fault
N71:1
15
psi
PSI Above Setpt for High Press Fault
N70:1
60
sec
Time until High System Press Fault
N70:2
5
sec
Time until Low Water Level Fault
N70:7
20
sec
Time until Low or High Inlet Pressure
NOTE: Either the Low or High inlet pressure switch will
cause this Fault. The low & high pressure switches
share one input on the PLC and therefore are affected
by the same registers.
N71:8 1181 gpm Flowrate for. Flow Overdemand Fault
N70:8 20 sec Time until Flow Overdemand Fault
N52:0 2157 Span Factor for High Speed Counter
N52:1 26 Offset Factor for High Speed Counter

Iflowtronex-PSI Ltd. 06-27-1996 Register List - V6.ORC
The Tradition GC Station No. 6217
------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: "VIEW" in the value column indicates that the register
cannot be set, but is for informational purposes
Reg Value Description
-__---------------------------------------------------------
N10:0 VIEW psi Downstream Pressure
N10:1 VIEW psi Upstream Pressure
N10:2 VIEW gpm Flow
Lockout Control Registers
N7:130
0 Sunday N7:134 0 Thursday
N7:131
0 Monday N7:135 0 Friday
N7:132
0 Tuesday N7:136 0 Saturday
N7:133
0 Wednesday
Note: All Start and Stop times are in 24Hr (Military) time
N7:140
0000
Start Time
for Lockout Period 1
N7:141
0000
Stop Time
for Lockout Period 1
N7:142
0000
Start Time
for Lockout Period 2
N7:143
0000
Stop,Time
for Lockout Period 2

't 0
CV
rn
a�
rn�
o�
p J O.
v X o
O cn O N
d
M
CD
CV
0
H
N
O
0
O
N
V
(0
"oOjO �t
E �o
c ��o
M1
I
c0
co
C6
[O
C0
N
N
M
d

� m
axe a vna ail ON'J-
titi
n
nyl x+alf � i` I ,x awv ,�r aid
cja
LAWRvs' 0�
1 I_ wzi
I ~I b
I T LL I 1
0
m rtg 7�B11 0� _ I_J a I nn
zxv rli Ytld 1 I LL
�u
tl1 1 i i Z
I
/1 r "r a (-o o-(va N° 1 I O
S ° weii
v+ _ ,q E-o o-c 4 z a i z �� I ggR',R6lg g efit
.n me omv eil i r _ a Y'IY.law..';I��
LU
I I LLGtI QI
a • �V Biwa -'-T
eo �u .M. uil d f I 1 I I
I-T i �I �I
ma ni a eii U I 1 y a Cal
I I T n w l 1
� ago n� eMv ear � IGtx a•v .�! Bela y—J w I I
1 w I
I I
I T S
I I t
4eD i"mo t�vn a��oxmv� 1 jflL I t I 5
LJJ_J_J_J_LJ--LJ11 sF `Ix
I 1 aml I
ZEE
ESl
Ew �
JI I
sa
V I
trtb --Q I
6 d aJ
~ I
in ae ,n Cam- a I S �
--
I I pn nwc wai L-----------------J
I I I I I I
o c2i 0 1 0
o l n I o i o n o
I"
w i i "ice a =i.ja
Oz ia6 ! I I I I I R
w Ins I I I I I I I li
i I I I 1'Ii2I�
a `xCL-
- I I 1 1 I I 1
I � I
to�---- I
m�---

0 o 02
c
Cc :D
Z
3: z
ocr
w cc
Ir w
:D 0
COD
'n LU,,
Z

0 0 g M
z m 3 r
x gg
v
FS2 8 5%Sli
V1 c 52
W X (19 LFSt d
Eggm LS2
S 2
K
a c e QP sF,
Z ✓ LL �C ^ C PA4 99�
Z IA1 q
¢ m m u m P3F$
F2FB 3"m yy
W C v i e
2 Ab1F6
� � o
Q V p0 ¢ uONO"_ tl� K G W 5 �o�
O p O� ..m R. .mp C
W 44
ah� nop e�T-o�'oE�vl ri�} �� w o
N� 112 U 0¢ c'- z a I
m'�w eYr c
_�p0 N ❑_di�p�m u U,LZ Z
All
O mU.N- m2 KNN UN(Yj—Ht HC FC m �mOCN %2 I G
_I oVJ= CIOiOh..UO=m mm wc)IA4U�=xi
Ug
o o a %, I
�N N nQm�N UUUtU_tLL �t KN Xl I
xt
U � q ^hli CCC UNNN µWA O
-oo,n269 u 3o�zcc'coa I I in p
^mam 41��� fAm¢ wwO�- R^Y L,
GND GND
5c
� ���
NVN��`tN NmROu7}y�-aQooa �P$ V.
W"N NN'�J [9 NID Ns�FFmN V...�
b 1gNNOS V; Jm�NYYm OOW x,t. In i� V.
x0 UxYJYx Om �Omwn HNM M p
p¢�,mrn��, �naaaRro F�f1M^O¢ 414
Op �rapopOm poO¢^��v7 6a wN O ry 419 'sZ LS
VJ C, OpOOn ^ � 4
a
n m 412
5
FS
.- �Nr-rp NlON at mil°^^�N^MpN�NNN NNNNN^^ I
y Gwo
�NMtl'I()NnHpO�NMaN OI�.mmNNNNNNNN R4 KpjMMMMMMM
q 5
tl@ 8
S
T � I
,•x,•
0
CO N m ME T-1
GD T N
T � O
Yi I
f I I
N 0
V
I I II
N
c7
CD
co
T

aj
C)
a.
LO CO
A
00't, I
OT6 p -1031' 4.
Co\, G-- -oo-9
00 9L,z
C5
00"o-
0 LO 0 LO 0 LO 'o
0 r- LO r- 0 0
C� C�
00's—
CD
q
CD
(D
00,9-
00'C-----E)
00,071=1
0 I-d
0 Ul)
C5

E o
�, ro
cV 6 a
O X
O X
X X
O O
O O
X O
X O
O X
O X
X X
O O
O O
X O
X O
R
OOXOOOOOXOXXOdOXoxxxOOOOxoxo
a
r
X O
x O
O O
X x
x x
O x
O x
O O
x O
O O
O O
x O
x x
O O
❑
O O
X O
O O
O O
X O
X K
O O
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
O X
O X
U
❑a
R
O O
X O
O O
O O
X O
X
O O
O X
O X
X X
O O
O O
O
x O
zz
a
R
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X❑
X
O X
O O
K O
O O
O O
X O
X
O O
I_
2
r
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
X
O X
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
B X
O X
O
O
%
O x
O x
x x
0 CIO
0
O
x 0
0 0
X 010
010
0
X 0
X
O O
m0
O X
O x
X X
0 0
00
OXOOX
O X
X X
0 0
0 0
O
x 0
Y
❑
Y
R
r
O X
X O
O X
X O
X X
O O
O O
X X
O O
X X�
O
X
�xOOCxx
X O
O X
X O
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
X
O X
C
Q
/�
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
X
O X
O X
O X
X X
O O
X X
O O
X
O
O X
X O
w
o
R
ooxOOOOoxoxxooxoxooOXXXXOXOX
U
R
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
O X
O X
O O
X O
O O
O O
X O
X X
O O
a
crs
r
OXOXX
X
O O
O O
X O
X O
O O
X O
O o
O O
X O
x X
O O
U
%
O X
O x
x X
O O
O O
X O
X O
O X
O X
X X
O O
O O
X D
X D
R
OOXOOOOOXOxxOOOxOxxxoOOOxOxO
R
O O
X O
O O
O O
X O
X X
O O
X O
X O
O O
X X
X X
O X
O X
LL
r
x O
x O
O O
x X
x x
O X
O X
O O
X O
O O
O O
x O
X x
O O
i
OxOxxxOOOOxOxOOOxOOOOOxOxxOO
J
cc�
mamQa<mmmm
ammQmQa�mmmm�m¢m
3y
z
< ? O
¢Ua
oom00000mowm0000m000Domow�oo
O¢W
ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ
z U a
O
w O <
Z F z
c�5g
N c
00000�o�aol?0000000�o�lill
xxxxx
c o
o p
N N
x
Q N
xx
N o
xxxxxxx
a c
o
N N
V tV
�¢a
x
U O
� O
o
X
QQ
¢
Q
QQ
D O❑
U
�
Q
QQ
QQ
Q
O 6
coca
c a
O O
0 O
O
X
X
X
X
X X
X x
X
X
X
X
X X
X x
R
m
❑
❑
¢
O ¢LU O
�
U
3
m
()0
Z¢ ~
*O
x
O X
X X
O O
D O
K
X
X
O X
X X
O O
O O
X O
D O = ¢ F ¢ U
Q
U)� LL¢
10
X O
X 0
0 0
X X
X X
<
O X
O
X O
O O
X X
X X
O X
x
m
o
OIt�
It
Rxox000xxxxXxox000
xx
x
x
x
r
¢ O O w
J
p
a
U) a:
/c
x
O X
x X
O
O
x O
x O
X
O x
X X
O
O O
x O
X
m
�cX
O
X O
O
x X
X X
X
X
O
K O
D O
X X
X X
X
Z
Y
QX
X
X X
O O
O
X
X O
X
D X
X X
O
O O
X O
w
O
O
o
z
'cXOKO
Oxx
x
X
x
xxxxx
OOOXO
U
Q
FLLI
<
Q
�
X
X
X X
O O
O
X O
OXOXOOOXXXXOKOX
x
x
x
O
O
x 0
x
O x
X x
O O
D O
x
X
ca
WxO
o
OxXxx
x
x
KOX000xx
x
Ox
e Q
2
m a
m Q
q¢
'N m
m¢
m
¢
¢¢
�i
m m
in
3U)
z
�o
U<
m
mU
uj
U
9000
-�
�-�
Z
z z
z z
Z
Z z
z
z z
z
Z Z
z z
z
z
z Z
U a
z
Z
O
¢
w O <
J F Z
a
r r
N N
V N
;T
•
N N
C
o5o
��a
omo
xxxxx
Uoil
xx
o000o
xx
x
-
it
U O
r
r
00
Q m
ZOrrrpU
QQ
X
Q
NN
X
av
ia�
in v
ipo
O
QQ
X
Q
Q
cQ�
v
X
iQ�
'v� v
UX
�n io
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Um
o
0
¢
0O
U
m
10
3
Q
m
ul
cu
U
m
U
C0
C
U
m
❑
X
O C
i2 O
`o m
ro
m
n..
o c
N U
m N
>a
rn
O C m
:0 3 c
c
Q. m �
o E
YC L U
3 m
a E
c m
y : i
N O O
n � N
a) c c
m c
C U Vnl
a CO C
CDE °n
C N
m U
y m
m �
m
F Z C
m
c6
:>
J a Q
m Cn o aZ
00 u
II II Q
X O Z
a
U) c a>
Z no
O O C) m
1= > m m
a N m
w E E >
m Z Z J w
m¢ u u „ n
O C) m
Z Z -i w
aai
U
m
y
N
a
N
a)
L..
0
c
0
a
a)
y
a
y
E
Y
0
cc
O
N
X

Selector Switch Installation and Mounting Instructions
Instructions de montage et d'installation du selecteur
Wahischalter, einbau- and montageanleitung
Instrucciones de instacion y montaje del conmyador selector
lnstugoes de instalagdo a montagem do comutador selector
(Cat 800H-_ _ _, 800T-_ _ _)
ATTENTION: To prevent electrical '-+ •
shock, disconnect from power source Q
before installing or servicing.
AElectrical Clearance to Metal Enclosure
Decacement electrique de Pacces au coffret de metal
Mindestabstand elektr. Klemmen/metalllgehause
Huelco minimo entre las bornas y la caja metallica
Distancia livre des ligag6es electricas a caixa metalica
Metallic
Metale
Metetall
Metalico q
t
1/2"
(12.7)
-a minimum 1/2"
Minimo (12.7)
Remove
Deposer
Enterfenen
Retirar
Remocao 4■�
Insert
Inserer
Einsetzen
Insertar
Inserir
A Optional
11164" _ En option
(4.4)- 1/4 o _ Option
l (o 6.4) /// r Opcional
43/64" I �' 9/16"
(17.1) ! (14.3)
B
I
V
1-13/64 o
(o 30.6)
Type
Typ
Tipo
Positions
Stellungen
Posiciones
Posiqoes
E�)
1
(s1;,4)
�
1.53164"
(46.4)
1•s31a4"
1(46.4)
_
�
2-7/16"
� (61.9)
2.7716'
{61.9jF
I _
2-7116"
� (61.9)
A I
B
A
B
A
B
(800T) (800T)
r
(800T)
(BOON) 0
2-1/4"
(57.2)
1-27/32"
(46.8)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
1-27/32"
(46.8)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
(57.2)
1(46/8)
(572)
(63/5)
(63/5)
(63`5)
(800T)
I I
2-1/4"
(57.2)
1-27/32"
(46.8)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2'
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
1-27/32"
(46.8)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2'.
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/4-
(57.2)
1-27/32"
(46.8)
2-1/4"
(57.2)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1/2"
(63.5)
2-1 /2"
(63.5)
j' (800T)
3-1/4"
(82.6)
3"
(76.2)
3-1/4"
(82.6)
3"
(76.2)
3-1/4"
(82.6)
3"
(76.2)
f
3-1/4"
3"
(76.2)
3-1/4'
(82.6)
3"
(76.2)
3-1/4"
(82.6)
3"
(76.2)
4"
3"
4"
(101.6)
3"
(76.2)
4"
(101.6)
3"
(76.2)

W
or o X o X X X O O o 0 o X O x O X 0 0 o X x x x X U x
U
R o>GOxxxOOOO><O>c o 0 oxOOOOOXo>X>COO
f X O X O O O X X X X O X o X x o x o 0 o x x X x o X o X
m
/f OO>GOOOOO><O>Gxo 0 0 xo>G>C>GOOOOXOXO
R o O x 0 0 0 O O x O x x O O x o x 0 0 0 x x x X o x O x
r
0 0 0 X 0 3f �- X O X O O O X x X X O X O x O O x O 0 X O O
U
/� O X o x X X o O o O X O X O o X o X X X o o O o X O X O
111
R O x O x x x 0 0 0 0 X O x 0 o x O x X x O 0 0 0 x O X 0
x o X 0 0 o x x x x O x O X 0 0 x 0 0 0 0 0 X O x X 0 0
/1 o o X O O o O o X O X X O o X o X o 0 o X X X X o X O X
R X O x 0 0 o x x X x O X o X X o x 0 0 0 x X X x O x o x
r
m
t O O X O o O o o X O X X O O o O X O O o 0 o X o X X o O
A O x o X X X O O O O X O X O o X o X X X o o O o X o X O
R O x O x x x 0 0 0 0 x O x o o x o x x X o 0 o O x o x o
a
f x O x O 0 o x x x x O x O x x O x 0 0 0 x x X x O x o x
E.
i 0 o X O o 0 o O x O X X O O O X 0 0 0 0 0 X O x x 0 0
R o o x o 0 0 0 o x o X x 0 0 0 o x 0 0 0 00 x o
0xox000xxxxoxoxxox000xxxxoxoxoxxxo0
�>T<�o
0 o xoxooxoxxxo00oo x o
� J
mQmQQQmmmmN
�I m¢mmQmQQ
Qm
m mm
NI�
QONOQm
U)
z
J F O
v¢ U
O m
0 0
Z
0 U
Z Z
U m
Z
U w m 0 U U
Z Z Z Z
O m
Z Z
O 0
Z Z
0 U
Z Z
U m
Z Z
U w m 0 U
Z z z Z Z
¢ o Q Q Z
0
Z z
Z
Z
Z Z
z CL
O
Q
Lu 0._
J F Z N•#
5 0 m
o m
o
N
o
ix-,
N
m m
N
m 3 m
0 0
0 m
m m
N0
o
ax
x x
x
x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x x
x
Q
50
U o
Q
F Y
¢ 2 ¢
¢
Q Como Q Q Q
Q m o m m
O U0
X X X
X
X X X X X X X X
X X X X X
U m
Q
0 m
W
Y
H o
m
00
❑r
v
Y
(00
N
.a')
d
a
N
0
>
O
U)
a7i
a
E
U
O
U
LC
C
U
E
a�
m
cC
a ¢
J O nZ
O 50 II
Co II II Q
r >2 xoz
0
Z
Q
Cl) C N
Z m N
0 a O
F O U Y Y
¢ > Tcc,
(C
cistC
w E Em a
m z° z° m w
Q II II II
0 C) 2
Z Z J W
T
O Q
� z
m =
O U

Knob Keying Option
Option de detrompage du bouton
Wahlweise Keilverbindung
Opcidn de codificacidn del mando
Opgao de encaixe do botao
Plug (Customer Supplied)
Fiche (Fournie par le client)
Stecker(Kundenseitige Lieferung)
Clavija (Suminstrada por el cliente)
Ficha (Fornecida pelo cliente)
■
1
) lb -in
3 . 4 N•m)
Flache, ebene obertlache
Superficie lisa y Plana
Superficie plana a lisa
Device Rating
Enclosure Rating
Station Rating
Puissance nominale du dispositif
Valeur nominale du coffret
Valeur nominale de la station
Bemussung der vorrichtung
Gehhausechutzgrad
Stationsleistung
Regimen del dispositivo
Regimen de la caja
Regimen deestacion
Graduageo do instrumento
Capacidade do compartimento
Capacidade de Estagac
41
U{p I
+
�t
BOOT
UL Listed: Type 4,13
IP66
Type 1
Type 1
Type 4
Type 4
Type 4, 4X
Type 4
Type 13
Type 13
Type 4, 13
Type 4.13
IP66
IP66
Type 4, IP66
Type 4, IP66
Type 13, IP66
Type 13, IP66
8O0H
UL Listed: Type 4, 4X, 13
IP66
Type 1
Type 1
Type 4
Type 4
Type 4, 4X
Type 4, 4X
Type 13
Type 13
Type 4, 13
Type 4, 13
IP66
IP66
Type 4X, IP66
Type 4X,IP66
Type 13, IP66
Type 13, IP66
40061-060-01(7)
Printed in China
Rockwell
Automation